You are on page 1of 2750

SINAMICS S120/S150

List Manual · 01/2013

SINAMICS
s

s
Preface

SINAMICS

Parameters
Function diagrams

SINAMICS S120/S150

Faults and alarms
Appendix

List Manual

List of abbreviations
References
Index

Valid for
Drive

Firmware version

SINAMICS

4.6

6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

01/2013

1
2
3
A
B
C
D

Safety notices
This Manual contains information which you must observe to ensure your own personal safety as well as
to avoid material damage. The notices referring to your personal safety are highlighted in the manual by
a warning triangle; notices that relate to material damage only have no warning triangle. The notices
shown below are graded according to the level of danger (from most to least hazardous):

Danger
Indicates that death or serious injury will result if proper precautions are not taken.

Warning
Indicates that death or serious injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

Caution
With a warning triangle, indicates that minor injury may result if proper precautions are not taken.

Caution
Without a warning triangle, indicates that material damage may result if proper precautions are not taken.

Notice
Indicates that an undesirable result or state may occur if the corresponding instructions are not observed.
If more than one level of danger is simultaneously applicable, the warning notice for the highest level is
used. A warning on a warning triangle indicating possible personal injury may also include a warning relating to material damage.

Qualified personnel
The associated device/system may only be installed and operated in conjunction with this documentation.
The equipment/system may only be commissioned and operated by qualified personnel. For the purpose of the safety information in this documentation, a “qualified person” is someone who is authorized to
energize, ground, and tag equipment, systems, and circuits in accordance with established safety procedures.

Proper Use of Siemens Products
Note the following:

Warning
Siemens products are only permitted to be used for the applications specified in the catalog and in the
associated technical documentation. If third-party products and components are to be used, they must be
recommended or approved by Siemens. To ensure proper and safe operation of these products, they must
be correctly transported, stored, set up, mounted, installed, commissioned, operated, and maintained. The
permissible environmental conditions must be maintained. Information in the associated documentation
must be observed.

Trademarks
All names identified with ® are registered trademarks of Siemens AG. Any other names used in this publication may be trademarks whose use by third parties for their own purposes could violate the rights of
the owner.

Copyright Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved

Liability Disclaimer

The reproduction, transmission, or use of this document or its contents is not permitted without express written permission. Offenders
will be liable for damages. All rights reserved, especially those relating
to granting patents or GM registration.

We have checked that the contents of this document correspond to
the hardware and software described. Nevertheless, we cannot assume responsibility for any deviations that may arise. The data in this
document is regularly checked and any necessary corrections included in subsequent editions.

Siemens AG
Industry Sector
Postfach 4848
90327 NUREMBERG
GERMANY

Siemens Aktiengesellschaft

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013
Subject to change without prior notice.

SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1)

Preface
SINAMICS documentation
The SINAMICS documentation is structured according to the following categories:
• General documentation/catalogs
• Manufacturer/service documentation
Additional information
Information on the following topics is available under the link:
• Ordering documentation/overview of documentation
• Additional links to download documents
• Using documentation online (find and search in manuals/information).
http://www.siemens.com/motioncontrol/docu
Please send any questions about the technical documentation (e.g. suggestions
for improvement, corrections) to the following e-mail address:
docu.motioncontrol@siemens.com
My Documentation Manager
Information on how to produce individual contents for your own machine documentation based on Siemens contents is available under the link:
http://www.siemens.com/mdm
Training
Information about SITRAIN (Siemens Training on products, systems and
solutions for automation) is available under the following link:
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain
FAQs
You can find Frequently Asked Questions in the Service&Support pages under
Product Support:
http://support.automation.siemens.com

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Preface-5

Preface

SINAMICS
You can find information on SINAMICS at:
http://www.siemens.com/sinamics
Usage phases and their tools/documents (as an example)
Table Preface-1Usage phases and the available tools/documents
Usage phase

Tools/documents

Orientation

SINAMICS S sales documentation

Planning/engineering

SIZER configuration tool
Configuration manuals, motors

Decision making/order- SINAMICS S Catalogs
ing
Configuring/installation • SINAMICS S120 Equipment Manual for Control Units and
Additional System Components
• SINAMICS S120 Booksize Power Units Equipment Manual
• SINAMICS S120 Equipment Manual for Chassis Power
Units
• SINAMICS S150 Operating Instructions
Commissioning

• STARTER commissioning tool
• SINAMICS S120 Getting Started
• SINAMICS S120 Commissioning Manual
• SINAMICS S120 CANopen Commissioning Manual
• SINAMICS S120 Function Manual
• SINAMICS S120 Safety Integrated Function Manual
• SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual
• SINAMICS S150 Operating Instructions

Using/operating

• SINAMICS S120 Commissioning Manual
• SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual
• SINAMICS S150 Operating Instructions

Maintenance/service

• SINAMICS S120 Commissioning Manual
• SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual
• SINAMICS S150 Operating Instructions

Target group
This documentation addresses machine manufacturers, commissioning engineers, and service personnel who use SINAMICS.
Benefits
This documentation contains the comprehensive information about parameters,
function diagrams and faults and alarms required to commission and service the
system.

Preface-6

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Preface

This manual should be used in addition to the other manuals and tools provided
for the product.
Standard scope
The scope of the functionality described in this document can differ from the
scope of the functionality of the drive system that is actually supplied.
• Other functions that are not explained in this documentation may be able to be
executed in the drive system. However, no claim can be made regarding the
availability of these functions when the equipment is first supplied or in the
event of servicing.
• The documentation can also contain descriptions of functions that are not
available in a particular product version of the drive system. The functionalities
of the supplied drive system should only be taken from the ordering documentation.
• Extensions or changes made by the machine manufacturer must be documented by the machine manufacturer.
For reasons of clarity, this documentation does not contain all of the detailed information on all of the product types. This documentation cannot take into consideration every conceivable type of installation, operation and service/maintenance.
Search tools
The following guides are provided to help you locate information in this manual:
1. Table of contents
− General table of contents for the complete manual (after the preface).
− Table of contents for function diagrams (Section 2.1).
2. List of abbreviations
3. References
4. Index
Technical Support
Country-specific telephone numbers for technical support are provided on the
Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
EC declaration of conformity
The EC Declaration of Conformity for the EMC Directive can be found on the
Internet at:
http://support.automation.siemens.com
There, as the search term, enter the number 15257461 or contact your local
Siemens office.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Preface-7

Preface

Preface-8

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Table of contents
1

2

Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-11

1.1
1.1.1
1.1.2

Overview of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Explanation of the parameter list. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number ranges of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-12
1-12
1-31

1.2

List of parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-34

1.3
1.3.1
1.3.2
1.3.3
1.3.4
1.3.5

Parameters for data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameters for command data sets (CDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameters for drive data sets (DDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameters for encoder data sets (EDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameters for motor data sets (MDS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameters for power unit data sets (PDS). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-1699
1-1699
1-1702
1-1715
1-1717
1-1721

1.4
1.4.1
1.4.2
1.4.3

Parameters for write protection and know-how protection . . . . . . . . . .
Parameters with "WRITE_NO_LOCK" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameters with "KHP_WRITE_NO_LOCK". . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Parameters with "KHP_ACTIVE_READ" . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1-1723
1-1723
1-1725
1-1725

Function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1729

2.1

Table of contents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1731

2.2

Explanations on the function diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1744

2.3

Overviews . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1749

2.4

CU310-2 input/output terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1775

2.5

CU320-2 input/output terminals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1784

2.6

CX32-2 input/output terminals, CU_LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1791

2.7

S120M input/output terminals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1796

2.8

PROIFIenergy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1798

2.9

PROFIdrive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1801

2.10

Internal control/status words . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1862

2.11

Sequence control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1875

2.12

Brake control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1878

2.13

Safety Integrated Basic Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1883

2.14

Safety Integrated Extended Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1891

2.15

Safety Integrated PROFIsafe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1917

2.16

Setpoint channel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1920

2.17

Setpoint channel not activated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1931

2.18

Basic positioner (EPOS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1933

2.19

Position control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1949

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Contents-9

Table of contents

2.20

Encoder evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1954

2.21

Servo control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1964

2.22

Vector control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-1985

2.23

Technology functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2015

2.24

Technology controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2024

2.25

Line control, line transformer, dyn. grid support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2030

2.26

Signals and monitoring functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2047

2.27

Diagnostics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2056

2.28

Data sets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2062

2.29

Basic Infeed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2068

2.30

Smart Infeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2075

2.31

Active Infeed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2084

2.32

Terminal Board 30 (TB30). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2096

2.33

Communication Board CAN10 (CBC10) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2101

2.34

Terminal Module 15 for SINAMICS (TM15DI/DO) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2108

2.35

Terminal Module 31 (TM31) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2112

2.36

Terminal Module 120 (TM120) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2122

2.37

Terminal Module 150 (TM150) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2125

2.38

Terminal Module 41 (TM41) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2129

2.39

Auxiliaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2143

2.40

Voltage Sensing Module (VSM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2147

2.41

Basic Operator Panel 20 (BOP20) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2150

2.42

Braking Module External . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2-2152

Faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-2155

3.1
3.1.1
3.1.2
3.1.3

Overview of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Explanation of the list of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Number ranges of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-2156
3-2156
3-2160
3-2163

3.2

List of faults and alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-2165

Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A-2707

A.1

ASCII table (excerpt) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

A-2708

B

List of abbreviations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

B-2709

C

References . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

C-2719

D

Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

D-2725

3

A

Contents-10

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1

Parameters
Contents
1.1

Overview of parameters

1-12

1.2

List of parameters

1-34

1.3

Parameters for data sets

1-1699

1.4

Parameters for write protection and know-how protection

1-1723

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-11

Parameters
Overview of parameters

1.1

Overview of parameters

1.1.1

Explanation of the parameter list

Basic structure of parameter descriptions
The data in the following example has been chosen at random. The table below
contains all the information that can be included in a parameter description. Some
of the information is optional.
The parameter list (See Section 1.2) is structured as follows:
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - Start of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - pxxxx[0...n]

BICO: Long parameter name / short parameter name

Drive object (function module)

Changeable: C1(x), C2(x), U, T

Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG

Access level: 2

Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16

Dynamic index: CDS, p0170

Function diagram: 8070

P group: Closed-loop control

Unit group: 7_1

Unit selection: p0505

Not for motor type: FEM

Scaling: p2000

Expert list: 1

Min
0.00 [Nm]

Max
10.00 [Nm]

Factory setting
0.00 [Nm]

Description:

Text

Values:

0:
1:
2:
etc.

Recommendation:

Text

Index:

[0] = Name and meaning of index 0
[1] = Name and meaning of index 1
[2] = Name and meaning of index 2
etc.

Bit array:

Bit
00
01
02

Dependency:

Text
See also: pxxxx, rxxxx
See also: Fxxxxx, Axxxxx

Danger:

Warning:

Name and meaning of value 0
Name and meaning of value 1
Name and meaning of value 2

Signal name
Name and meaning of bit 0
Name and meaning of bit 1
Name and meaning of bit 2
etc.

Caution:

Caution:

Notice:

Note:

Information which might be useful.

1 signal
Yes
Yes
Yes

0 signal
No
No
No

FP
8060
8065

Safety notices with a warning triangle

Safety notices without a warning triangle

- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - End of example - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - The individual pieces of information are described in detail below.

1-12

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

pxxxx[0...n]

Parameter number
The parameter number is made up of a "p" or "r", followed by the parameter
number and the index or bit array (optional).
Examples of representation in the parameter list:
• p...

Adjustable parameter (read and write)

• r...

Display parameter (read-only)

• p0918

Adjustable parameter 918

• p0099[0...3]

Adjustable parameter 99, indices 0 to 3

• p1001[0...n]

Adjustable parameter 1001, indices 0 to n (n = configurable)

• r0944

Display parameter 944

• r2129.0...15

Display parameter 2129 with bit array from bit 0 (smallest bit)
to bit 15 (largest bit)

Other examples of the notation in the documentation:
• p1070[1]

Adjustable parameter 1070, index 1

• p2098[1].3

Adjustable parameter 2098, index 1 bit 3

• r0945[2](3)

Display parameter 945, index 2 of drive object 3

• p0795.4

Adjustable parameter 795, bit 4

The following applies to adjustable parameters:
The parameter value as delivered is specified under "Factory setting" with the
relevant unit in square brackets. The value can be adjusted within the range
defined by "Min" and "Max".
The term "linked parameterization" is used in cases where changes to adjustable
parameters affect the settings of other parameters.
Linked parameterization can occur, for example, as a result of the following
actions and parameters:
• Executing macros
p0015, p0700, p1000, p1500
• Setting PROFIBUS telegram (BICO interconnections)
p0922
• Set component lists
p0230, p0300, p0301, p0400
• Calculate and pre-assign automatically
p0112, p0340, p0578, p3900
• Restoring factory settings
p0970

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-13

Parameters
Overview of parameters

The following applies to display parameters:
The fields "Min", "Max" and "Factory setting" are specified with a dash "-" and the
relevant unit in square brackets.
Note:
The parameter list can contain parameters that are not visible in the expert lists
of the respective commissioning software (e.g. parameters for trace functions).

BICO technology: Long parameter name / short parameter name
The following abbreviations can appear in front of the BICO parameter name:
• BI:

Binector input
This parameter is used for selecting the source of a digital signal.

• BO:

Binector output
This parameter is available as a digital signal for interconnection
with other parameters.

• CI:

Connector input
This parameter is used for selecting the source of an "analog"
signal.

• CO:

Connector output
This parameter is available as an "analog" signal for
interconnection with other parameters.

• CO/BO:

Connector/binector output
This parameter is available as an "analog" and digital signal for
interconnection with other parameters.

Note:
A BICO input (BI/CI) cannot be interconnected with just any BICO output (BO/CO,
signal source).
When interconnecting a BICO input using the commissioning software, only the
corresponding possible signal sources are listed.
Function diagrams 1020 ... 1030 explain the symbols for BICO parameters and
how to deal with BICO technology.

1-14

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Drive object (function module)
A drive object (DO) is an independent, "self-contained" functional unit that has its
own parameters and, in some cases, faults and alarms.
When carrying out commissioning using the commissioning software, you can
select/deselect additional functions and their parameters by
activating/deactivating function modules accordingly.
Note:
References: /FH1/

SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions

The parameter list specifies the associated drive object and function module for
each individual parameter.
Examples:
• p1070 CI: Main setpoint
SERVO (extended setpoint), VECTOR
The parameter is available only in association with drive object SERVO with
the "Extended setpoint channel" function module or with drive object VECTOR
irrespective of activated function modules.
• p1055 BI: Jog bit 0
SERVO, VECTOR
The parameter is available in association with drive objects SERVO and VECTOR irrespective of activated function modules, i.e. it is also available with
every activated function module belonging to the respective drive object.
A parameter can belong to one, several or all drive objects.
The following information relating to "Drive object" and "Function module" can be
displayed under the parameter number:
Table 1-1

Data in the "Drive object (function module)" field

Drive object (function module)
All objects
A_INF

Type
10

Meaning
This parameter belongs to all drive objects.
Active Infeed closed-loop control
Closed-loop controlled, self-commutated infeed/regenerative feedback unit for generating a constant DC-link voltage

A_INF (Add ctrl)

-

Active Infeed with "Additional controls" function module (r0108.3)

A_INF (line transformer)

-

Active Infeed with "Line transformer" function module (r0108.4).

A_INF (dynamic grid
support)

-

Active Infeed with "Dynamic line buffering" function module (r0108.7).

A_INF (line droop control)

-

Active Infeed with "Line droop control" function module (r0108.12).

A_INF (parallel)

-

Active Infeed with "Parallel connection" function module (r0108.15).

A_INF (master/slave)

-

Active Infeed with "Master/Slave" function module (r0108.19).

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-15

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Table 1-1

Data in the "Drive object (function module)" field, continued

Drive object (function module)

Type

Meaning

A_INF (brk mod ext)

-

Active Infeed with "Braking Module external" function module
(r0108.26).

A_INF (Cooling unit)

-

Active Infeed with "Cooling unit" function module (r0108.28)

A_INF (PROFINET)

-

Active Infeed with "PROFINET" function module (r0108.31).

B_INF

30

Basic Infeed closed loop control
Unregulated line infeed unit (without regenerative feedback) for rectifying the line voltage of the DC link.

B_INF (parallel)

-

Basic Infeed with "Parallel connection" function module (r0108.15).

B_INF (brk mod ext)

-

Basic Infeed with "Braking Module external" function module
(r0108.26).

B_INF (Cooling unit)

-

Basic Infeed with "Cooling unit" function module (r0108.28)

B_INF (PROFINET)

-

Basic Infeed with "PROFINET" function module (r0108.31).

CU_I

3

Control Unit SINAMICS Integrated (only SIMOTION D4x5-2).

CU_I_D410

201

Control Unit SINAMICS Integrated for SIMOTION D410-2.

CU_LINK

254

Object for Controller Extension 32 (CX32)

CU_NX_CX

4

Controller Extension for boosting the processing performance

CU_S_AC_DP

2

Control Unit SINAMICS S120 AC Drive with PROFIBUS interface.

CU_S_AC_PN

3

Control Unit SINAMICS S120 AC Drive with PROFINET interface.

CU_S120_DP

6

Control Unit SINAMICS S120 with PROFIBUS interface.

CU_S120_DP (CAN)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S120 with PROFIBUS interface and function
module “CAN“ (p0108.29).

CU_S120_DP (COMM
BOARD)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S120 with PROFIBUS interface and "COMM
board" function module (p0108.30 ).

CU_S120_DP (PROFINET)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S120 with PROFIBUS interface and function
module “PROFINET“ (p0108.31).

CU_S120_PN

4

Control Unit SINAMICS S120 with PROFINET interface.

CU_S120_PN (CAN)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S120 with PROFINET interface and function
module “CAN“ (p0108.29).

CU_S120_PN (COMM
BOARD)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S120 with PROFINET interface and "COMM
board" function module (p0108.30 ).

CU_S120_PN (PROFINET)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S120 with PROFINET interface and function
module “PROFINET“ (p0108.31).

CU_S150_DP

7

Control Unit SINAMICS S150 with PROFIBUS interface.

CU_S150_DP (CAN)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S150 with PROFIBUS interface and function
module “CAN“ (p0108.29).

CU_S150_DP (COMM
BOARD)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S150 with PROFIBUS interface and "COMM
board" function module (p0108.30 ).

CU_S150_DP (PROFINET)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S150 with PROFIBUS interface and function
module “PROFINET“ (p0108.31).

1-16

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Table 1-1

Data in the "Drive object (function module)" field, continued

Drive object (function module)

Type

Meaning

CU_S150_PN

5

Control Unit SINAMICS S150 with PROFINET interface.

CU_S150_PN (CAN)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S150 with PROFINET interface and function
module “CAN“ (p0108.29).

CU_S150_PN (COMM
BOARD)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S150 with PROFINET interface and "COMM
board" function module (p0108.30 ).

CU_S150_PN (PROFINET)

-

Control Unit SINAMICS S150 with PROFINET interface and function
module “PROFINET“ (p0108.31).

ENC

300

Object for a DRIVE-CLiQ encoder.

HUB

150

DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module.

S_INF

20

Smart Infeed Control
Unregulated line infeed/feedback unit for generating the DC-link voltage.

S_INF (parallel)

-

Smart Infeed with "Parallel connection" function module (r0108.15).

S_INF (brk mod ext)

-

Smart Infeed with "Braking Module external" function module
(r0108.26).

S_INF (Cooling unit)

-

Smart Infeed with "Cooling unit" function module (r0108.28).

S_INF (PROFINET)

-

Smart Infeed with "PROFINET" function module (r0108.31).

SERVO

11

Servo drive.

SERVO (extended
M_ctrl)

-

Servo drive with "Extended torque control" function module (r0108.1).

SERVO (cl. loop pos
ctrl)

-

Servo drive with "Closed loop position control" function module
(r0108.3).

SERVO (EPOS)

-

Servo drive with "Basic positioner" function module (r0108.4).

SERVO (DSC Spline)

-

Servo drive with function module "DSC with Spline" (r0108.6).

SERVO (APC)

-

Servo drive with "Advanced Positioning Control (APC)" function module (r0108.7).

SERVO (extended setpoint)

-

Servo drive with "Extended setpoint channel" function module
(r0108.8).

SERVO (ESR)

-

Servo drive with "Extended stop and retract" function module
(r0108.9).

SERVO (J_estimator)

-

Servo drive with "Moment of inertia estimator" function module
(r0108.10).

SERVO (Spin_diag)

-

Servo drive with "Spindle" function module (r0108.11).
This function module can only be used in conjunction with a Sensor
Module Integrated 24 (SMI24).

SERVO (Lin)

-

Servo drive with "Linear motor" function module (r0108.12).

SERVO (Safety rot)

-

Servo drive with "Safety rotary axis" function module (r0108.13).

SERVO (ext. brake)

-

Servo drive with "Extended brake control" function module (r0108.14)

SERVO (Tech_ctrl)

-

Servo drive with "Technology controller" function module (r0108.16).

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-17

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Table 1-1

Data in the "Drive object (function module)" field, continued

Drive object (function module)

Type

Meaning

SERVO (ext. msg)

-

Servo drive with "Extended messages/monitoring functions" function
module (r0108.17).

SERVO (Ext. I_set_filt)

-

Servo drive with "Extended current setpoint filter" function module
(r0108.21).

SERVO
(cogging_M_comp)

-

Servo drive with "cogging torque compensation" function module
(r0108.22).

SERVO (Dig IO)

-

Servo drive for SINAMICS S120M with "Digital inputs/outputs" function module (r0108.23).

SERVO (Cooling unit)

-

Servo drive with "Cooling unit" function module (r0108.28).

SERVO (CAN)

-

Servo drive with "CAN" function module (r0108.29).

SERVO (PROFINET)

-

Servo drive with "PROFINET" function module (r0108.31).

SERVO_AC

-

Servo drive for SINAMICS S120 AC Drive.

SERVO_I_AC

-

Servo drive for SINAMICS Integrated in SIMOTION D410-2.

TB30

100

Terminal Board 30.

TM120

207

Terminal Module 120.

TM15

203

Terminal Module 15 (SIMOTION D4xx-2 only).

TM150

208

Terminal Module 150.

TM15DI_DO

204

Terminal Module 15 (for SINAMICS).

TM17

202

Terminal Module 17 (SIMOTION D4xx-2 only).

TM31

200

Terminal Module 31.

TM41

201

Terminal Module 41.

TM54F_MA

205

Terminal Module 54F Master.

TM54F_SL

206

Terminal Module 54F Slave.

VECTOR

12

Vector drive.

VECTOR (n/M)

-

Vector drive with "Closed-loop speed/torque control" function module
(r0108.2).

VECTOR (pos ctrl)

-

Vector drive with "Position control" function module (r0108.3).

VECTOR (EPOS)

-

Vector drive with "Basic positioner" function module (r0108.4).

VECTOR (Safety rot)

-

Vector drive with "Safety rotary axis" function module (r0108.13).

VECTOR (ext. brake)

-

Vector drive with "Extended brake control" function module
(r0108.14).

VECTOR (parallel)

-

Vector drive with "Parallel connection" function module (r0108.15).

VECTOR (tech_ctrl)

-

Vector drive with "Technology controller" function module (r0108.16).

VECTOR (ext. mess.)

-

Vector drive with "Extended messages/monitoring functions" function
module (r0108.17).

VECTOR (F3E)

-

Vector drive with "F3E power unit" function module (r0108.26).
The power unit is the PM250 for CU310-2 CRANES.

1-18

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Table 1-1

Data in the "Drive object (function module)" field, continued

Drive object (function module)

Type

Meaning

VECTOR (Cooling unit)

-

Vector drive with "Cooling unit" function module (r0108.28).

VECTOR (CAN)

-

Vector drive with "CAN" function module (r0108.29).

VECTOR (PROFINET)

-

Vector drive with "PROFINET" function module (r0108.31).

VECTOR_AC

-

Vector drive for SINAMICS S120 AC Drive.

VECTOR_I_AC

-

Vector drive for SINAMICS Integrated in SIMOTION D410-2.

Note:
The drive object type is used to identify the drive objects in the drive system (e.g.
r0107, r0975[1]).

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-19

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Changeable
The "-" sign indicates that the parameter can be changed in any object state and
that the change will be effective immediately.
The information "C1(x), C2(x), T, U" ((x): optional) means that the parameter can
be changed only in the specified drive unit state and that the change will not take
effect until the unit switches to another state. One or more states are possible.
The following states may be specified:
• C1(x) Device commissioning

C1: Commissioning 1

Device commissioning is in progress (p0009>0).
Pulses cannot be enabled.
The parameter can only be changed for the following device
commissioning settings (p0009>0):
• C1: Can be changed for all settings p0009>0.
• C1(x): Only changeable when p0009 = x.
A modified parameter value does not take effect until converter
commissioning mode is exited with p0009 = 0.
• C2(x) Drive object commissioning

C2: Commissioning 2

Drive commissioning is in progress (p0009 = 0 and p0010 > 0).
Pulses cannot be enabled.
The parameter can only be changed in the following drive
commissioning settings (p0010 > 0):
• C2: Changeable for all settings p0010 > 0.
• C2(x): Only changeable when p0010 = x.
A modified parameter value does not take effect until drive
commissioning mode is exited with p0010 = 0.
• U

Operation

U: Run

Pulses are enabled.
• T

Ready

T: Ready to run

The pulses are not enabled and the state "C1(x)" or "C2(x)" is not
active.

Note:
Parameter p0009 is CU-specific (available on the Control Unit).
Parameter p0010 is drive-specific (belongs to each drive object).
The operating state of individual drive objects is displayed in r0002.

1-20

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Calculated
Specifies whether the parameter is influenced by automatic calculations.
The calculation attribute defines which activities influence the parameter.
The following attributes apply:
• CALC_MOD_ALL
− p0340 = 1
− Project download with commissioning software and send from p0340 = 3
• CALC_MOD_CON
− p0340 = 1, 3, 4
• CALC_MOD_EQU
− p0340 = 1, 2
• CALC_MOD_LIM_REF
− p0340 = 1, 3, 5
− p0578 = 1
• CALC_MOD_REG
− p0340 = 1, 3
Note:
For p3900 > 0, p0340 = 1 is also called automatically.
After p1910 = 1, p0340 = 3 is automatically called.

Access level
Specifies the minimum access level required to be able to display and change the
relevant parameter. The required access level can be set using p0003.
The system uses the following access levels:
• 1: Standard
• 2: Extended
• 3: Expert
• 4: Service
Parameters with this access level are password protected.
Note:
Parameter p0003 is CU-specific (available on the Control Unit).
A higher access level will also include the functions of the lower levels.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-21

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Data type
The information on the data type can consist of the following two items (separated
by a slash):
• First item
Data type of the parameter.
• Second item (for binector or connector input only)
Data type of the signal source to be interconnected (binector/connector output).
Parameters can have the following data types:
• Integer8

I8

8-bit integer

• Integer16

I16

16-bit integer

• Integer32

I32

32-bit integer

• Unsigned8

U8

8 bits without sign

• Unsigned16

U16

16 bits without sign

• Unsigned32

U32

32 bits without sign

• FloatingPoint32

Float

32-bit floating point number

Depending on the data type of the BICO input parameter (signal sink) and BICO
output parameter (signal source), the following combinations are possible when
creating BICO interconnections:
Table 1-2

Possible combinations of BICO interconnections
BICO input parameter
CI parameter

BICO output parameter

BI parameter

Unsigned32 /
Integer16

Unsigned32 /
Integer32

Unsigned32 /
FloatingPoint32

Unsigned32 /
Binary

CO: Unsigned8

x

x

CO: Unsigned16

x

x

CO: Integer16

x

x

CO: Unsigned32

x

x

CO: Integer32

x

x

CO: FloatingPoint32

x

x

x1

BO: Unsigned8

x

BO: Unsigned16

x

Legend:

x: BICO interconnection permitted
–: BICO interconnection not permitted

1 Exception:
BICO input parameters with data type "Unsigned32/FloatingPoint32" can also be interconnected with the following
BICO output parameters, despite the fact that these are not of the "FloatingPoint32" data type:
CO: r8850, CO: r8860, CO: r2050, CO: r2060

1-22

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Table 1-2

Possible combinations of BICO interconnections, continued
BICO input parameter
CI parameter

BICO output parameter

BI parameter

Unsigned32 /
Integer16

Unsigned32 /
Integer32

Unsigned32 /
FloatingPoint32

Unsigned32 /
Binary

BO: Integer16

x

BO: Unsigned32

x

BO: Integer32

x

BO: FloatingPoint32

Legend:

x: BICO interconnection permitted
–: BICO interconnection not permitted

1 Exception:
BICO input parameters with data type "Unsigned32/FloatingPoint32" can also be interconnected with the following
BICO output parameters, despite the fact that these are not of the "FloatingPoint32" data type:
CO: r8850, CO: r8860, CO: r2050, CO: r2060

Dynamic index
For parameters with a dynamic index [0...n], the following information is specified
here:
• Data set (if available).
• Parameter for the number of indices (n = number - 1).
The following information can be contained in this field:
• "CDS, p0170" (Command Data Set, CDS count)
Example:
p1070[0]  main setpoint [command data set 0]
p1070[1]  main setpoint [command data set 1], etc.
• "DDS, p0180" (Drive Data Set, DDS count)
• "EDS, p0140" (Encoder Data Set, EDS count)
• "MDS, p0130" (Motor Data Set, MDS count)
• "PDS, p0120" (Power unit Data Set, PDS count)
• "p2615" (traversing blocks count)
Data sets can only be created and deleted when p0010 = 15.
Note:
Information on the data sets can be taken from the following references:
References: /FH1/

SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions
Section "Data sets"

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-23

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Function diagram
The parameter is included in this function diagram. The structure of the parameter
function and its relationship with other parameters is shown in the specified
function diagram.
P group (refers only to access via BOP (Basic Operator Panel))
Specifies the functional group to which the parameter belongs. The required
parameter group can be set via p0004.
Note:
Parameter p0004 is CU-specific (available on the Control Unit).

Unit, unit group, and unit selection
The standard unit of a parameter is specified in square brackets after the values
for "Min", "Max", and "Factory setting".
For parameters where the unit can be switched over, the specifications for "Unit
group" and "Unit selection" determine the group to which this parameter belongs
and with which parameter the unit can be changed over.
Example:
Unit group: 7_1, unit selection: p0505
The parameter belongs to unit group 7_1 and the unit can be switched over using
p0505.
Note:
Detailed information on changing over units can be found in the following references:
References: /FH1/

SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions

References: /BA3/

SINAMICS S150 Operating Instructions

All the potential unit groups and possible unit selections are listed below.
Table 1-3

Unit groups (p0100)

Unit group

Unit selection for p0100 =
0

1-24

Reference value
for %

1

7_4

Nm

lbf ft

-

8_4

N

lbf

-

14_2

W

HP

-

14_6

kW

HP

-

14_13

W/A

HP/A

-

14_14

W min/1000

HP min/1000

-

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Table 1-3

Unit groups (p0100), continued

Unit group

Unit selection for p0100 =
0

for %

1

W/A2

14_15

Reference value

HP/A2
2

2

2

2

14_16

W min /1000

HP min /1000

25_1

kgm2

lb ft2

-

27_1

kg

lb

-

28_1

Nm/A

lbf ft/A

-

29_1

N/Arms

lbf/Arms

-

30_1

m (ft)

ft

-

47_1

kW s/K

HP s/K

-

48_1

W/K

HP/K

-

48_2

W min/1000 K

HP min/1000 K

-

48_3

W min2/10002 K

HP min2/10002 K

-

Table 1-4

-

Unit groups (p0349)

Unit group

Unit selection for p0349 =
1

Reference value
for %

2

15_1

mH

%

1000 ⋅ p0304
---------------------------------------------------------------2 ⋅ π ⋅ 3 ⋅ p0305 ⋅ p0310

16_1

Ohm

%

p0304 --------------------------3 ⋅ p0305

Table 1-5

Unit groups (p0505)

Unit group

Unit selection for p0505 =
1

2

3

Reference value
for %

4

2_1

Hz

%

Hz

%

p2000

2_2

kHz

%

kHz

%

p2000

3_1

rpm

%

rpm

%

p2000

4_1

m/min
(ft/min)

%

ft/min

%

p2000

4_2

m/min
(ft/min)

m/min
(ft/min)

ft/min

ft/min

-

5_1

Vrms

%

Vrms

%

p2001

5_2

V

%

V

%

p2001

5_3

V

%

V

%

p2001

6_1

mArms

%

mArms

%

p2002

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-25

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Table 1-5

Unit groups (p0505), continued

Unit group

Unit selection for p0505 =
1

3

for %

4

6_2

Arms

%

Arms

%

p2002

6_3

mA

%

mA

%

p2002

6_4

A

%

A

%

p2002

6_5

A

%

A

%

p2002

7_1

Nm

%

lbf ft

%

p2003

7_2

Nm

Nm

lbf ft

lbf ft

-

7_3

Nm

%

lbf ft

%

1.0

8_1

N

%

lbf

%

p2003

8_2

N

N

lbf

lbf

-

8_3

N

%

lbf

%

1.0

14_1

W

%

HP

%

r2004 (drive)

14_3

W

%

HP

%

r2004 (infeed)

14_4

W

%

HP

%

r2004 (drive)

14_5

kW

%

HP

%

r2004 (drive)

14_7

kW

%

HP

%

r2004 (infeed)

14_8

kW

%

HP

%

r2004 (drive)

14_9

W

W

HP

HP

-

14_10

kW

kW

HP

HP

-

14_11

var

%

var

%

r2004

14_12

kvar

%

kvar

%

r2004

17_1

Nms/rad

%

lbf ft
s/rad

%

p2000/p2003

18_1

V/A

%

V/A

%

p2002/p2001

19_1

A/V

%

A/V

%

p2001/p2002

21_1

°C

°C

°F

°F

21_2

K

K

°F

°F

-

m/s2

ft/s2

ft/s2

-

%

ft/s2

%

p2007

22_1

1-26

2

Reference value

2

m/s

2

22_2

m/s

23_1

Vrms s/m Vrms s/m Vrms s/ft Vrms s/ft -

24_1

Ns/m

Ns/m

lbf s/ft

lbf s/ft

-

24_2

Ns/m

%

lbf s/ft

%

p2000/p2003

ft/s3

ft/s3

-

3

26_1

m/s

m/s3

39_1

1/s2

%

1/s2

%

p2007

49_1

Nm/rad

%

lbf ft/rad

%

p2003

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Table 1-6

Unit group (p0595)

Unit group

Unit selection for p0595 =
Value

9_1

Reference value

Unit

for %

The values that can be set and the technological units are shown in
p0595 (See Section 1.2).

Parameter values
Min

Minimum value of the parameter [unit]

Max

Maximum value of the parameter [unit]

Factory setting

Value when shipped [unit]
In the case of a binector/connector input, the signal
source of the default BICO interconnection is specified. A
non-indexed connector output is assigned the index [0].
A different value may be displayed for certain parameters
(e.g. p1800) during first commissioning.
Reason:
The setting for these parameters is determined by the
operating environment of the Control Unit (e.g.
depending on the device type, macro, or power unit).

Note:
For SINAMICS G150/G130/S150, the macros and their settings are provided in
the following documentation:
References: /BAx/

x = 1, 2, 3
SINAMICS G150/G130/S150 Operating Instructions

Not for motor type
Specifies for which motor type this parameter has no significance.
ASM: Asynchronous motor
FEM: Separately excited synchronous motor
PEM: Permanent-magnet synchronous motor
REL: Reluctance motor/SIEMOSYN motor

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-27

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Scaling
Specification of the reference variable with which a signal value is automatically
converted for a BICO interconnection.
The following reference variables are available:
• p2000 ... p2007: Reference speed, reference voltage, etc.
• PERCENT: 1.0 = 100 %
• 4000H: 4000 hex = 100 %
Expert list
Specifies whether this parameter is available in the expert list of the specified
drive objects in the commissioning software.
1: Parameter exists in the expert list.
0: Parameter does not exist in the expert list.
Notice:
Users assume full responsibility for using parameters marked "Expert list: 0"
(parameter does not exist in the expert list).
These parameters and their functionalities have not been tested and no further
user documentation is available for them (e.g. description of functions). Moreover,
no support is provided for these parameters by "Technical Support" (hotline).

Description
Explanation of the function of a parameter
Values
Lists the possible values of a parameter.
Recommendation
Information about recommended settings.

1-28

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Index
The name and meaning of each individual index is specified for indexed
parameters.
The following applies to the values (Min, Max, Factory setting) for indexed
adjustable parameters:
• Min, Max:
The adjustment range and unit apply to all indices.
• Factory setting:
When all indices have the same factory setting, index 0 is specified with the
unit to represent all indices.
When the indices have different factory settings, they are all listed individually
with the unit.
Bit array
For parameters with bit arrays, the following information is provided about each
bit:
• Bit number and signal name
• Meaning for signal states 1 and 0
• Function diagram (optional)
The signal is shown on this function diagram.
Dependency
Conditions that must be fulfilled in conjunction with this parameter. Also includes
special effects that can occur between this parameter and others.
Where necessary, "See also:" indicates the following information:
• List of other relevant parameters to be considered.
• List of faults and alarms to be considered.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-29

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Safety notices
Important information that must be observed to avoid the risk of physical injury or
material damage.
Information that must be observed to avoid any problems.
Information that the user may find useful.

1-30

Danger

The description of this safety notice can be found at the
beginning of this manual (see Safety notices).

Warning

The description of this safety notice can be found at the
beginning of this manual (see Safety notices).

Caution

The description of this safety notice can be found at the
beginning of this manual (see Safety notices).

Caution

The description of this safety notice can be found at the
beginning of this manual (see Safety notices).

Notice

The description of this safety notice can be found at the
beginning of this manual (see Safety notices).

Note

Information that the user may find useful.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

1.1.2

Number ranges of parameters
Note:
The following number ranges represent an overview for all of the parameters
available for the SINAMICS drive family.
The parameters for the product described in this List Manual are described in
detail in Section 1.2.
Parameters are grouped into the following number ranges:
Table 1-7

Number ranges for SINAMICS

Range

Description

From

To

0000

0099

Display and operation

0100

0199

Commissioning

0200

0299

Power unit

0300

0399

Motor

0400

0499

Encoder

0500

0599

Technology and units, motor-specific data, probes

0600

0699

Thermal monitoring, maximum current, operating hours, motor
data, central probe

0700

0799

Control Unit terminals, measuring sockets

0800

0839

CDS, DDS data sets, motor changeover

0840

0879

Sequence control (e.g. signal source for ON/OFF1)

0880

0899

ESR, parking, control and status words

0900

0999

PROFIBUS/PROFIdrive

1000

1199

Setpoint channel (e.g. ramp-function generator)

1200

1299

Functions (e.g. motor holding brake)

1300

1399

V/f control

1400

1799

Closed-loop control

1800

1899

Gating unit

1900

1999

Power unit and motor identification

2000

2009

Reference values

2010

2099

Communication (fieldbus)

2100

2139

Faults and alarms

2140

2199

Signals and monitoring

2200

2359

Technology controller

2360

2399

Staging, hibernation

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-31

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Table 1-7

Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued

Range

1-32

Description

From

To

2500

2699

Position control (LR) and basic positioning (EPOS)

2700

2719

Reference values, display

2720

2729

Load gearbox

2800

2819

Logic operations

2900

2930

Fixed values (e.g. percent, torque)

3000

3099

Motor identification results

3100

3109

Real-time clock (RTC)

3110

3199

Faults and alarms

3200

3299

Signals and monitoring

3400

3659

Infeed closed-loop control

3660

3699

Voltage Sensing Module (VSM), Braking Module internal

3700

3779

Advanced Positioning Control (APC)

3780

3819

Synchronization

3820

3849

Friction characteristic curve

3850

3899

Functions (e.g. long stator)

3900

3999

Management

4000

4599

Terminal Board, Terminal Module (e.g. TB30, TM31)

4600

4699

Sensor Module

4700

4799

Trace

4800

4849

Function generator

4950

4999

OA application

5000

5169

Spindle diagnostics

5200

5230

Current setpoint filter 5 ... 10 (r0108.21)

5400

5499

System droop control (e.g. shaft generator)

5500

5599

Dynamic grid support (solar)

5600

5613

PROFIenergy

5900

6999

SINAMICS GM/SM/GL/SL

7000

7499

Parallel connection of power units

7500

7599

SINAMICS SM120

7700

7729

External signals

7770

7789

NVRAM, system parameters

7800

7839

EEPROM read/write parameters

7840

8399

Internal system parameters

8400

8449

Real-time clock (RTC)

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
Overview of parameters

Table 1-7

Number ranges for SINAMICS, continued

Range

Description

From

To

8500

8599

Data and macro management

8600

8799

CAN bus

8800

8899

Communication Board Ethernet (CBE), PROFIdrive

8900

8999

Industrial Ethernet, PROFINET, CBE20

9000

9299

Topology

9300

9399

Safety Integrated

9400

9499

Parameter consistency and storage

9500

9899

Safety Integrated

9900

9949

Topology

9950

9999

Diagnostics, internal

10000

10199

Safety Integrated

11000

11299

Free technology controller 0, 1, 2

20000

20999

Free function blocks (FBLOCKS)

21000

25999

Drive Control Chart (DCC)

50000

53999

SINAMICS DC MASTER (DC control)

61000

61001

PROFINET

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-33

Parameters
List of parameters

1.2

List of parameters
Product: SINAMICS S120/S150, Version: 4601800, Language: eng
Objects: A_INF, B_INF, CU_I, CU_I_D410, CU_LINK, CU_NX_CX, CU_S_AC_DP, CU_S_AC_PN, CU_S120_DP, CU_S120_PN, CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN, ENC, HUB, S_INF, SERVO, SERVO_AC, SERVO_I_AC, TB30, TM120, TM15, TM150, TM15DI_DO, TM17, TM31, TM41, TM54F_MA,
TM54F_SL, VECTOR, VECTOR_AC, VECTOR_I_AC

r0002

Infeed operating display / INF op_display

A_INF, S_INF

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for the infeed.

Value:

0:
21:
31:
32:
35:
41:
42:
44:
45:
46:
60:
70:
200:
250:

Dependency:

Refer to: r0046

Operation - everything enabled
Ready for operation - set "Operation enable" = "1" (p0852)
Rdy for sw on - pre-chrg running (p0857)
Ready for switching on - set "ON/OFF1" = "0/1" (p0840)
Switching on inhibited - carry out first commissioning (p0010)
Switching on inhibited - set "ON/OFF1" = "0" (p0840)
Switching on inhibited - set "OC/OFF2" = "1" (p0844, p0845)
Switching on inhibited - connect 24 V to terminal EP (hardware)
Switching on inhibited - remove fault cause, acknowledge fault
Switching on inhibited - exit comm mode (p0009, p0010)
Infeed de-activated/not operational
Initialization
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

Note:

OC: Operating condition
EP: Enable Pulses
COMM: Commissioning

r0002

Infeed operating display / INF op_display

B_INF

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for the infeed.

Value:

0:
31:
32:
35:
41:
42:
44:
45:
46:
60:
70:
200:
250:

Dependency:

Refer to: r0046

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

1-34

Operation - everything enabled
Rdy for sw on - pre-chrg running (p0857)
Ready for switching on - set "ON/OFF1" = "0/1" (p0840)
Switching on inhibited - carry out first commissioning (p0010)
Switching on inhibited - set "ON/OFF1" = "0" (p0840)
Switching on inhibited - set "OC/OFF2" = "1" (p0844, p0845)
Switching on inhibited - connect 24 V to terminal EP (hardware)
Switching on inhibited - remove fault cause, acknowledge fault
Switching on inhibited - exit comm mode (p0009, p0010)
Infeed de-activated/not operational
Initialization
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

Note:

OC: Operating condition
COMM: Commissioning

r0002

Control Unit operating display / CU op_display

CU_I, CU_I_D410,
CU_NX_CX,
CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
117

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for the Control Unit (CU).

Value:

0:
10:
20:
25:
31:
33:
34:
35:
70:
80:
99:
101:
111:
112:
113:
114:
115:
117:

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002

Encoder DO operating display / Enc DO op_display

ENC

Operation
Ready
Wait for run-up
Wait for automatic FW update of DRIVE-CLiQ components
Commissioning software download active
Remove/acknowledge topology error
Exit commissioning mode
Carry out first commissioning
Initialization
Reset active
Internal software error
Specify topology
Insert drive object
Delete drive object
Change drive object number
Change component number
Run parameter download
Delete component

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for encoder drive object.

Value:

0:
35:
45:
46:
60:
200:
250:

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

Encoder in cyclic operation
Carry out first commissioning (p0010)
Remove fault cause, acknowledge fault
Exit commissioning mode (p0009, p0010)
Encoder de-activated
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-35

Parameters
List of parameters

r0002

DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module operating display / Hub op_display

HUB

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for the DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module.

Value:

0:
40:
50:
60:
70:
120:
200:
250:

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002

Drive operating display / Drv op_display

SERVO,
SERVO_AC,
SERVO_I_AC, VECTOR, VECTOR_AC,
VECTOR_I_AC

Module in cyclic operation
Module not in cyclic operation
Alarm
Fault
Initialization
Module de-activated
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for the drive.

Value:

0:
10:
11:
12:
13:
14:
15:
16:
17:
18:
19:
21:
22:
23:
31:
35:
41:
42:
43:
44:
45:
46:
60:
70:
200:
250:

Dependency:

Refer to: r0046

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

1-36

Operation - everything enabled
Operation - set "enable setpoint" = "1" (p1142, p1152)
Operation - set "enable speed controller" = "1" (p0856)
Operation - RFG frozen, set "RFG start" = "1" (p1141)
Operation - set "enable RFG" = "1" (p1140)
Oper. - MotID, excit. running and/or brake opens, SS2, STOP C
Operation - open brake (p1215)
Operation - withdraw braking with OFF1 using "ON/OFF1" = "1"
Operation - braking with OFF3 can only be interrupted with OFF2
Operation - brake on fault, remove fault, acknowledge
Operation - armature short-circ./DC brake act. (p1230, p1231)
Ready for operation - set "Operation enable" = "1" (p0852)
Ready for operation - de-magnetizing running (p0347)
Ready for operation - set "Infeed operation" = "1" (p0864)
Ready for switching on - set "ON/OFF1" = "0/1" (p0840)
Switching on inhibited - carry out first commissioning (p0010)
Switching on inhibited - set "ON/OFF1" = "0" (p0840)
Switching on inhibited - set "OC/OFF2" = "1" (p0844, p0845)
Switching on inhibited - set "OC/OFF3" = "1" (p0848, p0849)
Switching on inhibited - connect 24 V to terminal EP (hardware)
Switching on inhibited - rectify fault, acknowledge fault, STO
Switching on inhibited - exit comm mode (p0009, p0010)
Drive object de-activated/not operational
Initialization
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

Note:

OC: Operating condition
EP: Enable Pulses
RFG: Ramp-function generator
COMM: Commissioning
MotID: Motor data identification
SS2: Safe Stop 2
STO: Safe Torque Off

r0002

TB30 operating display / TB30 op_display

TB30

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for Terminal Board 30 (TB30).

Value:

0:
40:
60:
70:
80:
120:
200:
250:

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002

TM120 operating display / TM120 op_display

TM120

Module in cyclic operation
Module not in cyclic operation
Fault
Initialization
Reset active
Module de-activated
Wait for run-up
Device signals a topology error

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for Terminal Module 120 (TM120)

Value:

0:
40:
50:
60:
70:
120:
200:
250:

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002

TM15 operating display / TM15 op_display

TM15

Module in cyclic operation
Module not in cyclic operation
Alarm
Fault
Initialization
Module de-activated
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for Terminal Module 15 (TM15).

Value:

0:
40:
50:

Module in cyclic operation
Module not in cyclic operation
Alarm

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-37

Parameters
List of parameters

60:
70:
120:
200:
250:

Fault
Initialization
Module de-activated
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002

TM150 operating display / TM150 op_display

TM150

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for Terminal Module 150 (TM150)

Value:

0:
40:
50:
60:
70:
120:
200:
250:

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002

TM15DI/DO operating display / TM15D op_display

TM15DI_DO

Module in cyclic operation
Module not in cyclic operation
Alarm
Fault
Initialization
Module de-activated
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for Terminal Module 15 (TM15).

Value:

0:
40:
50:
60:
70:
120:
200:
250:

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002

TM17 operating display / TM17 op_display

TM17

Module in cyclic operation
Module not in cyclic operation
Alarm
Fault
Initialization
Module de-activated
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for Terminal Module 17 (TM17).

Value:

0:
40:
50:
60:
70:

1-38

Module in cyclic operation
Module not in cyclic operation
Alarm
Fault
Initialization

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

120:
200:
250:

Module de-activated
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002

TM31 operating display / TM31 op_display

TM31

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for Terminal Module 31 (TM31).

Value:

0:
40:
50:
60:
70:
120:
200:
250:

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

r0002

TM41 operating display / TM41 op_display

TM41

Module in cyclic operation
Module not in cyclic operation
Alarm
Fault
Initialization
Module de-activated
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for Terminal Module 41 (TM41).

Value:

0:
10:
12:
13:
18:
21:
31:
41:
42:
43:
45:
46:
70:
120:
200:
250:

Notice:

For several missing enable signals, the corresponding value with the highest number is displayed.

Note:

OC: Operating condition

Operation - everything enabled
Operation - set "enable setpoint" = "1" (p1142)
Operation - RFG frozen, set "RFG start" = "1" (p1141)
Operation - set "enable RFG" = "1" (p1140)
Operation - brake on fault, remove fault, acknowledge
Ready for operation - set "Operation enable" = "1" (p0852)
Ready for switching on - set "ON/OFF1" = "0/1" (p0840)
Switching on inhibited - set "ON/OFF1" = "1/0" (p0840)
Switching on inhibited - set "OC/OFF2" = "1" (p0844)
Switching on inhibited - set "OC/OFF3" = "1" (p0848)
Switching on inhibited - remove fault cause, acknowledge fault
Switching on inhibited - exit comm mode (p0009, p0010)
Initialization
Module de-activated
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

RFG: Ramp-function generator
COMM: Commissioning

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-39

Parameters
List of parameters

r0002

TM54F operating display / TM54F op_display

TM54F_MA,
TM54F_SL

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
250

Factory setting
-

Description:

Operating display for Terminal Module 54F (TM54F).

Value:

0:
40:
50:
60:
70:
120:
200:
250:

p0003

BOP access level / BOP acc_level

CU_I, CU_I_D410,
CU_NX_CX,
CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

Module in cyclic operation
Module not in cyclic operation
Alarm
Fault
Initialization
Module de-activated
Wait for booting/partial booting
Device signals a topology error

Can be changed: C1, U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
1

Max
4

Factory setting
1

Description:

Sets the access level for reading and writing parameters via the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).

Value:

1:
2:
3:
4:

Note:

A higher set access level also includes the lower one.

Standard
Extended
Expert
Service

Access level 1 (standard):
Parameters for simplest possible operations.
Access level 2 (extended):
Parameters to operate the basic functions of the drive unit.
Access level 3 (experts):
Expert know-how is required for these parameters (e.g. BICO parameterization).
Access level 4 (service):
For these parameters, it is necessary that authorized service personnel enter the appropriate password (p3950).

1-40

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

p0004

BOP display filter / BOP disp_filter

CU_I, CU_I_D410,
CU_NX_CX,
CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

Can be changed: C2(1), U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
99

Factory setting
0

Description:

Sets the display filter for parameters with the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).

Value:

0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
7:
8:
10:
12:
13:
14:
15:
17:
18:
19:
20:
21:
25:
28:
47:
50:
90:
95:
98:
99:

Dependency:

Refer to: p0003

Notice:

The display filter via p0004 provides precise filtering and displays the corresponding parameters only when p0009
and p0010 = 0.

Note:

The set access level via p0003 is also relevant for the display filter via p0004.

All parameters
Displays, signals
Power unit
Motor
Encoder/pos enc
Technology/units
Digital inputs/outputs, commands, sequence control
Analog inputs/outputs
Setpoint channel/ramp-fct generator
Functions
U/f control
Control
Data sets
Basic positioner
Gating unit
Motor identification
Communication
Faults, alarms, monitoring functions
Cl-loop pos ctrl
Free function blocks
Trace and function generator
OA parameters
Topology
Safety Integrated
Command Data Sets (CDS)
Drive Data Sets (DDS)

Examples (assumption: p0009 = p0010 = 0):
p0003 = 1, p0004 = 3
--> Only the parameters for the motor with access level 1 are displayed.
p0003 = 2, p0004 = 3
--> Only the parameters for the motor with access levels 1 and 2 are displayed.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-41

Parameters
List of parameters

p0005[0...1]

BOP operating display selection / BOP op_disp sel

A_INF, B_INF,
CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN, ENC,
HUB, S_INF,
SERVO,
SERVO_AC,
SERVO_I_AC, TB30,
TM120, TM15,
TM150, TM15DI_DO,
TM17, TM31, TM41,
TM54F_MA,
TM54F_SL, VECTOR, VECTOR_AC,
VECTOR_I_AC

Can be changed: U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 2

Data type: Unsigned16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
65535

Factory setting
[0] 2
[1] 0

Description:

Sets the parameter number and parameter index for display for p0006 = 2, 4 for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Examples for the SERVO drive object:
p0005[0] = 21, p0005[1] = 0: Actual speed smoothed (r0021)
p0005[0] = 25, p0005[1] = 0: Output voltage smoothed (r0025)

Index:

[0] = Parameter number
[1] = Parameter index

Dependency:

Refer to: p0006

Note:

Procedure:
1.
The parameter number to be displayed should be set in index 0. Only the monitoring parameters (read-only parameters) can be set that actually exist for the actual drive object.
If the set parameter number is not indexed, or if there is an index in index 1 that lies outside the valid range of the
set parameter, then index 1 is automatically set to 0.
2.
The index that belongs to the parameter set in index 0 should be set in index 1. The permissible changes in index 1
always depend on the parameter number set in index 0.

p0006

BOP operating display mode / BOP op_ disp mode

A_INF, B_INF,
S_INF, SERVO,
SERVO_AC,
SERVO_I_AC, VECTOR, VECTOR_AC,
VECTOR_I_AC

Can be changed: U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 3

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
4

Factory setting
4

Description:

Sets the mode of the operating display for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) in the operating states "ready for operation" and "operation".

Value:

0:
1:
2:
3:
4:

Dependency:

Refer to: p0005

1-42

Operation --> r0021, otherwise r0020 <--> r0021
Operation --> r0021, otherwise r0020
Operation --> p0005, otherwise p0005 <--> r0020
Operation --> r0002, otherwise r0002 <--> r0020
p0005

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

Note:

Mode 0 ... 3 can only be selected if also r0020, r0021 are available on the drive object.
Mode 4 is available for all drive objects.

p0006

BOP operating display mode / BOP op_ disp mode

CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN, ENC,
HUB, TB30, TM120,
TM15, TM150,
TM15DI_DO, TM17,
TM31, TM41,
TM54F_MA,
TM54F_SL

Can be changed: U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 3

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
4

Max
4

Factory setting
4

Description:

Sets the mode of the operating display for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) in the operating states "ready for operation" and "operation".

Value:

4:

Dependency:

Refer to: p0005

Note:

Mode 0 ... 3 can only be selected if also r0020, r0021 are available on the drive object.

p0005

Mode 4 is available for all drive objects.

p0007

BOP background lighting / BOP lighting

CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

Description:

Can be changed: U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 3

Data type: Unsigned32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0 [s]

Max
2000 [s]

Factory setting
0 [s]

Sets the delay time until the background lighting of the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) is switched off.
If no keys are actuated, then the background lighting automatically switches itself off after this time has expired.

Note:

p0007 = 0: Background lighting is always switched on (factory setting).

p0008

BOP drive object after booting / BOP DO after boot

CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

Description:
Note:

Can be changed: U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 3

Data type: Unsigned16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
1

Max
65535

Factory setting
1

Sets the required drive object that is active at the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) after booting.
The value from p0008 initializes the display on the Basic Operator Panel (BOP) at the top left after booting.
The drive object Control Unit is selected using the value 1.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-43

Parameters
List of parameters

p0009

Device commissioning parameter filter / Dev comm par_filt

CU_I, CU_I_D410,
CU_NX_CX,
CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

Description:

Can be changed: C1, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
10000

Factory setting
1

Sets the device and basic drive commissioning.
By appropriately setting this parameter, those parameters are filtered that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.

Value:

0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
29:
30:
50:
55:
101:
111:
112:
113:
114:
115:
117:
10000:

Ready
Device configuration
Defining the drive type/function module
Drive base configuration
Data set base configuration
Device download
Parameter reset
OA application configuration
OA application installation
Topology input
Insert drive object
Delete drive object
Change drive object number
Change component number
Parameter download
Delete component
Ready (asynchron)

Notice:

For p0009 = 10000 the following applies:
After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in
r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.

Note:

The drives can only be powered up outside the device commissioning (the inverter enabled). In this case, p0009
must be 0 (Ready) and the individual drive objects must have already gone into operation (p0010).
p0009 = 1: Device configuration
At the first commissioning of the device, after booting, the device is in the "device configuration" state. To start the
internal automatic first commissioning of the drive unit, p0009 should be set to 0 (Ready) after the ID for the actual
topology (r0098) was transferred into the ID for the target topology (p0099). To do this, it is sufficient to set a single
index value of p0099[x] the same as r0098[x]. Before the device has been completely commissioned, no other
parameter can be changed. After the first commissioning was carried out, in this state, when required, other basic
device configuration parameters can be adapted (e.g. the basic sampling time in p0110).
p0009 = 2: Defines the drive type / function module
In this state, the drive object types and/or the function modules can be changed or selected for the individual drive
objects. To do this, the drive object type can be set using p0107[0...15] and the function can be set using
p0108[0...15] (refer to p0101[0...15]).
p0009 = 3: Drive basic configuration
In this state, after the device has been commissioned for the first time, basic changes can be made for the individual drive objects (e.g. sampling times in p0111, p0112, p0115 and the number of data sets in p0120, p0130, p0140,
p0170, p0180).
p0009 = 4: Data set basic configuration
In this state, after the device has been commissioned for the first time, for the individual drive objects changes can
be made regarding the assignment of the components (p0121, p0131, p0141, p0151, p0161) to the individual data
sets and the assignment of the power unit, motor and encoder to the drive data sets (p0185, ...).
p0009 = 29: Device download
If a download is made using the commissioning software, the device is automatically brought into this state. After
the download has been completed, p0009 is automatically set to 0 (ready). It is not possible to manually set p0009
to this value.

1-44

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

p0009 = 30: Parameter reset
In order to bring the complete unit into the "first commissioning" state or to load the parameters saved using p0977,
to start, p0009 must be set to this value. p0976 can then be changed to the required value.
p0009 = 50: OA application configuration
In this state, after the device has been commissioned for the first time, changes can be made for the individual drive
objects regarding the activity (p4956) of the OA applications.
p0009 = 55: OA application installation
OA applications can be installed and/or uninstalled in this state.
p0009 = 101: Topology input
In this state, the DRIVE-CLiQ target topology can be entered using p9902 and p9903.
p0009 = 111: Insert drive object
This state allows a new drive object to be inserted using p9911.
p0009 = 112: Delete drive object
This state allows existing drive objects to be deleted using p9912 after the device has been commissioned for the
first time.
p0009 = 113: Change drive object number
This state allows the drive object number of existing drive objects to be changed using p9913 after the device has
been commissioned for the first time.
p0009 = 114: Change component number
This state allows the component number of existing components to be changed using p9914 after the device has
been commissioned for the first time.
p0009 = 115: Parameter download
This state allows the complete device and drive commissioning using the parameter services.
p0009 = 117: Delete component
This state allows components to be deleted using p9917 after the device has been commissioned for the first time.

p0010

Infeed commissioning parameter filter / INF comm par_filt

A_INF, B_INF,
S_INF

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
30

Factory setting
1

Description:

Sets the parameter filter to commission an infeed unit.
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.

Value:

0:
1:
2:
5:
29:
30:

Ready
Quick commissioning
Power unit commissioning
Technological application/units
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset

Note:

The drive can only be powered up outside the drive commissioning (inverter enable). To realize this, this parameter
must be set to 0.
For p3900 not equal to 0, at the end of the quick commissioning, this parameter is automatically reset to 0.
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-45

Parameters
List of parameters

p0010

Encoder DO commissioning parameter filter / EncDO com par_filt

ENC

Description:

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
30

Factory setting
0

Sets the parameter filter to commission an encoder drive object.
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

Value:

0:
4:
5:
29:
30:

Note:

Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010

Drive commissioning parameter filter / Drv comm. par_filt

SERVO,
SERVO_AC,
SERVO_I_AC, VECTOR, VECTOR_AC,
VECTOR_I_AC

Description:

Ready
Encoder commissioning
Technological application/units
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 2800, 2818

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
10000

Factory setting
1

Sets the parameter filter to commission a drive.
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.

Value:

0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
15:
17:
25:
29:
30:
95:
10000:

Ready
Quick commissioning
Power unit commissioning
Motor commissioning
Encoder commissioning
Technological application/units
Data sets
Basic positioner commissioning
Position control commissioning
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset
Safety Integrated commissioning
Ready with immediate feedback signal

Notice:

For p0010 = 10000 the following applies:
After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in
r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.

Note:

The drive can only be powered up outside the drive commissioning (inverter enable). To realize this, this parameter
must be set to 0.
By setting p3900 to a value other than 0, the quick commissioning is completed, and this parameter is automatically
reset to 0.
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.
p0010 = 10000 corresponds to p0010 = 0. Unlike with p0010 = 0, the parameter modification is applied immediately
and the calculations are made in the background. Further parameter modifications cannot be made while the calculations are being performed.

1-46

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

p0010

TB30 commissioning parameter filter / TB30 comm.par_filt

TB30

Description:

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
30

Factory setting
0

Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Board 30 (TB30).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

Value:

0:
29:
30:

Dependency:

Refer to: p0970

Note:

Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010

TM120 commissioning parameter filter / TM120 com par_filt

TM120

Description:

Ready
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
30

Factory setting
0

Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 120 (TM120).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

Value:

0:
29:
30:

Ready
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset

Dependency:

Refer to: p0970

Note:

Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010

TM15 commissioning parameter filter / TM15 comm par_filt

TM15

Description:

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
30

Factory setting
0

Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

Value:

0:
29:
30:

Ready
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset

Dependency:

Refer to: p0970

Note:

Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-47

Parameters
List of parameters

p0010

TM150 commissioning parameter filter / TM150 com par_filt

TM150

Description:

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
30

Factory setting
0

Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 150 (TM150).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

Value:

0:
29:
30:

Ready
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset

Dependency:

Refer to: p0970

Note:

Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010

TM15DI/DO commissioning the parameterizing filter / TM15D com par_filt

TM15DI_DO

Description:

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
30

Factory setting
0

Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 15 (TM15).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

Value:

0:
29:
30:

Ready
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset

Dependency:

Refer to: p0970

Note:

Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010

TM17 commissioning parameter filter / TM17 comm par_filt

TM17

Description:

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
30

Factory setting
0

Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 17 (TM17).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

Value:

0:
29:
30:

Ready
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset

Dependency:

Refer to: p0970

Note:

Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

1-48

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

p0010

TM31 commissioning parameter filter / TM31 comm par_filt

TM31

Description:

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
30

Factory setting
0

Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 31 (TM31).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

Value:

0:
29:
30:

Ready
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset

Dependency:

Refer to: p0970

Note:

Only the following values are possible: p0010 = 0, 30
Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010

TM41 commissioning parameter filter / TM41 comm par_filt

TM41

Description:

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
30

Factory setting
0

Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 41 (TM41).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

Value:

0:
4:
5:
29:
30:

Dependency:

Refer to: p0970

Note:

Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

p0010

TM54F commissioning parameter filter / TM54F com par_filt

TM54F_MA

Description:

Ready
Encoder commissioning
Technological application/units
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset

Can be changed: C2(1), T

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 2847

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
95

Factory setting
0

Sets the parameter filter for commissioning a Terminal Module 54F (TM54F).
Setting this parameter filters out the parameters that can be written into in the various commissioning steps.
For the BOP, this setting also causes the read access operations to be filtered.

Value:

0:
29:
30:
95:

Ready
Only Siemens int
Parameter reset
Safety Integrated commissioning

Dependency:

Refer to: p0970

Note:

Procedure for "Reset parameter": Set p0010 to 30 and p0970 to 1.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-49

Parameters
List of parameters

p0011

BOP password entry (p0013) / BOP passw ent p13

CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

Can be changed: U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 3

Data type: Unsigned16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: Functions

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
65535

Factory setting
0

Description:

Sets the password for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).

Dependency:

Refer to: p0012, p0013

p0012

BOP password acknowledgement (p0013) / BOP passw ackn p13

CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

Can be changed: U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 3

Data type: Unsigned16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: Functions

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
65535

Factory setting
0

Description:

Acknowledges the password for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).

Dependency:

Refer to: p0011, p0013

p0013[0...49]

BOP user-defined list / BOP list

A_INF, B_INF,
CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN, ENC,
HUB, S_INF,
SERVO,
SERVO_AC,
SERVO_I_AC, TB30,
TM120, TM15,
TM150, TM15DI_DO,
TM17, TM31, TM41,
TM54F_MA,
TM54F_SL, VECTOR, VECTOR_AC,
VECTOR_I_AC

Description:

Can be changed: U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 3

Data type: Unsigned16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: Functions

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
65535

Factory setting
0

Sets the required parameters to read and write via the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
Activation:
1. p0003 = 3 (expert).
2. p0013[0...49] = requested parameter number
3. If required, enter p0011 = password in order to prevent non-authorized de-activation.
4. p0016 = 1 --> activates the selected user-defined list.
De-activation/change:
1. p0003 = 3 (expert).
2. If required, p0012 = p0011, in order to be authorized to change or de-activate the list.
3. If required p0013[0...49] = required parameter number.
4. p0016 = 1 --> activates the modified user-defined list.
5. p0003 = 0 --> de-activates the user-defined list.

1-50

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

Dependency:

Refer to: p0009, p0011, p0012, p0976

Note:

The following parameters can be read and written on the Control Unit drive object:
- p0003 (access stage)
- p0009 (device commissioning, parameter filter)
- p0012 (BOP password acknowledgement (p0013))
The following applies for the user-defined list:
- password protection is only available on the drive object Control Unit and is valid for all of the drive objects.
- p0013 cannot be included in the user-defined list for all drive objects.
- p0003, p0009, p0011, p0012, p0976 cannot, for the drive object Control Unit, be included in the user-defined list.
- the user-defined list can be cleared and de-activated "restore factory setting".
A value of 0 means: Entry is empty.

p0015

Macro drive object / Macro DO

A_INF, B_INF,
S_INF, SERVO,
SERVO_AC,
SERVO_I_AC,
TM120, TM150,
TM15DI_DO, TM31,
VECTOR,
VECTOR_AC,
VECTOR_I_AC

Description:

Can be changed: C2(1)

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Unsigned32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: Commands

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
999999

Factory setting
0

Runs the corresponding macro files.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0015 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.

Dependency:

Refer to: p0700, p1000, p1500, r8570

Notice:

After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in
r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.
No errors were issued during quick commissioning (p3900 = 1) when writing to parameters of the QUICK_IBN
group!

Note:

The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8570. r8570 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p0015

Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit

CU_I, CU_I_D410,
CU_NX_CX,
CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN

Can be changed: C1

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Unsigned32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
999999

Factory setting
0

Description:

Runs the corresponding macro files.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0015 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.

Dependency:

Refer to: p0700, p1000, p1500, r8570

Notice:

After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in
r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.
When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-51

Parameters
List of parameters

Note:

The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8570. r8570 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.
Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p0015

Macro drive unit / Macro drv unit

CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

Can be changed: C1

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Unsigned32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
999999

Factory setting
1

Description:

Runs the corresponding macro files.
The selected macro file must be available on the memory card/device memory.
Example:
p0015 = 6 --> the macro file PM000006.ACX is run.

Dependency:

Refer to: p0700, p1000, p1500, r8570

Notice:

After the value has been modified, no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in
r3996. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.

Note:

The macros in the specified directory are displayed in r8570. r8570 is not in the expert list of the commissioning
software.

When executing a specific macro, the corresponding programmed settings are made and become active.

Macros available as standard are described in the technical documentation of the particular product.
The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.

p0016

Activate BOP user-defined list / BOP user list act

CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

Description:

Can be changed: C1, U, T

Calculated: -

Access level: 3

Data type: Integer16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
1

Factory setting
0

Setting for activating/de-activating the user-defined list for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).
If p0016 = 1, then it is only possible to access parameters in the parameter list (p0013).

Value:

0:
1:

Dependency:

Refer to: p0011, p0012, p0013

Note:

The user-defined list can only be de-activated with p0011 = p0012

r0018

Control Unit firmware version / CU FW version

CU_I, CU_I_D410,
CU_NX_CX,
CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

BOP user-defined list de-activated
BOP user-defined list activated

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 1

Data type: Unsigned32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: -

P-Group: -

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
0

Max
4294967295

Factory setting
-

Description:

Displays the firmware version of the Control Unit.

Dependency:

Refer to: r0128, r0148, r0158, r0197, r0198

Note:

Example:
The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.01.01.00.

1-52

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

r0019.0...14
CU_S_AC_DP,
CU_S_AC_PN,
CU_S120_DP,
CU_S120_PN,
CU_S150_DP,
CU_S150_PN

CO/BO: Control word BOP / STW BOP
Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 3

Data type: Unsigned16

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 9912

P-Group: Displays, signals

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: -

Expert list: 1

Min
-

Max
-

Factory setting
-

Description:

Displays the control word for the Basic Operator Panel (BOP).

Bit field:

Bit
00
01
02
07
13
14

r0020

Speed setpoint smoothed / n_set smth

SERVO,
SERVO_AC,
SERVO_I_AC, VECTOR, VECTOR_AC,
VECTOR_I_AC

Signal name
ON / OFF (OFF1)
No coast-down / coast-down (OFF2)
No Quick Stop / Quick Stop (OFF3)
Acknowledge fault (0 -> 1)
Motorized potentiometer raise
Motorized potentiometer lower

1 signal
ON
No coast down
No Quick Stop
Yes
Yes
Yes

0 signal
OFF (OFF1)
Coast down (OFF2)
Quick Stop (OFF3)
No
No
No

FP
-

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 2

Data type: FloatingPoint32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 5020, 6799

P-Group: Displays, signals

Units group: 3_1

Unit selection: p0505

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: p2000

Expert list: 1

Min
- [rpm]

Max
- [rpm]

Factory setting
- [rpm]

Description:

Displays the currently smoothed speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the
interpolator).

Dependency:

Refer to: r0060

Note:

Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060).

r0020

Velocity setpoint smoothed / v_set smth

SERVO (Lin),
SERVO_AC (Lin),
SERVO_I_AC (Lin)

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 2

Data type: FloatingPoint32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 5020, 6799

P-Group: Displays, signals

Units group: 4_1

Unit selection: p0505

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: p2000

Expert list: 1

Min
- [m/min]

Max
- [m/min]

Factory setting
- [m/min]

Description:

Displays the currently smoothed velocity setpoint at the input of the velocity controller or U/f characteristic (after the
interpolator).

Dependency:

Refer to: r0060

Note:

Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The velocity setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060).

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-53

Parameters
List of parameters

r0021

CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth

SERVO,
SERVO_AC,
SERVO_I_AC

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 2

Data type: FloatingPoint32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 1580, 1680,
4710, 6799

P-Group: Displays, signals

Units group: 3_1

Unit selection: p0505

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: p2000

Expert list: 1

Min
- [rpm]

Max
- [rpm]

Factory setting
- [rpm]

Description:

Displays the smoothed actual value of the motor speed.

Dependency:

Refer to: r0022, r0063

Note:

Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063).

r0021

CO: Actual velocity smoothed / v_act smooth

SERVO (Lin),
SERVO_AC (Lin),
SERVO_I_AC (Lin)

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 2

Data type: FloatingPoint32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 1580, 1680,
4710, 6799

P-Group: Displays, signals

Units group: 4_1

Unit selection: p0505

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: p2000

Expert list: 1

Min
- [m/min]

Max
- [m/min]

Factory setting
- [m/min]

Description:

Displays the smoothed actual value of the motor velocity.

Dependency:

Refer to: r0022, r0063

Note:

Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The velocity actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063).

r0021

CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth

VECTOR,
VECTOR_AC,
VECTOR_I_AC

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 2

Data type: FloatingPoint32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 4710, 6799

P-Group: Displays, signals

Units group: 3_1

Unit selection: p0505

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: p2000

Expert list: 1

Min
- [rpm]

Max
- [rpm]

Factory setting
- [rpm]

Description:

Displays the smoothed actual value of the motor speed.
For U/f control and when slip compensation is deactivated (see p1335), the synchronous speed to the output frequency is shown in r0021.

Dependency:

Refer to: r0022, r0063

Note:

Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063).
For U/f control, the mechanical speed calculated from the output frequency and the slip is shown in r0063[2] even if
slip compensation is deactivated.

1-54

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

Parameters
List of parameters

r0022

Speed actual value rpm smoothed / n_act rpm smooth

SERVO,
SERVO_AC,
SERVO_I_AC

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 2

Data type: FloatingPoint32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 1580, 1680,
4710, 6799

P-Group: Displays, signals

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: p2000

Expert list: 1

Min
- [rpm]

Max
- [rpm]

Factory setting
- [rpm]

Description:

Displays the smoothed actual value of the motor speed.
r0022 is identical to r0021, however, it always has units of rpm and contrary to r0021 cannot be changed over.

Dependency:

Refer to: r0021, r0063

Note:

Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063).

r0022

Actual velocity smoothed / v_act smooth

SERVO (Lin),
SERVO_AC (Lin),
SERVO_I_AC (Lin)

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 2

Data type: FloatingPoint32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 1580, 1680,
4710, 6799

P-Group: Displays, signals

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: p2000

Expert list: 1

Min
- [m/min]

Max
- [m/min]

Factory setting
- [m/min]

Description:

Displays the smoothed actual value of the motor velocity.

Dependency:

Refer to: r0021, r0063

Note:

Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The velocity actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063).

r0022

Speed actual value rpm smoothed / n_act rpm smooth

VECTOR,
VECTOR_AC,
VECTOR_I_AC

Can be changed: -

Calculated: -

Access level: 3

Data type: FloatingPoint32

Dyn. index: -

Func. diagram: 6799

P-Group: Displays, signals

Units group: -

Unit selection: -

Not for motor type: -

Scaling: p2000

Expert list: 1

Min
- [rpm]

Max
- [rpm]

Factory setting
- [rpm]

Description:

Displays the smoothed actual value of the motor speed.
r0022 is identical to r0021, however, it always has units of rpm and contrary to r0021 cannot be changed over.
For U/f control and when slip compensation is deactivated (see p1335), the synchronous speed to the output frequency is shown in r0022.

Dependency:

Refer to: r0021, r0063

Note:

Smoothing time constant = 100 ms
The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.
The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021, r0022) and unsmoothed (r0063).
For U/f control, the mechanical speed calculated from the output frequency and the slip is shown in r0063[2] even if
slip compensation is deactivated.

© Siemens AG 2003 - 2013 All Rights Reserved
SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1), 01/2013, 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4

1-55

[Hz] Description: Displays the smoothed converter frequency. P-Group: Displays.[Vrms] Max .[Vrms] Factory setting .[Hz] Description: Displays the smoothed line supply frequency. Dependency: Refer to: r0066 Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. The value is calculated from the modulation depth r0074 and is therefore only correct in the closed-loop controlled mode and when the pulses are enabled. diagram: 1690. 5300. VECTOR_AC. Re r0025[0]: Pulsed voltage at the line supply input terminals of the power unit.[Hz] Factory setting . r0025[0. diagram: 8850. VECTOR. diagram: 8850. S_INF CO: Input voltage smoothed / U_inp smooth Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. 5730.Parameters List of parameters r0024 CO: Line supply frequency smoothed / f_line smooth A_INF.[Hz] Max . signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. index: - Func.[Hz] Factory setting . Index: [0] = Voltage at input terminals of power unit from line supply model [1] = Voltage at VSM or at input terminals of the line filter [2] = Voltage of the voltage source from the line supply model [3] = Smoothed voltage of voltage source from line supply model Dependency: Refer to: r0072 Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signals are not suitable as process quantity and may only be used as display quantities. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . The output frequency is available smoothed (r0024) and unsmoothed (r0066).. 8950 P-Group: Displays. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . index: - Func. The line frequency is available smoothed (r0024) and unsmoothed (r0066). The value is calculated from the VSM measured values r3661 and r3662 and is therefore equal to 0 if a VSM is not connected.[Vrms] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the input voltage. A negative sign of the frequency is obtained when the 3 line phases are interchanged therefore designating a negative direction of the rotating field of the 3-phase line supply voltage. V and W are connected with the correct phase sequence.[Hz] The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. Re r0025[1]: Absolute voltage at the input terminals of the line filter or the connection point of a VSM.3] A_INF.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).. 1-56 © Siemens AG 2003 . 6799 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Max . A positive sign of the frequency is obtained when the line supply phases U. The input voltages are available smoothed (r0025) and unsmoothed (r0072). S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Dependency: Refer to: r0066 Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. SERVO_AC. 8950 P-Group: Displays. 01/2013. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . r0024 Output frequency smoothed / f_outp smooth Can be changed: SERVO.

Dependency: Refer to: r0070 Notice: This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations.[V] Max . The output voltage is available smoothed (r0025) and unsmoothed (r0072). In this case. 01/2013. r0026 CO: DC link voltage smoothed / Vdc smooth SERVO.[V] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the DC link voltage. 8750.[V] Max . 8950 P-Group: Displays. 8950 P-Group: Displays. B_INF. S_INF: smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. r0025 CO: Output voltage smoothed / U_outp smooth Can be changed: SERVO. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. index: - Func.[V] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the DC link voltage. Re r0025[3]: Smoothed display value of the filtered source voltage from r0072[3]. index: - Func. 6799. PM340) a valid measured value is not supplied.[Vrms] Factory setting . The DC link voltage is available smoothed (r0026) and unsmoothed (r0070). the unsmoothed value should be used. when an external 24 V power supply is connected. 8850.[V] Factory setting . VECTOR: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. P-Group: Displays. for the Power Module (e. 8750.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . diagram: 5730. diagram: 1690. 8850. Note: SERVO. VECTOR. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . In this case. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Dependency: Refer to: r0072 Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. diagram: 5730. B_INF. Note: A_INF. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-57 .[V] Factory setting . 6799 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Max . Dependency: Refer to: r0070 Notice: For SINAMICS S120 AC Drive (AC/AC) the following applies: When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V.Parameters List of parameters Re r0025[2]: Estimated value for the voltage of the voltage source that is calculated in the voltage model of the line supply PLL. r0026 CO: DC link voltage smoothed / Vdc smooth A_INF. SERVO_AC. index: - Func. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. 24 V is displayed in the display parameter. © Siemens AG 2003 . 5730. SERVO_AC.[Vrms] Calculated: - Access level: 2 Dyn. The DC link voltage is available smoothed (r0026) and unsmoothed (r0070).[Vrms] Description: Displays the smoothed output voltage of the power unit.g. a value of approx.

VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms SERVO: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. 1-58 © Siemens AG 2003 . Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. Dependency: Refer to: r0068 Notice: This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations. index: - Func. the displayed value is invalid as these units do not have any current sensing.[Arms] Description: Displays the smoothed absolute actual current value. SERVO_AC. Dependency: Refer to: r0070 Notice: For SINAMICS S120 AC Drive (AC/AC) the following applies: When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V.[V] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the DC link voltage. diagram: 8750 P-Group: Displays. 8950 P-Group: Displays. index: - Func.[V] Max . diagram: 5730. when an external 24 V power supply is connected. r0027 CO: Absolute actual current smoothed / I_act abs val smth B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 6799. for the Power Module (e. PM340) a valid measured value is not supplied. 01/2013.[A] Max . S_INF. 8950 P-Group: Displays. In this case. the unsmoothed value should be used.Parameters List of parameters r0026 CO: DC link voltage smoothed / Vdc smooth VECTOR. In this case. diagram: 6799. The absolute current actual value is available smoothed (r0027) and unsmoothed (r0068). a value of approx. SERVO_I_AC. S_INF. 24 V is displayed in the display parameter. VECTOR_AC.[A] Factory setting . r0027 CO: Absolute actual current smoothed / I_act abs val smth A_INF. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . Note: A_INF. VECTOR. VECTOR_AC. Dependency: Refer to: r0068 Notice: This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations. 8850. SERVO.[V] Factory setting .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).[A] Description: Displays the smoothed absolute actual current value. 8750. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . signals Units group: 6_4 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . The DC link voltage is available smoothed (r0026) and unsmoothed (r0070).[Arms] Factory setting . the unsmoothed value should be used. 8850. In this case. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.g. index: - Func. For Basic Line Modules of chassis format. The absolute current actual value is available smoothed (r0027) and unsmoothed (r0068). VECTOR: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.[Arms] Max . Note: SERVO.

VECTOR: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_AC. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[Arms] Description: Displays the smoothed field-generating actual current. Dependency: Refer to: r0078 © Siemens AG 2003 . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min .[%] Factory setting . 6799 P-Group: Displays. VECTOR_AC. index: - Func. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR_AC. r0029 Current actual value field-generating smoothed / Id_act smooth SERVO.[Arms] Factory setting . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min .[%] Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. 8950 P-Group: Displays. P-Group: Displays.Parameters List of parameters r0028 Modulation depth smoothed / Mod_depth smth Can be changed: A_INF. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 8850. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. Dependency: Refer to: r0076 Note: SERVO: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms VECTOR: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. index: - Func.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.[Arms] Factory setting . SERVO. The field-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0029) and unsmoothed (r0076). signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . 6799.[Arms] Factory setting . SERVO_AC.[Arms] Max .[Arms] Max . 8950 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Max . r0030 Active current actual value smoothed / I_active smooth A_INF. r0029 Reactive current actual value smoothed / I_react smooth A_INF. VECTOR. VECTOR. index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC. 8950 P-Group: Displays.[Arms] Max . diagram: 5730.[Arms] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the active current components.[%] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the modulation depth. The modulation depth is available smoothed (r0028) and unsmoothed (r0074). diagram: 5730. Dependency: Refer to: r0074 Note: A_INF: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms SERVO. The reactive current actual value is available smoothed (r0029) and unsmoothed (r0076). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-59 .[Arms] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the reactive current component. 01/2013. diagram: 8850. index: - Func.

[Nm] Factory setting . diagram: 5730. SERVO_I_AC. The following applies for SERVO: The torque-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030 with 100 ms. Dependency: Refer to: r0080 Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. r0030 Current actual value torque-generating smoothed / Iq_act smooth SERVO. 6799 P-Group: Displays. Dependency: Refer to: r0078 Note: SERVO: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms VECTOR: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. The following applies for VECTOR: The torque-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030 with 300 ms) and unsmoothed (r0078). SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. r0078[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0078[0]).[Arms] Max . SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR. r0030 Current actual value force generating smoothed / Iq_act smooth SERVO (Lin). 01/2013. SERVO_AC.[Arms] Description: Displays the smoothed torque-generating actual current. SERVO_AC. index: - Func. SERVO_AC (Lin). VECTOR.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 1-60 © Siemens AG 2003 . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . The following applies for SERVO: The force-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030 with 100 ms. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.Parameters List of parameters Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. r0031 Actual torque smoothed / M_act smooth SERVO.[Arms] Max . 6799 P-Group: Displays. index: - Func. The torque actual value is available smoothed (r0031) and unsmoothed (r0080). diagram: 5730. VECTOR_AC. index: - Func. r0078[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0078[0]). diagram: 5730. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . signals Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1 Min . The following applies for VECTOR: The torque-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030 with 300 ms) and unsmoothed (r0078).[Arms] Factory setting .[Nm] Description: Displays the smoothed torque actual value. Dependency: Refer to: r0078 Note: SERVO: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms VECTOR: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. VECTOR_AC.[Nm] Max . 6799 P-Group: Displays. The active current actual value is available smoothed (r0030) and unsmoothed (r0078).[Arms] Description: Displays the smoothed force-generating actual current.[Arms] Factory setting .

[kW] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the active power. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 5730.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6799. SERVO_AC.[N] Factory setting . signals Units group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: r2004 Expert list: 1 Min . 8950 P-Group: Displays. In this case. r0032 CO: Active power actual value smoothed / P_actv_act smth B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. r0082[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0082[0]). B_INF and S_INF the following applies: The active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 300 ms) and unsmoothed (r0082).Parameters List of parameters r0031 Force actual value smoothed / F_act smooth SERVO (Lin). 8950 P-Group: Displays. 8750.[kW] Description: Displays the smoothed actual value of the active power. SERVO_I_AC. Dependency: Refer to: r0080 Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. 8750. 6799. SERVO. signals Units group: 14_10 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: r2004 Expert list: 1 Min . 8850.[kW] Max . diagram: 5730. r0032 CO: Active power actual value smoothed / P_actv_act smth A_INF. 8850. the following applies: The active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms) and unsmoothed (r0082).[kW] Max . The force actual value is available smoothed (r0031) and unsmoothed (r0080). B_INF and S_INF the following applies: The active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 300 ms) and unsmoothed (r0082). VECTOR_AC. For Basic Line Modules of chassis format. In this case. index: - Func. Note: Significance for the drive: Power output at the motor shaft Significance for the infeed: Line power drawn For A_INF. S_INF. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-61 .[N] Max .[kW] Factory setting . SERVO_AC (Lin). © Siemens AG 2003 . The following applies for SERVO: The active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms. Note: Significance for the drive: Power output at the motor shaft Significance for the infeed: Line power drawn For A_INF.[N] Description: Displays the smoothed force setpoint. Dependency: Refer to: r0082 Notice: This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations. Dependency: Refer to: r0082 Notice: This smoothed signal is not suitable for diagnostics or evaluation of dynamic operations. the displayed value is invalid as these units do not have any current sensing. 01/2013. diagram: 5730. index: - Func. the unsmoothed value should be used. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. the unsmoothed value should be used. For VECTOR and VECTORMV. 6799 P-Group: Displays. signals Units group: 8_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1 Min . index: - Func.[kW] Factory setting . VECTOR.

demanded torque = M_max offset .[%] Max .actual torque limit = M_max upper effective (r1538) . the following applies: . the following applies: r0033 = 0 % r0033 Force utilization smoothed / F_util smooth SERVO (Lin). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .F_set total .demanded torque = M_set total . r0033 Torque utilization smoothed / M_util smooth SERVO. The torque utilization is available smoothed (r0033) and unsmoothed (r0081).F_max offset . 01/2013. the following applies: The active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms) and unsmoothed (r0082). the following applies: . Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. For F_set total (r0079) > F_max offset (p1532). the following applies: r0033 = 100 % For the actual force limit < 0. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min .F_max offset For F_set total (r0079) <= F_max offset (p1532).M_set total . The force utilization is available smoothed (r0033) and unsmoothed (r0081).[%] Description: Displays the smoothed torque utilization as a percentage.demanded torque = F_set total . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min .actual force limit = F_max upper effective (r1538) . The force utilization is obtained from the required smoothed force referred to the force limit.actual force limit = F_max offset . For M_set total (r0079) > M_max offset (p1532).[%] Factory setting .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). The torque utilization is obtained from the required smoothed torque in reference to the torque limit.M_max lower effective (r1539) For the actual torque limit = 0. r0082[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0082[0]). SERVO_AC (Lin). index: - Func. the following applies: r0033 = 100 % For the actual torque limit < 0. diagram: 8012 P-Group: Displays. index: - Func. the following applies: r0033 = 0 % 1-62 © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: 8012 P-Group: Displays. For VECTOR and VECTORMV. scaled using p2196.demanded force = F_max offset .M_max offset .F_max lower effective (r1539) For the actual force limit = 0.Parameters List of parameters The following applies for SERVO: The active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms.M_max offset For M_set total (r0079) <= M_max offset (p1532). the following applies: .[%] Description: Displays the smoothed force utilization as a percentage.actual torque limit = M_max offset . SERVO_AC. Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.[%] Max . the following applies: . SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[%] Factory setting .

M_set total .Required torque = M_set total . VECTOR.r0034 = (motor model temperature .0 = 1).p5397) * 100 % Refer to: p0611.2 = 1). For M_set total (r0079) > 0. The torque utilization is available smoothed (r0033) and unsmoothed (r0081). index: - Func. diagram: 8012 P-Group: Displays. For motor temperature model 1 (I2t) (p0612. © Siemens AG 2003 .40 K) * 100 % For motor temperature model 3 (p0612. the system starts to determine the motor temperature with an assumed model value. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0615 Notice: After the drive is switched on. the following applies: . REL. the following applies: The value is invalid (e. p0612. the following applies: . the following applies: r0033 = 0 % r0034 CO: Motor utilization / Motor utilization SERVO.[%] Description: Displays the smoothed torque utilization as a percentage. The torque utilization is obtained from the required smoothed torque in reference to the torque limit. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min . SERVO_I_AC. FEM Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min .Required torque = .g. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-63 .r0034 = (motor model temperature .p5397) / (p5398 . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. VECTOR_AC. diagram: 8017 P-Group: Displays. SERVO_AC. This means that the value for the motor utilization is only valid after a stabilization time. the following applies: .[%] Factory setting . the following applies: r0033 = 100 % For the actual torque limit < 0.Parameters List of parameters r0033 Torque utilization smoothed / M_util smooth VECTOR. Dependency: The motor utilization is only determined for permanent-magnet synchronous motors when the motor temperature model 1 (I2t) or 3 is activated.M_max lower effective (r1539) For the actual torque limit = 0.[%] Factory setting . Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. index: - Func. Note: Smoothing time constant = 100 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity.[%] Description: Displays the motor utilization from motor temperature model 1 (I2t) or 3.0 %.Actual torque limit = M_max upper effective (r1538) For M_set total (r0079) <= 0. the motor temperature model is not activated or has been incorrectly parameterized). 01/2013.[%] Max . scaled using p2196. For r0034 = -200.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).40 K) / (p0605 .[%] Max . VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.Actual torque limit = . the following applies: .

[°C] Displays the temperature currently measured at X21 (booksize) or X41 (chassis). The temperature sensor type is indicated using p0601 and cannot be changed when an Active Interface Module is being used.the temperature display is not valid (temperature sensor error)! 1-64 © Siemens AG 2003 .Parameters List of parameters r0035 CO: Temperature input / Temp_input A_INF.0 °C.11 must be available in order to obtain a correct display.0 °C. The temperature sensor type is indicated using p0601 and cannot be changed for the existing internal Braking Module... 45) a bimetallic sensor must be connected up to monitor the temperature.0 °C.[°C] Factory setting . F06262 Notice: The function in r0192.[°C] Displays the temperature currently measured at X21 (booksize) or X41 (chassis). index: - Func."no sensor" selected in p0601! For r0035 equal to -300.a KTY84 is selected in p0601 but is not connected! . F06908 Notice: The function in r0192. Note: For r0035 equal to -200.a KTY84 is selected in p0601 but is not connected! . the following applies: .0 °C. diagram: 8750 P-Group: Displays. F06261. When using an Active Interface Module (p0220 = 41 . the following applies: .[°C] Max ."no sensor" selected in p0601! For r0035 equal to -300. index: - Func. 8950 P-Group: Displays. Temperature within permissible limit values: r0035 = -50°C Temperature outside the permissible limit values: r0035 = 250°C Dependency: Refer to: F06907. the following applies: .11 must be available in order to obtain a correct display. a bimetallic sensor must be connected up to monitor the temperature of the braking resistor. signals Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1 Min . For a BLM with internal Braking Module. diagram: 8850. 01/2013. signals Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1 Min .[°C] Max . Note: For r0035 equal to -200.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . S_INF Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Temperature within permissible limit values: r0035 = -50°C Temperature outside the permissible limit values: r0035 = 250°C Dependency: Refer to: A06260. the following applies: .[°C] Factory setting .the temperature display is not valid (temperature sensor error)! r0035 CO: Temperature input / Temp_input B_INF Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.

a KTY sensor is connected.this temperature display is valid. index: - Func. P-Group: Displays.A PTC sensor or bimetallic NC contact is connected.[°C] Factory setting .).[°C] Calculated: - Access level: 2 Dyn.the temperature sensor of the synchronous motor is de-activated (p0600 = 0 or p0601 = 0). SERVO. the following applies: .0 °C. r0036 CO: Power unit overload I2t / PU overload I2t A_INF. busbars. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. . VECTOR_I_AC CO: Power unit temperatures / PU temperatures Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 8016.. etc. p0294 Refer to: F30005 r0037[0. VECTOR. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-65 .. Index: [0] = Inverter maximum value [1] = Depletion layer maximum value [2] = Rectifier maximum value [3] = Air intake [4] = Interior of power unit [5] = Inverter 1 [6] = Inverter 2 [7] = Inverter 3 [8] = Inverter 4 © Siemens AG 2003 .[%] Displays the power unit overload determined using the I2t calculation.the thermal model for the induction motor is activated (p0612 bit 1 = 1 and temperature sensor de-activated: p0600 = 0 or p0601 = 0). inductances. index: - Func. index: - Func. the continuously permissible current of the capacitors. whereby 100% results in a trip. diagram: 8014 P-Group: Displays. SERVO_I_AC. Note: For r0035 not equal to -200.[%] Factory setting . VECTOR. S_INF.[°C] Max . 8017 Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1 Max .[°C] Description: Displays the actual temperature in the motor. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. diagram: 7008. the following applies: . 01/2013. the degree of thermal overload is calculated. SERVO_AC. If the I2t reference current of the power unit is not exceeded. . B_INF. A current reference value is defined for the I2t monitoring of the power unit. For r0035 equal to -200. VECTOR_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). In the other case.19] A_INF. signals Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1 Min .g.[°C] Factory setting . SERVO. VECTOR_AC.[%] Max . B_INF. . It represents the current that can be conducted by the power unit without any influence of the switching losses (e. diagram: 8014 P-Group: Displays. SERVO_AC.Parameters List of parameters r0035 CO: Motor temperature / Mot temp Can be changed: SERVO. VECTOR_AC. Dependency: Refer to: p0290. S_INF. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min . SERVO_I_AC.[°C] Description: Displays the temperatures in the power unit. signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . VECTOR.0 °C. SERVO_AC.this temperature display is not valid (temperature sensor error). . then an overload (0 %) is not displayed.

The maximum value is the temperature of the hottest inverter. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. CU_S_AC_PN. CU_S_AC_DP. CU_I_D410. Note: Smoothing time constant = 300 ms The signal is not suitable as a process quantity and may only be used as a display quantity. r0037[0. Meaning for infeed: . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1 Min . or rectifier. Data type: FloatingPoint32 VECTOR_I_AC Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. S_INF. CU_S120_PN. the following applies: For active powers < 25 % of the rated power.. 01/2013... depletion layer. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . CU_S150_DP. 8950 P-Group: Displays. r0037[0]: Maximum value of the inverter temperatures (r0037[5.power factor of the basic fundamental signals at the converter output.10]). diagram: 6799.12])... CU_S120_DP.[°C] Max . Note: The value of -200 indicates that there is no measuring signal. Meaning for motor: . An appropriate message is output when the permitted operating temperature is exceeded. r0038 Power factor smoothed / Cos phi smooth A_INF.[°C] Factory setting . index: - Func.Parameters List of parameters [9] = Inverter 5 [10] = Inverter 6 [11] = Rectifier 1 [12] = Rectifier 2 [13] = Depletion layer 1 [14] = Depletion layer 2 [15] = Depletion layer 3 [16] = Depletion layer 4 [17] = Depletion layer 5 [18] = Depletion layer 6 [19] = Cooling unit liquid intake Notice: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting. r0037[2]: Maximum value of the rectifier temperatures (r0037[11. CU_S150_PN Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 8850. VECTOR_AC.Power factor at the connection point (r3470..2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0037[1]: Maximum value of the depletion layer temperatures (r0037[13. Note: The value of -200 indicates that there is no measuring signal.Can be changed: TOR. r3471) 1-66 © Siemens AG 2003 . this does not provide any useful information.. VEC. CU_NX_CX. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the smoothed actual power factor.. Index: [0] = Actual measured value [1] = Maximum measured value Dependency: Refer to: A01009 Notice: Only for internal Siemens troubleshooting.1] Control Unit temperature / CU temp CU_I. index: - Func.18]). Notice: For infeed units.[°C] Description: Displays the measured Control Unit temperature.

T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. the display is interpolated up to 100 hours. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p3329. Dependency: Refer to: p0040 Note: This display is used for a fluid-flow machine. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.00 [ms] Sets the smoothing time constant for the following display values: r5515[1].2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.00 [ms] Max 10000. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: U. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. SERVO_I_AC. 01/2013. p0040 Reset energy consumption display / Energy cons reset SERVO.00 [ms] Factory setting 150. index: - Func.[kWh] Factory setting .[kWh] Factory setting ..2] Energy display / Energy displ SERVO. index: - Func. VECTOR. VECTOR_AC. For an operating time of below 100 hours.Parameters List of parameters r0039[0. The flow characteristic is entered into p3320 .[kWh] Max . r5516[1] © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR.[kWh] Max . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Setting to reset the display in r0039 and r0041. SERVO_I_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-67 . VECTOR_AC.. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. SERVO_AC. index: - Func.. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .. Procedure: Set p0040 = 0 --> 1 The displays are reset and the parameter is automatically set to zero. Index: [0] = Energy balance (sum) [1] = Energy drawn [2] = Energy fed back Dependency: Refer to: p0040 Note: Re index 0: Sum of the energy drawn and energy that is fed back.[kWh] Description: Displays the saved energy referred to 100 operating hours. Dependency: Refer to: r0039 r0041 Energy consumption saved / Energy cons saved VECTOR. p0045 Display values smoothing time constant / Disp_val T_smooth A_INF Description: Can be changed: U.[kWh] Description: Displays the energy values at the output terminals of the power unit.

there is a "switching on inhibited". The system is only enabled if the fault is removed and was acknowledged and the "switching on inhibited" withdrawn with OFF1 = 0. diagram: 8834.the infeed is inactive (p0105 = 0) or is not operational (r7850[DO-Index]=0). Bit 16 = 1 (enable signal missing). if: . diagram: 4715. SERVO_AC. if: . index: - Func. Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing). Bit 26 = 1 (enable signal missing). r0068[1]. VECTOR. DRIVE-CLiQ clock cycle and application clock cycle.the commissioning mode is selected (p0009 > 0 or p0010 > 0) or there is an OFF2 fault response or the OFF1 signal source (p0840) is changed. P-Group: VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min 0. chassis: X41). . r0046. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays missing enable signals that are preventing the closed-loop infeed control from being commissioned.there is an OFF1 fault response. if: .the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal.00 [ms] Description: Calculated: - Access level: 2 Dyn.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6714. Bit 19 = 1 (internal pulse enable missing). T S_INF.Parameters List of parameters p0045 Display values smoothing time constant / Disp_val T_smooth Can be changed: U. 1-68 © Siemens AG 2003 .synchronization is running between the basic clock cycle.0. Bit field: Bit 00 01 03 08 16 17 19 26 29 Dependency: Refer to: r0002 Note: Signal name OFF1 enable missing OFF2 enable missing Operation enable missing EP terminals enable missing OFF1 enable internal missing OFF2 enable internal missing Pulse enable internal missing Infeed inactive or not operational Cooling unit ready signal missing 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No No No FP - The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for the infeed are present. Bit 17 = 1 (enable signal missing). 01/2013. if: . if: . 5610.00 [ms] Sets the smoothing time constant for the following display values: SERVO: r0078[1]. if: . r0082[1]. Bit 08 = 1 (enable signal missing). r0082[1].the cooling unit ready signal via BI: p0266[1] missing. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . index: - Func.. r0079[1]. 8012 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max 10000.the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. r0081 (calculated from the quantities smoothed with p0045). 5730. Bit 03 = 1 (enable signal missing). Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing). SERVO.29 A_INF. if: . S_INF CO/BO: Missing enable sig / Missing enable sig Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.. Bit 29 = 1 (enable signal missing). VECTOR_AC.00 [ms] Factory setting 1. r0080[1].the pulse enable via terminal EP is missing (booksize: X21.the signal source in p0852 is a 0 signal. VECTOR: r0063[1]. 8934 P-Group: Displays. if: . if: .

01/2013. index: - Func. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays missing enable signals that are preventing the closed-loop drive control from being commissioned. diagram: 8734 P-Group: Displays. index: - Func.. Bit field: Bit 00 01 08 16 17 26 29 Dependency: Refer to: r0002 Note: Signal name OFF1 enable missing OFF2 enable missing EP terminals enable missing OFF1 enable internal missing OFF2 enable internal missing Infeed inactive or not operational Cooling unit ready signal missing 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No FP - The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for the infeed are present.the infeed is inactive (p0105 = 0) or is not operational (r7850[DO-Index]=0). Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing). SERVO_AC. if: . Bit 16 = 1 (enable signal missing). 7016 - 1-69 . diagram: 2634 P-Group: Displays.0.the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal. VECTOR_AC. Bit 17 = 1 (enable signal missing).29 B_INF CO/BO: Missing enable sig / Missing enable sig Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).the cooling unit ready signal via BI: p0266[1] missing. if: . Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing). The system is only enabled if the fault is removed and was acknowledged and the "switching on inhibited" withdrawn with OFF1 = 0. Bit 29 = 1 (enable signal missing). VECTOR. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 Signal name OFF1 enable missing OFF2 enable missing OFF3 enable missing Operation enable missing Armature short-circuit / DC braking enable missing STOP2 enable missing STOP1 enable missing Safety enable missing Infeed enable missing Ramp-function generator enable missing Ramp-function generator start missing 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No © Siemens AG 2003 .31 SERVO.the commissioning mode is selected (p0009 > 0 or p0010 > 0) or there is an OFF2 fault response or the OFF1 signal source (p0840) is changed. Bit 26 = 1 (enable signal missing).. if: .. VECTOR_I_AC CO/BO: Missing enable sig / Missing enable sig Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 FP 7014.Parameters List of parameters r0046. if: . . if: .the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal.0.there is a "switching on inhibited". r0046. if: . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays missing enable signals that are preventing the closed-loop infeed control from being commissioned.there is an OFF1 fault response..

if: .the signal source in p1142 is a 0 signal. Bit 09 = 1 (enable signal missing). Bit 16 = 1 (enable signal missing).the signal source in p0864 is a 0 signal. The system is only enabled if the fault is removed and was acknowledged and the "switching on inhibited" withdrawn with OFF1 = 0. Bit 04 =1 (armature short-circuit active).the signal source in p1230 has a 1 signal Bit 05. . if: . if: . STO selected via PROFIsafe or TM54F: .the signal source in p0848 or p0849 is a 0 signal. Bit 06: Being prepared Bit 08 = 1 (enable signal missing). if: . . if: . the signal source in p1142 is set to a 0 signal. 7016 - Refer to: r0002 The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for this drive are present. Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing). Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing).there is an OFF1 fault response. bit 0 (p1055) and bit 1 (p1056) have a 1 signal. Bit 11 = 1 (enable signal missing) if the speed setpoint is frozen.the pulse enable via terminal EP is missing (booksize: X21. because: . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .When activating the function module "basic positioner" (r0108.A safety-relevant signal is present with a STOP A response. if: .the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal. Bit 17 = 1 (enable signal missing). if: . if: . Bit 02 = 1 (enable signal missing).the signal source in p1141 is a 0 signal. chassis: X41).there is a "switching on inhibited".safety functions have been enabled and STO is active. Bit 10 = 1 (enable signal missing).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). if: . . STO selected via terminals: .the speed setpoint is entered from jogging and the two signal sources for jogging.there is an OFF2 fault response.the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal. 1-70 © Siemens AG 2003 . .4 = 1). Bit 03 = 1 (enable signal missing).commissioning mode is selected (p0009 > 0 or p0010 > 0). 01/2013. .the signal source in p0852 is a 0 signal. Bit 12 = 1 (enable signal missing). or the signal source in p9620 is for a 0 signal.the signal source in p1140 is a 0 signal.the drive is inactive (p0105 = 0) or is not operational (r7850[DO-Index]=0). if: .Parameters List of parameters 12 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Dependency: Note: Setpoint enable missing OFF1 enable internal missing OFF2 enable internal missing OFF3 enable internal missing Pulse enable internal missing Armature short-circuit/DC braking internal enable missing STOP2 enable internal missing STOP1 enable internal missing Function bypass active Drive inactive or not operational De-magnetizing not completed Brake open missing Cooling unit ready signal missing Speed controller inhibited Jog setpoint active Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No 7014. if: .

the pole position identification is active. if: . Bit 28 = 1 (enable signal missing). 7016 - 1-71 .the function generator with current input is active. .19 = 0). .the internal pulse enable is missing (r0046.the speed setpoint from jog 1 or 2 is entered. p0895). Bit 20 =1 (internal armature short-circuit active).the cooling unit ready signal via binector input p0266[1] missing. .the encoder has not been calibrated (U/f vector and synchronous motor) Bit 22: Being prepared Bit 26 = 1 (enable signal missing). if one of the following reasons is present: . if: . Bit 19 = 1 (internal pulse enable missing). SERVO_AC (Lin). Bit 30 = 1 (speed controller inhibited). diagram: 2634 P-Group: Displays. . if: . if: . .the drive is inactive (p0105 = 0) or is not operational (r7850[DO-Index]=0).All power units of a parallel connection are deactivated (p0125.A 0 signal is available via binector input p0856. index: - Func.Parameters List of parameters Bit 18 = 1 (enable signal missing).. if: The pulses have been enabled and the speed setpoint has still not been enabled. if: .de-magnetizing has still not been completed (only for vector). r0046. because: . Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 16 17 Signal name OFF1 enable missing OFF2 enable missing OFF3 enable missing Operation enable missing Armature short-circuit / DC braking enable missing STOP2 enable missing STOP1 enable missing Safety enable missing Infeed enable missing Ramp-function generator enable missing Ramp-function generator start missing Setpoint enable missing OFF1 enable internal missing OFF2 enable internal missing 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No © Siemens AG 2003 .the drive is not in the state "S4: Operation" or "S5x" (refer to function diagram 2610).synchronization is running between the basic clock cycle.. if: .the holding brake opening time (p1216) has still not expired. if: . .31 CO/BO: Missing enable sig / Missing enable sig SERVO (Lin). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 FP 7014.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).the measuring function "current controller reference frequency characteristic" is active. . if: . Bit 29 = 1 (enable signal missing). DRIVE-CLiQ clock cycle and application clock cycle.the holding brake is closed or has still not been opened.motor data identification is active (only certain steps). .0. Bit 31 = 1 (enable signal missing). Bit 27 = 1 (enable signal missing). 01/2013.OFF3 has still not been completed or an OFF3 fault response is present. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. Bit 21 = 1 (enable signal missing).the motor has still not been magnetized (induction motor). signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays missing enable signals that are preventing the closed-loop drive control from being commissioned.

if: .the signal source in p1142 is a 0 signal.the pulse enable via terminal EP is missing (booksize: X21. Bit 17 = 1 (enable signal missing).the drive is inactive (p0105 = 0) or is not operational (r7850[DO-Index]=0).there is an OFF2 fault response. Bit 04 =1 (armature short-circuit active). 01/2013. 1-72 © Siemens AG 2003 . or the signal source in p9620 is for a 0 signal. .OFF3 has still not been completed or an OFF3 fault response is present. Bit 11 = 1 (enable signal missing) if the velocity setpoint is frozen. Bit 00 = 1 (enable signal missing). Bit 01 = 1 (enable signal missing).the signal source in p0864 is a 0 signal.the signal source in p0844 or p0845 is a 0 signal. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . if: . if: . Bit 02 = 1 (enable signal missing). 7016 - Refer to: r0002 The value r0046 = 0 indicates that all enable signals for this drive are present. Bit 03 = 1 (enable signal missing). Bit 16 = 1 (enable signal missing). if: . if: .the signal source in p0848 or p0849 is a 0 signal.When activating the function module "basic positioner" (r0108. . bit 0 (p1055) and bit 1 (p1056) have a 1 signal.there is an OFF1 fault response. STO selected via PROFIsafe or TM54F: . if: .there is a "switching on inhibited". . . . if: . Bit 12 = 1 (enable signal missing).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).Parameters List of parameters 18 19 20 21 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Dependency: Note: OFF3 enable internal missing Pulse enable internal missing Armature short-circuit/DC braking internal enable missing STOP2 enable internal missing STOP1 enable internal missing Function bypass active Drive inactive or not operational De-magnetizing not completed Brake open missing Cooling unit ready signal missing Velocity controller inhibited Jog setpoint active Yes Yes Yes No No No Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No 7014.the velocity setpoint is entered from jogging and the two signal sources for jogging.the signal source in p1141 is a 0 signal.the signal source in p1230 has a 1 signal Bit 05.the signal source in p0840 is a 0 signal.A safety-relevant signal is present with a STOP A response. Bit 06: Being prepared Bit 08 = 1 (enable signal missing). Bit 10 = 1 (enable signal missing).the signal source in p1140 is a 0 signal. if: . STO selected via terminals: . The system is only enabled if the fault is removed and was acknowledged and the "switching on inhibited" withdrawn with OFF1 = 0. if: . Bit 18 = 1 (enable signal missing). if: .safety functions have been enabled and STO is active.the signal source in p0852 is a 0 signal. if: . Bit 09 = 1 (enable signal missing). chassis: X41). because: .commissioning mode is selected (p0009 > 0 or p0010 > 0). if: .4 = 1). the signal source in p1142 is set to a 0 signal.

the velocity setpoint from jog 1 or 2 is entered. Bit 28 = 1 (enable signal missing).the pole position identification is active. SERVO_AC. index: - Func. . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 104 Factory setting - Description: Displays the currently executed steps or the first step after the enable for the motor identification and pole position identification routines.A 0 signal is available via BI: p0856.the holding brake opening time (p1216) has still not expired. if: . .the internal pulse enable is missing (r0046. DRIVE-CLiQ clock cycle and application clock cycle.the motor has still not been magnetized (induction motor).the cooling unit ready signal via BI: p0266[1] missing. step 2 MotID: Inductance measurement evaluation MotID: Resistance measurement evaluation MotID: Fine synchronization step 1 MotID: Fine synchronization step 2 MotID: Fine synchronization step 3 MotID: Fine synchronization end MotID: Rotating inductance measurement step 1 MotID: Rotating inductance measurement step 2 MotID: Rotating inductance measurement step 3 © Siemens AG 2003 . if: .the function generator with current input is active. if one of the following reasons is present: . if: . if: . diagram: - P-Group: Displays. step 1 MotID: Inductance measurement.Parameters List of parameters Bit 19 = 1 (internal pulse enable missing). Bit 27 = 1 (enable signal missing). .synchronization is running between the basic clock cycle. if: .19 = 0). .de-magnetizing has still not been completed (only for vector). if: . Bit 21 = 1 (enable signal missing). if: .the drive is inactive (p0105 = 0) or is not operational (r7850[DO-Index]=0). Bit 31 = 1 (enable signal missing). Bit 20 =1 (internal armature short-circuit active). . . Bit 22: Being prepared Bit 26 = 1 (enable signal missing). 01/2013. if: The pulses have been enabled and the velocity setpoint has still not been enabled. because: . SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.the holding brake is closed or has still not been opened. Bit 29 = 1 (enable signal missing).the measuring function "current controller reference frequency characteristic" is active. r0047 Identification status / Ident status SERVO.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 20: 21: 22: No measurement PolID: Wait for brake closing time PolID: Measurement step 1 PolID: Measurement step 2 PolID: Measurement step 3 PolID: Measurement step 4 PolID: Measurement stage 2 PolID: Measurement evaluation PolID: Measurement end MotID: Inductance measurement.the drive is not in the state "S4: Operation" or "S5x" (refer to function diagram 2610).motor data identification is active (only certain steps). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-73 . Bit 30 = 1 (velocity controller inhibited).

step 1 MotID: Saturation characteristic.Parameters List of parameters 23: 24: 25: 30: 31: 32: 33: 34: 35: 36: 37: 38: 40: 41: 42: 43: 45: 46: 47: 48: 50: 51: 52: 53: 54: 60: 61: 62: 63: 70: 71: 72: 73: 80: 81: 82: 83: 84: 90: 91: 92: 93: 94: 95: 96: 97: 98: 99: 100: 101: 102: 103: 104: 1-74 MotID: Rotating inductance measurement step 4 MotID: Rotating Inductance measurement evaluation MotID: Rotating Inductance measurement end MotID: Induction motor measurement step 1 MotID: Induction motor measurement step 2 MotID: Induction motor measurement step 3 MotID: Induction motor measurement step 4 MotID: Induction motor measurement step 5 MotID: Induction motor measurement step 6 MotID: Induction motor measurement step 7 MotID: Induction motor measurement step 8 MotID: Induction motor measurement step 9 MotID: Commutating angle step 1 MotID: Commutating angle step 2 MotID: Commutating angle step 3 MotID: Commutating angle step 4 MotID: Commutating angle rotating step 1 MotID: Commutating angle rotating step 2 MotID: Commutating angle rotating step 3 MotID: Commutating angle rotating complete MotID: kT determination step 1 MotID: kT determination step 2 MotID: kT determination step 3 MotID: kT determination evaluation MotID: kT determination end MotID: Reluctance constant measurement step 1 MotID: Reluctance constant measurement step 2 MotID: Reluctance constant measurement step 3 MotID: Reluctance constant measurement end MotID: Moment of inertia measurement step 1 MotID: Moment of inertia measurement step 2 MotID: Moment of inertia measurement step 3 MotID: Moment of inertia measurement end MotID: Magnetizing inductance measurement step 1 MotID: Magnetizing inductance measurement step 2 MotID: Magnetizing inductance measurement step 3 MotID: Magnetizing inductance measurement evaluation MotID: Magnetizing inductance measurement end MotID: Saturation characteristic. 01/2013.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). step 3 MotID: Saturation characteristic evaluation 1 MotID: Saturation characteristic evaluation 2 MotID: Saturation characteristic end MotID: Converter model step 1 MotID: Converter model step 2 MotID: Converter model step 3 MotID: Converter model step 4 PolID: Motion-based step 1 PolID: Motion-based step 2 PolID: Motion-based step 3 PolID: Motion-based step 4 PolID: Motion-based step 5 © Siemens AG 2003 . step 2 MotID: Saturation characteristic. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .

SERVO_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-75 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. r0049[0. index: - Func. r0838 Note: Value 99 means the following: No encoder assigned (not configured). © Siemens AG 2003 .. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. p0187..Parameters List of parameters r0047 Motor data identification and speed controller optimization / MotID and n_opt VECTOR. Value: 0: 115: 120: 140: 150: 170: 190: 195: 200: 210: 220: 230: 240: 250: 270: 290: 300: Note: Re r0047 = 300: No measurement Measurement q leakage inductance (part 2) Speed controller optimization (vibration test) Calculate speed controller setting Measurement moment of inertia Measurement magnetizing current and saturation characteristic Speed encoder test Measurement q leakage inductance (part 1) Rotating measurement selected Pole position identification selected identification leakage inductance Identification rotor time constant Identification stator inductance Identification stator inductance LQLD Identification stator resistance Identification valve lockout time Stationary measurement selected This value is also displayed if encoder calibration p1990 is selected. p0189.3] Motor data set/encoder data set effective / MDS/EDS effective SERVO. diagram: 8565 P-Group: Displays. SERVO_I_AC. 01/2013. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the effective Motor Data Set (MDS) and the effective Encoder Data Sets (EDS). index: - Func. p0188. Index: [0] = Motor Data Set MDS effective [1] = Encoder 1 Encoder Data Set EDS effective [2] = Encoder 2 Encoder Data Set EDS effective [3] = Encoder 3 Encoder Data Set EDS effective Dependency: Refer to: p0186. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 300 Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual status for the motor data identification (stationary measurement) and the speed/velocity controller optimization (rotating measurement). VECTOR.

signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the effective Command Data Set (CDS). SERVO_AC..g. r0836 Note: The Command Data Set selected using a binector input (e. bit 3 DDS eff. closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl SERVO. bit 3 1 signal ON ON ON ON 0 signal OFF OFF OFF OFF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. 01/2013.. SERVO_AC... VECTOR_I_AC Signal name CDS eff. bit 4 1 signal ON ON ON ON ON Description: Displays the status word of the closed-loop control.Parameters List of parameters r0050. Bit field: Bit 01 04 08 14 15 1-76 Signal name De-magnetizing completed Magnetizing completed Field weakening active Vdc_max controller active Vdc_min controller active 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 signal No No No No No FP - FP 2701 - © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC. S_INF.3 A_INF.4 CO/BO: Drive Data Set DDS effective / DDS effective ENC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). SERVO. bit 1 DDS eff. during the rotating measurement. 2526 P-Group: Displays. TM41. the encoder calibration and the friction characteristic record. bit 0 DDS eff. SERVO_I_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - FP - Description: Displays the effective Drive Data Set (DDS). r0056. index: - Func. B_INF. p0823. p0810) is displayed using r0836. VECTOR.. r0837 Note: The drive data set changeover is suppressed when selecting the motor identification. p0822. p0811. bit 2 CDS eff. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 Dependency: Refer to: p0820.15 CO/BO: Status word..0. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. TM41. SERVO_I_AC. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 Dependency: Refer to: p0810. bit 1 CDS eff. VECTOR_I_AC CO/BO: Command Data Set CDS effective / CDS effective Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. VECTOR_AC. bit 2 DDS eff. bit 0 CDS eff. diagram: 1530. VECTOR. r0051.0. diagram: 8560 P-Group: Displays. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Signal name DDS eff. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. p0824. index: - Func. p0821. SERVO.1.

2526 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word of the closed-loop control. diagram: 1530. 6320 CO/BO: Status word.. closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl VECTOR. 6320 6220. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 r0056. VECTOR_AC. the bit is only set when 60% of the reference flux is reached.. r0056. VECTOR_AC (F3E).0. signals (F3E) Not for motor type: Min - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word of the closed-loop control..13 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Active Active Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No Inactive Inactive No No No No No No FP 6300 6300 6719 6714 6310 6719 - 13 14 Signal name Initialization completed De-magnetizing completed Pulse enable present Soft starting present Magnetizing completed Voltage boost when starting Acceleration voltage Frequency negative Field weakening active Voltage limit active Slip limit active Frequency limit active Current limiting controller voltage output active Current/torque limiting Vdc_max controller active Active Yes Inactive No 15 Vdc_min controller active Yes No 6060 6220.0. 01/2013.. index: - Func.15 CO/BO: Status word. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.Parameters List of parameters Note: Re bit 04: The bit is immediately set after power-on Exception: For an induction motor with brake (except for p1215 = 2).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Data type: Unsigned16 VECTOR_I_AC P-Group: Displays. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 0 signal No No No No No Inactive Inactive No No No No No FP 6300 6300 6719 6714 6310 6719 1-77 . diagram: 1530. index: - Func. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 Signal name Initialization completed De-magnetizing completed Pulse enable present Soft starting present Magnetizing completed Voltage boost when starting Acceleration voltage Frequency negative Field weakening active Voltage limit active Slip limit active Frequency limit active 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Active Active Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes © Siemens AG 2003 . closed-loop control / ZSW cl-loop ctrl Can be changed: VECTOR (F3E). 2526 P-Group: Displays.

index: - Func. Note: The speed actual value within a PROFIBUS cycle (r2064[1]) is averaged and displayed. signals Units group: 4_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . 4710. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. 6799 P-Group: Displays. r0061 CO: Actual velocity unsmoothed / v_act unsmoothed ENC (Lin_enc) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. P-Group: Displays.[rpm] Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn.[rpm] Description: Displays the unsmoothed actual speed values sensed by the encoders.[m/min] Factory setting . diagram: 1580.[m/min] Max .[m/min] Description: Displays the actual velocity setpoint at the input of the velocity controller or U/f characteristic (after the interpolator). 5020. index: - Func. r0061 CO: Actual speed unsmoothed / n_act unsmoothed ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 2701. signals Units group: 4_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . index: - Func. Note: The velocity actual value within a PROFIBUS cycle (r2064[1]) is averaged and displayed. index: - Func. 2704. 1-78 © Siemens AG 2003 . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . VECTOR. 2704. SERVO_AC (Lin). diagram: 1580.[rpm] Factory setting . SERVO_AC. 01/2013. Dependency: Refer to: r0020 Note: The speed setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060).[m/min] Max . SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 5020. 4715 P-Group: Displays. 6030. signals Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . Can be changed: SERVO.[m/min] Description: Displays the unsmoothed actual velocity values sensed by the encoders. r0060 CO: Velocity setpoint before the setpoint filter / v_set before filt SERVO (Lin).[rpm] Max . VECTOR_AC. 4710. Dependency: Refer to: r0020 Note: The velocity setpoint is available smoothed (r0020) and unsmoothed (r0060). diagram: 2701. signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min .Parameters List of parameters 12 13 r0060 Current limiting controller voltage output active Current/torque limiting Yes No - Active Inactive 6060 CO: Speed setpoint before the setpoint filter / n_set before filt. 4715 P-Group: Displays.[m/min] Factory setting .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6799 Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Max .[rpm] Description: Displays the actual speed setpoint at the input of the speed controller or U/f characteristic (after the interpolator).[rpm] Factory setting . 6030.

5042. r0062 CO: Speed setpoint after the filter / n_set after filter SERVO.[rpm] Description: Display and connector output for the speed setpoint after the setpoint filters..[rpm] Description: Displays the actual speed values sensed by the encoders.1] CO: Actual speed unsmoothed / n_act unsmoothed SERVO. © Siemens AG 2003 . 4715 P-Group: Displays.. 4710.1] CO: Actual velocity unsmoothed / v_act unsmoothed SERVO (Lin).[rpm] Factory setting . 4710.. 5030.[rpm] Max . signals Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).. 5020.2) has been activated. diagram: 1580. SERVO_AC.[m/min] Description: Displays the unsmoothed actual velocity values sensed by the encoders. index: - Func. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-79 .[rpm] Factory setting .. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. The speeds from encoder 2 and 3 are only displayed in U/f operating modes if the function module (speed/torque control) (r0108.[rpm] Max .2] CO: Actual speed unsmoothed / n_act unsmoothed VECTOR. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 r0061[0. index: - Func. diagram: 1580. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[m/min] Max .[m/min] Factory setting . 4715 P-Group: Displays. 4715 P-Group: Displays. index: - Func.[rpm] Factory setting . SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 5210 P-Group: Displays. 01/2013. VECTOR_AC. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Note: With a parameterized filter time constant p1441. signals Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. signals Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . SERVO_AC.[rpm] Description: Displays the unsmoothed actual speed values sensed by the encoders. 4710.[rpm] Max . Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 r0061[0. diagram: 1590. index: - Func. the speed signal from encoder 1 is displayed corrected by the following error. diagram: 1580.Parameters List of parameters r0061[0. signals Units group: 4_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min .. SERVO_AC (Lin).

5300 P-Group: Displays. 5210 P-Group: Displays. r0063 CO: Actual speed smoothed / n_act smooth SERVO. index: - Func.[m/min] Description: Display and connector output for the velocity setpoint after the setpoint filters. index: - Func. 6031 P-Group: Displays.[rpm] Description: Displays the current smoothed actual speed for speed control. diagram: 1580. r0061. 01/2013.[rpm] Factory setting .[m/min] Max . r0061. signals Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . diagram: 1700.[rpm] Max . For operation with encoder. p1441. 5030. 1590. For operation with encoder. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC (Lin). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . the speed actual value is calculated and can be smoothed using p1451. Dependency: Refer to: r0021.[m/min] Max .[rpm] Max . r0022) and unsmoothed (r0061).[rpm] Factory setting .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: 1580. 6030. 4710. r0022.[m/min] Factory setting . Dependency: Refer to: r0021. index: - Func.[rpm] Description: Display and connector output for the speed setpoint after the setpoint filters. r0062 CO: Speed setpoint after the filter / n_set after filter VECTOR. r0063 is smoothed with p1441. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.Parameters List of parameters r0062 CO: Velocity setpoint after the filter / v_set after filter SERVO (Lin). SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. 5020. signals Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . r0022) and unsmoothed (r0061). SERVO_AC. The speed actual value is available smoothed (r0021.[m/min] Description: Displays the actual smoothed velocity actual value for velocity control. r0063 is smoothed with p1441. 5300 P-Group: Displays. r0063 CO: Actual velocity smoothed / v_act smooth SERVO (Lin). p1451 Note: In encoderless operation. 4710. 5042. the velocity actual value is calculated and can be smoothed using p1451. signals Units group: 4_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . The velocity actual value is available smoothed (r0021. diagram: 1590. 1-80 © Siemens AG 2003 .[m/min] Factory setting . signals Units group: 4_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . 1590. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p1451 Note: In encoderless operation. r0022. SERVO_AC (Lin). p1441.

in r0063[1]. SERVO_AC (Lin).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. signals Units group: 4_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min .2] CO: Speed actual value / n_act VECTOR. index: - Func.smoothed with p0045 .[rpm] Factory setting . the system deviation to the P component of the speed controller is displayed. SERVO_I_AC. signals Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . index: - Func. r0063[0. For U/f control and when slip compensation is deactivated (see p1335). index: - Func. signals Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . 4715 P-Group: Displays.f_slip Dependency: Refer to: r0021. VECTOR_AC.[m/min] Max .[rpm] Max . © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: 1680.[rpm] Max .[rpm] Max . Note: In servo control mode with active reference model..[rpm] Description: Displays the actual smoothed actual speed. For operation with encoder. r0064 CO: Velocity controller system deviation / v_ctrl system dev SERVO (Lin). 6040 P-Group: Displays. r0022 Note: The speed actual value is calculated in encoderless operation and for U/f control.[rpm] Description: Displays the actual system deviation of the speed controller.[rpm] Factory setting ..[rpm] Description: Displays the actual speed of the closed-loop speed control and the U/f control. r0063[0] is smoothed with p1441. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[m/min] Description: Displays the actual system deviation of the velocity controller. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR. r0064 CO: Speed controller system deviation / n_ctrl system dev SERVO. the synchronous speed to the output frequency is shown in r0063[0].Parameters List of parameters r0063 CO: Speed actual value / n_act TM41 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[m/min] Factory setting . the system deviation to the P component of the velocity controller is displayed. The speed (r0063[2]) calculated from the output frequency and slip can only be compared with the speed actual value (r0063[0]) in the steady-state. Note: For Terminal Module 41 (TM41). diagram: - P-Group: Displays. signals Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min .[rpm] Factory setting . diagram: 5040. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Note: In servo control mode with active reference model. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-81 . 01/2013. this value is used to interconnect with standard telegram 3 and is always zero. index: - Func. The speed actual value (r0063[0]) is additionally displayed . The actual speed (r0063[0]) is available as a display quantity with additional smoothing in r0021. diagram: 5040. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 [2] = Calculated from f_set . 6040 P-Group: Displays.

[Hz] Display and connector output for the line frequency.[Hz] Description: Displays the slip frequency for induction motors (ASM). V. VECTOR. signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . S_INF Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 5300. 6727. 8950. index: - Func. r0066 CO: Output frequency / f_outp Can be changed: SERVO. 5730. 6799 Units group: 2_1 Unit selection: p0505 Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Max . 6730. Re index 0: Displays the instantaneous value of the line supply PLL.[Hz] Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. r0066[0.Parameters List of parameters r0065 Slip frequency / f_Slip Can be changed: SERVO. Re index 1: Displays the values smoothed with a time constant of 50 ms to monitor the frequency. P-Group: Displays. 6731. SERVO_AC. Dependency: Refer to: r0024 Note: The output frequency is available smoothed (r0024) and unsmoothed (r0066). 6310.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: 1710. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed Dependency: Refer to: r0024 Note: The line frequency is also available with an adjustable smoothing (r0024). index: - Func. signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC.1] CO: Line frequency / f_line A_INF.. VECTOR_AC. 6310. diagram: 1690.[Hz] Factory setting . index: - Func. A positive sign of the frequency is obtained when the line supply phases U. 1-82 © Siemens AG 2003 . signals Units group: 2_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min .[Hz] Max . diagram: 8850. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .[Hz] Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. W are connected with the correct phase sequence. SERVO_AC.[Hz] Factory setting . 01/2013. 6732 Units group: 2_1 Unit selection: p0505 Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Max . 8964 P-Group: Displays. 8864.. A negative sign of the frequency is obtained when the 3 line phases are interchanged therefore designating a negative direction of the rotating field of the 3-phase line supply voltage.[Hz] Description: Display and connector output for the output frequency of the Motor Module. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. 6730. VECTOR. P-Group: Displays.[Hz] Factory setting . VECTOR_AC.

. 8850. © Siemens AG 2003 .[Arms] Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. 8017. The following applies for SERVO: The value is updated with a sampling time of 1 ms.[Arms] Description: Displays the maximum output current of the Motor Module. index: - Func. signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR. Refer to: p0290. p3531. p0640 r0068 CO: Absolute current actual value / I_act abs val A_INF. 01/2013. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-83 . P-Group: Displays.[Arms] Factory setting . Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. Refer to: p3530. 7017.[Arms] Max .[Arms] Max .[Arms] Description: Displays the actual permissible absolute line-side current. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. 6300.1] Absolute current value permissible / I_abs val perm A_INF. 8950 P-Group: Displays. r3534 r0067 CO: Output current maximum / I_outp max Can be changed: SERVO. the parameterized current limits (p3530 to p3533) as well as the maximum permissible current of line filter (r3534).Parameters List of parameters r0067[0. 6724 Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Max . diagram: 5730. S_INF.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).[Arms] Description: Displays actual absolute current. S_INF the following applies: The value is updated with the current controller sampling time. Dependency: The maximum output current is determined by the parameterized current limit and the motor and converter thermal protection. SERVO_AC.[Arms] Factory setting . SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 5722. index: - Func. 6640. Index: [0] = Motor mode [1] = Regenerative mode Dependency: The permissible current is the minimum from the maximum converter current (r0209).. Dependency: Refer to: r0027 Notice: For A_INF. signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . index: - Func. 8014.[Arms] Factory setting . signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . SERVO_AC. Note: Absolute current value = sqrt(Iq^2 + Id^2) The absolute current actual value is available smoothed (r0027) and unsmoothed (r0068). SERVO.

. are displayed.Parameters List of parameters r0068 CO: DC current in the DC link / Idc DC link B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.1] CO: Absolute current actual value / I_act abs val VECTOR. 6731. signals Units group: 6_4 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min .Can be changed: TOR. index: - Func. diagram: 1690.[A] Description: Displays the measured actual phase currents as peak value. 01/2013.. 8950 P-Group: Displays.[A] Max . r0068[0.[Arms] Factory setting . 8014.6] CO: Phase current actual value / I_phase act value A_INF. 6799.[A] Factory setting . S_INF. 6714.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Dependency: Refer to: r0027 Notice: For Basic Line Modules of chassis format. which are added to correct the phase currents. 8017. 5730. r0068[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0068[0]). VECTOR_AC. 6714.[A] Max . Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 Dependency: Refer to: r0027 Notice: The value is updated with the current controller sampling time. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W [3] = Phase U offset [4] = Phase V offset [5] = Phase W offset [6] = Total U. Note: The DC current in the DC link is available smoothed (r0027) and unsmoothed (r0068). VEC. index: - Func.. diagram: 8014. signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR_AC. 7017..[Arms] Description: Displays actual absolute current. 8750 P-Group: Displays.[A] Factory setting . index: - Func. 6730. W Note: In indices 3 . 1-84 © Siemens AG 2003 . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Data type: FloatingPoint32 VECTOR_I_AC Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. Note: Absolute current value = sqrt(Iq^2 + Id^2) The absolute value of the current actual value is available smoothed (r0027 with 300 ms. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 5.[A] Description: Displays the DC current in the DC link. The sum of the 3 corrected phase currents is displayed in index 6.. V. 8018 P-Group: Displays. r0069[0.. diagram: 1630. the displayed value is invalid as these units do not have any current sensing. 8850.[Arms] Max . signals Units group: 6_5 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . the offset currents of the 3 phases.

24 V is displayed. 6731. index: - Func. which are added to correct the phase currents. diagram: 5730 P-Group: Displays. 5730. V.[V] Description: Displays the measured actual value of the DC link voltage.[V] Max . for the Power Module (e. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-85 . 6714. Note: The DC link voltage is available smoothed (r0026) and unsmoothed (r0070). In this case.. 8950 P-Group: Displays. r0070 CO: Actual DC link voltage / Vdc act val A_INF. 01/2013. diagram: 1630.g. when an external 24V power supply is connected. 8950. 8850. 8964 P-Group: Displays.Parameters List of parameters r0069[0. 8850..[A] Max .[A] Factory setting . diagram: 1774. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. 8864. 8750. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W [3] = Phase U offset [4] = Phase V offset [5] = Phase W offset [6] = Total U. Dependency: Refer to: r0026 Note: The DC link voltage is available smoothed (r0026) and unsmoothed (r0070). 5. index: - Func. signals Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . signals Units group: 6_5 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . index: - Func.[A] Description: Displays the measured actual phase currents as peak value. are displayed.[V] Factory setting . SERVO_AC. r0070 CO: Actual DC link voltage / Vdc act val SERVO.. 6730. the offset currents of the 3 phases. B_INF. PM340) a valid measured value is not supplied.6] Phase current actual value / I_phase act value SERVO.[V] Factory setting .[V] Max . The sum of the 3 corrected phase currents is displayed in index 6. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. signals Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . a value of approx.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). © Siemens AG 2003 . 8940. W Note: In indices 3 .[V] Description: Displays the measured actual value of the DC link voltage. Dependency: Refer to: r0026 Notice: For SINAMICS S120 AC Drive (AC/AC) the following applies: When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V.

Note: The DC link voltage is available smoothed (r0026) and unsmoothed (r0070). index: - Func.[Vrms] Description: Displays the actual power unit input voltage (Line Module). r0072[0]: Displays the pulsed voltage at the line supply input terminals of the power unit. 6723. r0072[1]: Displays the absolute voltage at the input terminals of the line filter or the connection point of a Voltage Sensing Module (VSM). signals Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. In this case.. diagram: 1710. 6722. VECTOR_AC. 1-86 © Siemens AG 2003 .Parameters List of parameters r0070 CO: Actual DC link voltage / Vdc act val VECTOR. the maximum output voltage drops as a result of the reduction in DC link voltage. for the Power Module (e. index: - Func. 6730. 6799 P-Group: Displays.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 6725.g. 6731. 6724. signals Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . 6300. a value of approx. Note: As the (driven) motor load increases. r0071 Maximum output voltage / U_output max VECTOR.[V] Max .[Vrms] Max . Index: [0] = Voltage at input terminals of power unit from line supply model [1] = Voltage at VSM or at input terminals of the line filter [2] = Voltage of the voltage source from the line supply model [3] = Smoothed voltage of voltage source from line supply model Note: The input voltages are available smoothed (r0025) and unsmoothed (r0072).[Vrms] Description: Displays the maximum output voltage. diagram: 8850. 6727 P-Group: Displays. 01/2013.3] CO: Input voltage / U_input A_INF.[Vrms] Factory setting . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. The value is calculated from the modulation depth (r0074) and is therefore only correct in the closed-loop controlled mode and when the pulses are enabled. The value is calculated from the VSM measured values r3661 and r3662 and is therefore equal to 0 if a VSM is not connected. 6724. signals Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . 24 V is displayed. VECTOR_AC. r0072[0. Dependency: The maximum output voltage depends on the actual DC link voltage (r0070) and the maximum modulation depth (p1803). 8950 P-Group: Displays. when an external 24V power supply is connected.[Vrms] Max . S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Dependency: Refer to: r0026 Notice: For SINAMICS S120 AC Drive (AC/AC) the following applies: When measuring a DC link voltage < 200 V.[Vrms] Factory setting .[V] Factory setting . index: - Func.. 6640.[V] Description: Displays the measured actual value of the DC link voltage. diagram: 6723. PM340) a valid measured value is not supplied.

The phase voltage (phase-to-phase. p0226 as well as the line inductance p3424). 6799.[%] Description: Displays the maximum modulation depth. 6731. VECTOR_AC. 100% corresponds to the maximum output voltage without overcontrol. 8950 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Max . signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . P-Group: Displays. Dependency: Refer to: r0025 Note: The output voltage is available smoothed (r0025) and unsmoothed (r0072). 6725 P-Group: Modulation Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min . 6724. SERVO.[Vrms] Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. The PT1 smoothing time constant is set in p3472. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. P-Group: Displays. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-87 . Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC.[%] Factory setting . 6731.[Vrms] Factory setting . (input quantities of the model are the measured values of the line currents and the DC link voltage as well as the characteristics of the line filter p0225. Values above 100 % indicate an overcontrol condition . rms) is calculated as follows:(r0074 x r0070) / (sqrt(2) x 100 %). VECTOR_AC. diagram: 1630. signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR. index: - Func. r0072 CO: Output voltage / U_output Can be changed: SERVO. SERVO_AC. index: - Func.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0073 Maximum modulation depth / Modulat_depth max VECTOR.[%] Description: Displays the actual modulation depth. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. 6730. Dependency: Refer to: p1803 r0074 CO: Modulat_depth / Modulat_depth Can be changed: A_INF. 6730. 6799 Units group: 5_1 Unit selection: p0505 Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Max . SERVO_AC.Parameters List of parameters r0072[2]: Displays the estimated value for the voltage of the voltage source that is calculated in the voltage model of the line supply PLL. VECTOR_AC.[%] Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. VECTOR. r0072[3]: Displays the smoothed value for the source voltage in r0072[2]. diagram: 6723.[%] Factory setting .values below 100% have no overcontrol. 5730. diagram: 5730. The modulation depth is available smoothed (r0028) and unsmoothed (r0074). Dependency: Refer to: r0028 Note: For space vector modulation.[Vrms] Description: Displays the actual power unit output voltage (Motor Module). index: - Func. 8940. 01/2013.[%] Max .

[Arms] Factory setting . Dependency: Refer to: r0029. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 8850.[Arms] Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. diagram: 8946 P-Group: Displays. 6714 Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Max . 5714. 1710. index: - Func. 6714. VECTOR_AC. 01/2013. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. p3610 Note: The reactive current requirement of a line filter should be covered by the controlled infeed/regenerative feedback so that the converter always operates with a power factor of 1 compared to the line. SERVO_AC. r0076 CO: Current actual value field-generating / Id_act Can be changed: SERVO.[Arms] Max .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 1-88 © Siemens AG 2003 . signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min .[Arms] Description: Displays the field-generating current actual value (Id_act). index: - Func.[Arms] Description: Displays the field-generating current setpoint (Id_set). signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR. index: - Func. 8946. VECTOR. SERVO_AC.[Arms] Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. r0075 Note: The reactive current actual value is available smoothed (r0029) and unsmoothed (r0076). VECTOR_AC. diagram: 1630. index: - Func.[Arms] Max . 5714.Parameters List of parameters r0075 CO: Reactive current setpoint / I_react_set A_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. P-Group: Displays. r0076 CO: Reactive current actual value / I_reactive_act A_INF. 8950 P-Group: Displays. Dependency: Refer to: r3471. 5730. P-Group: Displays. diagram: 1774.[Arms] Description: Displays the reactive current actual value.[Arms] Factory setting . diagram: 1630. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. r0075 CO: Current setpoint field-generating / Id_set Can be changed: SERVO. Dependency: Refer to: r0029 Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode. If the line phases are reversed and the line voltage therefore has a negative orientation (r0066 < 0).[Arms] Description: Displays the reactive current setpoint. it should be noted that the sign of the reactive current is reversed. Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode. 6799 Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Max .[Arms] Factory setting . signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . 1775. 5722.[Arms] Factory setting . The field-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0029) and unsmoothed (r0076). Setpoint r0075 includes the reactive current for a line filter that depends on the actual operating point (r3471).

signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . © Siemens AG 2003 . 8940. 6719 Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Max .[Arms] Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. 8850. 6719 P-Group: Displays. VECTOR_AC. index: - Func. 6710. 8950 P-Group: Displays.[Arms] Max .[Arms] Factory setting . diagram: 1630. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. 5714. Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 1774.[Arms] Description: Displays the actual value for the active current.[Arms] Factory setting . Dependency: Refer to: r0030 Note: The active current actual value is available smoothed (r0030) and unsmoothed (r0078). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-89 . Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode. 6710.[Arms] Description: Displays the torque/force generating current setpoint.Parameters List of parameters r0077 CO: Active current setpoint / I_active_set A_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[Arms] Max . VECTOR. diagram: 1630. 1774. 1774. signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . SERVO_AC (Lin). 8946.[Arms] Max . diagram: 1774. 5714.[Arms] Factory setting .[Arms] Description: Displays the active current setpoint (Iq_set). index: - Func. 01/2013.[Arms] Factory setting .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0077 CO: Current setpoint force-generating / Iq_set SERVO (Lin).[Arms] Description: Displays the torque/force generating current setpoint. 6714. signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . 1775. r0077 CO: Current setpoint torque-generating / Iq_set Can be changed: SERVO. r0078 CO: Active current actual value / I_active_act A_INF. 6714. P-Group: Displays. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. 8946 P-Group: Displays. SERVO_AC. signals VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min . index: - Func.

diagram: 1630.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min . diagram: 1710. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 6714.1] CO: Current actual value torque-generating / Iq_act SERVO.Parameters List of parameters r0078[0. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 Dependency: Refer to: r0030. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min .. r0078[0. p0045 Note: These values are irrelevant for the U/f control mode. diagram: 1630. 5714. r0078[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0078[0]). r0078[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0078[0]). SERVO_AC (Lin).. VECTOR_AC.. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn..[Arms] Factory setting .[Arms] Max .[Arms] Factory setting .[Arms] Description: Displays the torque-generating current actual value (Iq_act). Dependency: Refer to: r0030 Note: This value is irrelevant for the U/f control mode. 6310. 5714. 5730 P-Group: Displays.1] CO: Current actual value force-generating / Iq_act SERVO (Lin). r0078 CO: Current actual value torque-generating / Iq_act VECTOR. index: - Func. The torque-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030 with 300 ms) and unsmoothed (r0078). index: - Func.[Arms] Factory setting .[Arms] Max . SERVO_AC. 01/2013. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 5730 P-Group: Displays. The torque-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030 with 100 ms.[Arms] Description: Displays the force-generating current actual value (Iq_act).[Arms] Description: Displays the torque-generating current actual value (Iq_act). 6799 P-Group: Displays.[Arms] Max . index: - Func. 1-90 © Siemens AG 2003 . Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 Dependency: Refer to: r0030. p0045 Note: These values are irrelevant for the U/f control mode. The force-generating current actual value is available smoothed (r0030 with 100 ms. signals Units group: 6_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min .

r0080 CO: Torque actual value / M_act SERVO.1] CO: Total force setpoint / F_set total SERVO (Lin). 6060. signals Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1 Min .. 8012 P-Group: Displays. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 r0079 CO: Torque setpoint / M_set VECTOR.[N] Factory setting .[Nm] Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint at the output of the speed controller.[N] Max . SERVO_AC.1] CO: Torque setpoint total / M_set total SERVO.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).[Nm] Factory setting . signals Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1 Min .[N] Description: Displays the force setpoint at the output of the velocity controller (before clock cycle interpolation). index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-91 . Dependency: Refer to: r0031 Note: The value is available smoothed (r0031) and unsmoothed (r0080).[Nm] Max . 8012 P-Group: Displays.[Nm] Description: Display and connector output for actual torque value. SERVO_AC.[Nm] Max .[Nm] Description: Display and connector output for the torque setpoint at the output of the speed controller (before clock cycle interpolation). signals Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1 Min . index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 5730 P-Group: Displays. diagram: 5610.. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_AC (Lin). Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 r0079[0. VECTOR_AC. 8012 P-Group: Displays. 1710.. diagram: 5610.Parameters List of parameters r0079[0..[Nm] Factory setting .[Nm] Factory setting . signals Units group: 8_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1 Min . © Siemens AG 2003 .[Nm] Max . diagram: 1700. 6030. 01/2013. index: - Func. index: - Func. 6710. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.

SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.1] CO: Torque actual value / M_act VECTOR. 1-92 © Siemens AG 2003 . Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 Dependency: Refer to: r0031. p0045 Note: The value is available smoothed (r0031 with 100 ms. VECTOR_AC. The torque utilization is obtained from the required smoothed torque referred to the torque limit. SERVO_AC. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. The torque utilization is obtained from the required torque referred to the torque limit as follows: . The calculation of the force utilization depends on the selected smoothing time constant (p0045). signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).Parameters List of parameters r0080 CO: Force actual value / F_act SERVO (Lin).[Nm] Max .. r0080[0. diagram: 8012 P-Group: Displays.[Nm] Description: Display and connector output for actual torque value. Dependency: Refer to: r0033 Note: The torque utilization is available smoothed (r0033) and unsmoothed (r0081). SERVO_AC (Lin). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . diagram: 5730 P-Group: Displays.[Nm] Factory setting . r0080[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0080[0]). SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 6714. index: - Func. signals Units group: 8_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1 Min . The force utilization is obtained from the required smoothed force referred to the force limit.[N] Factory setting .[%] Max . diagram: 8012 P-Group: Displays. SERVO_AC (Lin). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. Dependency: Refer to: r0033 Note: The force utilization is available smoothed (r0033) and unsmoothed (r0081). signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min . index: - Func.[%] Description: Displays the force utilization as a percentage.Negative torque: r0081 = ((-r0079 + p1532) / (-r1539 + p1532)) * 100 % The calculation of the torque utilization depends on the selected smoothing time constant (p0045). index: - Func. r0081 CO: Force utilization / F_utilization SERVO (Lin). r0081 CO: Torque utilization / M_Utilization SERVO. Dependency: Refer to: r0031 Note: The force actual value is available smoothed (r0031) and unsmoothed (r0080). index: - Func.[%] Factory setting .[%] Description: Displays the torque utilization as a percentage. 01/2013.Positive torque: r0081 = ((r0079 + p1532) / (r1538 .[N] Max .p1532)) * 100 % .[%] Factory setting . 6799 P-Group: Displays. signals Units group: 7_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2003 Expert list: 1 Min .[N] Description: Display and connector output for actual force value.[%] Max .

index: - Func. Dependency: Refer to: r0032 Note: The active power is available smoothed (r0032) and unsmoothed (r0082).[kW] Max . Dependency: Refer to: r0032 Notice: For Basic Line Modules of chassis format. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 [2] = Electric power © Siemens AG 2003 . signals Units group: 14_7 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: r2004 Expert list: 1 Min .[%] Description: Displays the torque utilization as a percentage.Positive torque: r0081 = (r0079 / r1538) * 100 % .[kW] Max . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-93 .[kW] Max . S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 01/2013.Negative torque: r0081 = (-r0079 / -r1539) * 100 % r0082 CO: Active power actual value / P_act A_INF.. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.Parameters List of parameters r0081 CO: Torque utilization / M_Utilization VECTOR. index: - Func. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min . Dependency: Refer to: r0033 Note: The torque utilization is available smoothed (r0033) and unsmoothed (r0081). diagram: 8012 P-Group: Displays. 8950 P-Group: Displays.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).[kW] Description: Displays the instantaneous active power. diagram: 8750. diagram: 5730 P-Group: Displays. 8950 P-Group: Displays. 8850.[kW] Description: Displays the instantaneous active power. r0082 CO: Active power actual value / P_act B_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 8850. diagram: 8750. Note: The active power is available smoothed (r0032) and unsmoothed (r0082). SERVO_AC. the displayed value is invalid as these units do not have any current sensing.. VECTOR_AC. signals Units group: 14_7 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: r2004 Expert list: 1 Min .[kW] Factory setting . r0082[0.[kW] Factory setting . The torque utilization is obtained from the required smoothed torque referred to the torque limit. The torque utilization is obtained from the required torque referred to the torque limit as follows: . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. signals Units group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: r2004 Expert list: 1 Min .[%] Max . index: - Func.2] CO: Active power actual value / P_act SERVO.[kW] Factory setting . index: - Func.[kW] Description: Displays the instantaneous active power.[%] Factory setting .

[%] Factory setting .[%] Description: Displays the flux setpoint. index: - Func. r0082[0. r0083 CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp VECTOR. r0082[0. signals Units group: 14_5 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: r2004 Expert list: 1 Min . signals Units group: 14_8 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: r2004 Expert list: 1 Min .2] CO: Active power actual value / P_act SERVO (Lin). SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min . SERVO_AC. diagram: 6714.[kW] Description: Displays the instantaneous active power.Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0032 Note: The mechanical active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms. diagram: 5722 P-Group: Displays.. r0082[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0082[0]). index: - Func.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).[%] Factory setting . Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 [2] = Electric power Dependency: Refer to: r0032 Note: The mechanical active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms.[%] Max .[kW] Max . diagram: 5730 P-Group: Displays. © Siemens AG 2003 . index: - Func.. SERVO_AC (Lin).2] CO: Active power actual value / P_act VECTOR. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .[kW] Max . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 01/2013. 6799 P-Group: Displays.[kW] Description: Displays the instantaneous active power.[%] Description: 1-94 Displays the flux setpoint. r0082[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0082[0]). VECTOR_AC. index: - Func.. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min . r0082[1] with p0045) and unsmoothed (r0082[0]).[%] Max . diagram: - P-Group: Displays. Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed with p0045 [2] = Electric power Dependency: Refer to: r0032 Note: The mechanical active power is available smoothed (r0032 with 100 ms.[kW] Factory setting . r0083 CO: Flux setpoint / Flex setp SERVO.[kW] Factory setting . SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC..

VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. signals Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . index: - Func.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: - Func. 6730. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-95 .[V] Displays the setpoint for the DC link voltage. index: - Func. SERVO_AC (Tech_ctrl).during the pole position identification. SERVO (Tech_ctrl). . r0088 CO: DC link voltage setpoint / Vdc setpoint A_INF. 6799 P-Group: Displays. diagram: 8940. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min .[%] Max . 8964 P-Group: Displays. index: - Func.[%] Description: Displays the flux actual value.[%] Factory setting . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. the unsmoothed flux actual value is also displayed: .[%] Description: Displays the flux actual value.1] CO: Flux actual value / Flux act val VECTOR.[%] Factory setting . ..[%] Max . Index: [0] = Unsmoothed [1] = Smoothed Note: The flux actual value (index 1) smoothed with p1585 is only displayed for separately-excited synchronous motors. 01/2013.for a stalled drive. SERVO_I_AC (Tech_ctrl) Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 5722 P-Group: Displays. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: PERCENT Expert list: 1 Min . diagram: 6714. 6732 P-Group: Displays.[V] Factory setting . r0084[0. . diagram: 6726.for I/f control. VECTOR_AC.[V] Max . 6732.. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual active power factor. r0087 CO: Actual power factor / Cos phi act VECTOR. © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_AC. In the following cases. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.in the range of the current model.Parameters List of parameters r0084 CO: Flux actual value / Flux act val SERVO. VECTOR_AC. 6730.

[V] Description: Displays the actual phase voltage. index: - Func.4) and "Send BEFORE IF2 PZD" (from V4. Re p0092 = 1: The controller clock cycles are set so that clock synchronous PROFIdrive operation is possible. p0115 Refer to: A01223. when using the fixed DCC runtime groups "Receive AFTER IF1 PROFIdrive PZD". "Send BEFORE IF1 PROFIdrive PZD".[V] Max . index: - Func. diagram: 6719 P-Group: Displays..3). signals Units group: 5_2 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min . then its maximum computing time load has already been calculated during rampup for isochronous operation and taken into account in r9976 (from V4. The pre-setting of the controller clock cycles can result in a derating of the Motor Module (e. SERVO_AC.4) and "Send BEFORE IF2 PZD" (from V4.3).[V] Description: Displays the setpoint for the DC link voltage.g. p0092 Clock synchronous operation pre-assignment/check / Clock sync op CU_I. A01224 1-96 © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_I_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Re p0092 = 0: The controller clock cycles are set without any restrictions by the clock-cycle PROFIdrive operation (same as for up to V2. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC (Tech_ctrl). diagram: - P-Group: Displays. p0115[0] = 400 µs -> 375 µs). VECTOR_AC. "Receive AFTER IF2 PZD" (from V4.[V] Factory setting . 01/2013. r0089[0. when using the fixed DCC runtime groups "Receive AFTER IF1 PROFIdrive PZD". then its maximum computing time load has already been calculated during rampup for isochronous operation and taken into account in r9976 (from V4. VECTOR_I_AC (Tech_ctrl) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.3). When calculating the drive unit utilization (r9976). diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting to pre-assign/check the sampling times for the internal controller clock cycles for clock-synchronous PROFIdrive operation.2] Actual phase voltage / U_phase act val SERVO. VECTOR. When calculating the drive unit utilization (r9976).4). "Receive AFTER IF2 PZD" (from V4.Parameters List of parameters r0088 CO: DC link voltage setpoint / Vdc setpoint VECTOR (Tech_ctrl).[V] Max . CU_NX_CX Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. Index: [0] = Phase U [1] = Phase V [2] = Phase W Note: The values are determined from the transistor power-on duration. signals Units group: 5_3 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2001 Expert list: 1 Min .4). Value: 0: 1: No isochronous PROFIBUS Isochronous PROFIBUS Dependency: Refer to: r0110. If it is not possible to change the controller clock cycles of the clock-cycle synchronous PROFIdrive operation.. "Send BEFORE IF1 PROFIdrive PZD".[V] Factory setting . then an appropriate message is output. CU_I_D410. index: - Func.

g. p0092 Clock synchronous operation pre-assignment/check / Clock sync op CU_S_AC_DP. In addition. If the clock cycles are modified subsequently in expert mode (p0112 = 0). CU_S_AC_PN. Value: 0: 1: No isochronous PROFIBUS Isochronous PROFIBUS Dependency: Refer to: r0110. index: - Func.3).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Notice: p0092 only affects the automatic default for the clock cycles (p0115) in the drive. In addition.Parameters List of parameters Caution: Only current controller clock cycles (p0115[0]) which are integers of 125 µs are permitted for isochronous mode.25 µs and 62. current controller clock cycles 31. When calculating the drive unit utilization (r9976). "Send BEFORE IF1 PROFIdrive PZD". "Receive AFTER IF2 PZD" (from V4. The conditions for current controller clock cycle for isosynchronous operation must still be carefully ensured (refer under Caution!).4). The pre-setting of the controller clock cycles can result in a derating of the Motor Module (e. © Siemens AG 2003 . When calculating the drive unit utilization (r9976). A01224 Caution: Only current controller clock cycles (p0115[0]) which are integers of 125 µs are permitted for isochronous mode. then its maximum computing time load has already been calculated during rampup for isochronous operation and taken into account in r9976 (from V4.4) and "Send BEFORE IF2 PZD" (from V4. when using the fixed DCC runtime groups "Receive AFTER IF1 PROFIdrive PZD". The conditions for current controller clock cycle for isosynchronous operation must still be carefully ensured (refer under Caution!). CU_S150_PN Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. CU_S120_PN. Notice: p0092 only affects the automatic default for the clock cycles (p0115) in the drive.5 µs are possible.3). If the clock cycles are modified subsequently in expert mode (p0112 = 0).25 µs and 62. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting to pre-assign/check the sampling times for the internal controller clock cycles for clock-synchronous PROFIdrive operation. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-97 .4). "Send BEFORE IF1 PROFIdrive PZD". CU_S150_DP. Re p0092 = 1: The controller clock cycles are set so that clock synchronous PROFIdrive operation is possible. then its maximum computing time load has already been calculated during rampup for isochronous operation and taken into account in r9976 (from V4. If it is not possible to change the controller clock cycles of the clock-cycle synchronous PROFIdrive operation. p0092 = 0 should be set so that the new values are not overwritten again by the automatic default when the parameters are downloaded. p0092 = 0 should be set so that the new values are not overwritten again by the automatic default when the parameters are downloaded.4) and "Send BEFORE IF2 PZD" (from V4. Re p0092 = 0: The controller clock cycles are set without any restrictions by the clock-cycle PROFIdrive operation (same as for up to V2. "Receive AFTER IF2 PZD" (from V4. then an appropriate message is output.3).5 µs are possible. p0115 Refer to: A01223. p0115[0] = 400 µs -> 375 µs). CU_S120_DP. current controller clock cycles 31. 01/2013. when using the fixed DCC runtime groups "Receive AFTER IF1 PROFIdrive PZD".

the value. also applicable (provides information) for encoderless operation and after a pole position identification routine. Dependency: Refer to: r0093.[°] Max . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2005 Expert list: 1 Min . r1778 1-98 Calculated: Dyn. 8950 P-Group: Displays.[°] Description: Displays the transformation angle. 6731.[°] Description: Displays the scaled electrical pole position angle. 1690. r1778 Notice: When the pole position angle (r0093) is output via test socket Tx (x = 0.[°] Max . diagram: 4710 P-Group: Displays. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_AC. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.the value indicates the transformation angle used by the control + 180 °.[°] Description: Displays the transformation angle.the value is generated from r0094 + 180 °. contrary to r0094. VECTOR_I_AC P-Group: Displays. signals Access level: 3 Func. VECTOR. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2005 Expert list: 1 Min . index: - © Siemens AG 2003 . 4710. VECTOR_AC. index: - Func. 6730. the following applies: . diagram: 1580. the following applies: . 01/2013.[°] Factory setting . r0094 CO: Transformation angle / Transformat_angle Can be changed: SERVO. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . determined using the oscilloscope.this value is. 6732 Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2005 Expert list: 1 Min . For pulse enable.[°] Factory setting . diagram: 8850.[°] Factory setting . . p0431. 2) to adjust the encoder (to determine the angular commutation offset) the test socket being used must be parameterized as follows: p0771[x] = r0093 p0777[x] = 0 % p0778[x] = 0 V p0779[x] = 400 % p0780[x] = 4 V p0783[x] = 0 V p0784[x] = 0 For p1821 = 1 (counter-clockwise direction of rotation) the following applies: In order to adjust the encoder using the EMF method. .[°] Max .Parameters List of parameters r0093 CO: Pole position angle electrically scaled / Pole pos el scale SERVO. 1. must be inverted and then entered in p0431. index: - Func. Note: For operation with encoder and pulse suppression. Dependency: Refer to: r0094. p0431. r0094 CO: Transformation angle / Transformat_angle A_INF. 6714.this angle can be used to adjust the encoders of synchronous motors. SERVO_AC. Note: The transformation angle corresponds to the line supply angle. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. 1680.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).

index: - Func. The possible settings are dependent upon the device type. p0099 is automatically set to the factory setting. CU_S_AC_PN. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 24: No selection Drive object type SERVO Drive object type VECTOR SINAMICS GM (DFEMV & VECTORMV) SINAMICS SM (AFEMV & VECTORMV) SINAMICS GL (VECTORGL) SINAMICS SL (VECTORSL) Drive object type VECTOR parallel circuit Drive object type VECTORMV .. p0099 Note: Topology coding: abcd efgh hex a = number of Active Line Modules b = number of Motor Modules c = number of motors © Siemens AG 2003 . p0097 Select drive object type / Select DO type CU_I.. index: - Func. CU_S150_DP. p0107 and p0108 are appropriately set. r0098[0.SM parallel circuit Dependency: Refer to: r0098. the following applies: The encoder supplies the value and indicates the electrical angle of the flux position (d axis).GM parallel circuit Drive object type VECTORMV . CU_S_AC_DP. p0099. p0099 Refer to: A01330 Note: For p0097 = 0.SM parallel circuit Drive object type DC_CTRL Drive object type SERVO HMI Drive object type VECTOR HMI Drive object type VECTORMV . CU_S120_PN. diagram: - P-Group: Topology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 24 Factory setting 0 Executes an automatic device configuration. CU_S150_PN Actual device topology / Device_act topo Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. CU_S150_PN Description: Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. CU_I_D410. CU_S120_DP. Index: [0] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100 [1] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101 [2] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X102 [3] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X103 [4] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X104 [5] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X105 Dependency: Refer to: p0097. If no pole position identification is carried out (p1982). and the encoder is adjusted. CU_I_D410. CU_NX_CX. CU_S_AC_PN. diagram: - P-Group: Topology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the automatically detected actual device topology in coded form. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-99 . CU_NX_CX. CU_S120_PN.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). In so doing. CU_S150_DP. 01/2013. CU_S_AC_DP.5] CU_I. CU_S120_DP.Parameters List of parameters Note: The transformation angle corresponds to the electrical commutation angle.

De-activated or non-available components are also counted Index: [0] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X100 [1] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X101 [2] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X102 [3] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X103 [4] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X104 [5] = DRIVE-CLiQ socket X105 Dependency: The parameter can only be written into for p0097 = 0.. If a value F hex occurs at a position of the coding (abcd efgh hex). CU_S_AC_PN.5] Device target topology / Device_target topo CU_I. CU_S150_PN Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . r0098 Refer to: A01330 Note: The parameter can only be set to the values 0. For p0100 = 1.Parameters List of parameters d = number of encoders (or the line supply voltage sensing for Active Line Modules) e = number of additional encoders (or the line supply voltage sensing for Active Line Modules) f = number of Terminal Modules g = number of Terminal Boards h = reserved if the value 0 is displayed in all indices. SERVO_AC. The value FFFFFFFF hex indicates that the topology was not generated by the automatic device configuration but was commissioned using the commissioning software (e. then the system has still not been commissioned. If the value 0 is displayed in all of the indices. the following applies: The efficiency (p0309) should be parameterized. the rated motor frequency (p0310) is either set to 50 Hz or 60 Hz.. CU_I_D410.g. CU_S_AC_DP. CU_NX_CX. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Description: Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Defines whether the motor and drive converter power settings (e. index: - Func. p0100 IEC/NEMA mot stds / IEC/NEMA mot stds SERVO. p0099[0. CU_S120_PN. then an overflow has occurred. the value of the actual device topology. diagram: - P-Group: Topology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Sets the device target topology in coded form (refer to r0098). To perform an automatic device configuration run. SI units) NEMA motor (60 Hz. the following applies: The power factor (p0308) should be parameterized. an index of the device target topology must be set to the value of the device actual topology in r0098 for acknowledgement. index: - Func. An index of the device actual topology with a value other than 0 must be selected. US units) © Siemens AG 2003 . rated motor power. Value: 0: 1: 1-100 IEC-Motor (50 Hz. CU_S120_DP. the value of the actual device target topology and FFFFFFFF hex. For p0100 = 0. Refer to: p0097. Depending on the selection. CU_S150_DP. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. using parameter download).g. p0307) are expressed in [kW] or [hp].2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). The setting is made during commissioning. 01/2013. then components are not detected via DRIVE-CLiQ.

r0333. r0336. index: - Func. p0307. p0309. Value: 0: 1: IEC-Motor (50 Hz. p0338. CU_I_D410. p0320. p0308. Refer to: r0206. r0334. p0323. Depending on the selection. The number of an existing drive object is entered into each index. p0101[0. p0304. r0333. p0311.. Only then are possible unit changeovers made. p0335. 01/2013. For p0100 = 1. p0304. p0309. p0307. The units of all motor parameters are changed that are involved in the selection of IEC or NEMA (e. r1493. p0344. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.g. r0337. p0305. p0323. Value = 0: No drive object is defined. p0307. r0334. the following applies: The power factor (p0308) should be parameterized. p0322. all of the rated motor parameters are reset. p0341. all of the rated motor parameters are reset. p0310. diagram: - P-Group: Topology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 62 Factory setting 0 The parameter contains the object number via which every drive object can be addressed. p0210. r0206. p0310. index: - Func. Only then are possible unit changeovers made. The parameter value is not reset when the factory setting is restored (p0010 = 30. the rated motor frequency (p0310) is either set to 50 Hz or 60 Hz. p0300. p1800 Note: The parameter can only be changed for vector control (p0107). CU_S_AC_PN. p0322. p0312. Index: [0] = Drive object number Control Unit [1] = Drive object number object 1 [2] = Drive object number object 2 [3] = Drive object number object 3 [4] = Drive object number object 4 [5] = Drive object number object 5 [6] = Drive object number object 6 [7] = Drive object number object 7 [8] = Drive object number object 8 [9] = Drive object number object 9 [10] = Drive object number object 10 [11] = Drive object number object 11 [12] = Drive object number object 12 © Siemens AG 2003 . CU_S_AC_DP.g. CU_S120_DP. p0314. p1800 Note: The parameter can only be changed for vector control (p0107). r1969). r0336. For p0100 = 0. US units) Dependency: If p0100 is changed. r1493. p0970). rated motor power. CU_S120_PN. p0335. p0210. r1969). p0305.g. p0341. p0316.Parameters List of parameters Dependency: If p0100 is changed. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-101 . p0308. p0300. p0312. CU_NX_CX. CU_S150_DP. The parameter value is not reset when the factory setting is restored (p0010 = 30. p0307. p0338. r0337.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0314. p0100 IEC/NEMA mot stds / IEC/NEMA mot stds VECTOR. SI units) NEMA motor (60 Hz. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Defines whether the motor and drive converter power settings (e. p0307) are expressed in [kW] or [hp]. the following applies: The efficiency (p0309) should be parameterized. p0970). p0320. The units of all motor parameters are changed that are involved in the selection of IEC or NEMA (e. VECTOR_AC. p0311. CU_S150_PN Description: Drive object numbers / DO numbers Can be changed: C1(1) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. p0316. p0344.. r0206.23] CU_I. Refer to: r0206.

6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . this object number cannot be entered using the expert list. SERVO.Parameters List of parameters [13] = Drive object number object 13 [14] = Drive object number object 14 [15] = Drive object number object 15 [16] = Drive object number object 16 [17] = Drive object number object 17 [18] = Drive object number object 18 [19] = Drive object number object 19 [20] = Drive object number object 20 [21] = Drive object number object 21 [22] = Drive object number object 22 [23] = Drive object number object 23 Note: The numbers are automatically allocated. For the commissioning software. CU_I_D410. B_INF. CU_S150_DP. 01/2013. CU_S120_PN. CU_S_AC_PN. S_INF. but is automatically assigned when inserting an object. diagram: - P-Group: Topology Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of existing or existing and prepared drive objects. r0103 Application-specific view / Appl_spec view A_INF. CU_S_AC_DP.. CU_S150_PN Number of drive objects / DO count Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. r0107 1-102 © Siemens AG 2003 . Index 0: Displays the number of drive objects that have already been set up. VECTOR. Index 1: Displays the number of drive objects that have already been set up and.. r0102[0. Index: [0] = Existing drive objects [1] = Existing and prepared drive objects Dependency: Refer to: p0101 Note: The numbers of the drive objects are in p0101.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: - Func. the drive objects that still have to be set up. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_AC. CU_S120_DP. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. SERVO_AC. Dependency: Refer to: p0107.1] CU_I. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting - Description: Displays the application-specific view of the individual drive object. CU_NX_CX. index: - Func. in addition.

. the application-specific views are defined in files with the following structure: PDxxxyyy. CU_I_D410.: After inserting all of the components of a drive object. SERVO_AC. The parameter cannot be changed. A01316 Caution: When activating drive objects with the safety functions enabled. 3) or POWER ON should be carried out. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object. type SERVO --> "052" is the number of the view for this drive object p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact A_INF. TB30. TM15DI_DO. B_INF.ACX xxx: Application-specific view (p0103) yyy: Type of drive object (p0107) Example: PD052011. VECTOR_AC. If value = 0: All components of the drive object were completely commissioned and are deactivated using this value. CU_S120_DP. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.ACX --> "011" stands for the drive object. a warm restart (p0009 = 30. the following applies: After reactivating. TM150. HUB. index: - Func. CU_S_AC_PN. then the drive system is automatically booted. TM120. Dependency: Refer to: p0107. TM17. VECTOR. p0976 = 2. Note: Re value = 0. They can be removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). If value = 1: All components of the drive object must be available for error-free operation. 01/2013. first wait for Alarm A01316. before activating. CU_S120_PN. r0107 Note: In the non-volatile memory.23] CU_I. Value: 0: 1: 2: Recommend. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 999 Factory setting 0 The application-specific view of an existing drive object is entered into each index. CU_NX_CX. ENC. © Siemens AG 2003 .. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-103 . To do this. the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed. CU_S_AC_DP. Dependency: Refer to: r0106 De-activate drive object Activate drive object Drive object de-activate and not present Refer to: A01314. SERVO. CU_S150_DP. index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC. S_INF. Notice: The following applies when activating: If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated. CU_S150_PN Description: Application-specific view / Appl_spec view Can be changed: C1(2) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. CU_LINK. 2: When a drive object is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors.Parameters List of parameters p0103[0.

Parameters List of parameters If value = 2: Components of a drive object in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from the very start. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object. Note: Re value = 0. the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed. it is not permissible to set just one subset to this value. p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact CU_I. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . To do this. CU_S150_DP. TM41 Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. Notice: The following applies when activating: De-activate drive object Activate drive object Drive object de-activate and not present Refer to: A01314. A01316 If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated. Double Motor Modules). CU_S150_PN Can be changed: U.g. This means that the components are marked to be bypassed in the DRIVE-CLiQ line. CU_S_AC_DP.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). CU_I_D410. the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed. then the drive system is automatically booted. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object. Value: 0: 1: 2: Recommend. before activating. CU_NX_CX. first wait for Alarm A01316. They can be removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error. p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact TM15.: After inserting all of the components of a drive object. For components that comprise several individual components (e. TM31. 1-104 © Siemens AG 2003 . If value = 1: All components of the drive object must be available for error-free operation. index: - Func. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. 01/2013. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: r0106 Notice: The following applies when activating: De-activate drive object Activate drive object If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated. CU_S120_DP. CU_S_AC_PN. CU_S120_PN. If value = 0: All components of the drive object were completely commissioned and are deactivated using this value. then the drive system is automatically booted. To do this. Dependency: Refer to: r0106 Warning: A drive that is moved by simulating the inputs of a Terminal Module is brought to a standstill while this parameter is being changed over. index: - Func. 2: When a drive object is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors.

: After inserting all of the components of a drive object. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-105 . This means that the components are marked to be bypassed in the DRIVE-CLiQ line. Notice: The following applies when activating: If components are inserted for the first time and the appropriate drive object is activated. index: - Func. This means that the components are marked to be bypassed in the DRIVE-CLiQ line. p0976 = 2. Value: 0: 1: 2: Recommend. Note: Re value = 0. For components that comprise several individual components (e. the pulses of all of the drive objects must be suppressed. it is not permissible to set just one subset to this value. They can be removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error. For components that comprise several individual components (e. 2: When a drive object is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors. before activating. a warm restart (p0009 = 30. it is not permissible to set just one subset to this value. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a drive object. the following applies: After reactivating. If value = 2: Components of a drive object in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from the very start.g.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). When activating drive objects with the safety functions enabled. Dependency: Refer to: r0106 De-activate drive object Activate drive object Drive object de-activate and not present Refer to: A01314. TM54F_SL Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. If value = 1: All components of the drive object must be available for error-free operation.Parameters List of parameters If value = 2: Components of a drive object in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from the very start. 01/2013.g. A01316 Caution: TM54F can only be de-activated if all of the drives assigned to it via P10010 have been de-activated or safety on the assigned drives has not be enabled. If value = 0: All components of the drive object were completely commissioned and are deactivated using this value. To do this. 3) or POWER ON should be carried out. then the drive system is automatically booted. © Siemens AG 2003 . p0105 Activate/de-activate drive object / DO act/deact TM54F_MA. first wait for Alarm A01316. Double Motor Modules). Double Motor Modules).

TM31. TM54F_SL.Parameters List of parameters r0106 Drive object active/inactive / DO act/inact A_INF. SERVO. TM15DI_DO. VECTOR. TM120. B_INF. S_INF. VECTOR. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 6: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 1-106 SINAMICS S SINAMICS G SINAMICS I SINAMICS NX/CX32 SINAMICS DC SINAMICS S110 ACTIVE INFEED CONTROL SERVO VECTOR VECTORMV VECTORGL VECTOR3P VECTORSL DC_CTRL © Siemens AG 2003 . TM15DI_DO. TM150. CU_S150_DP. CU_S120_DP. SERVO_I_AC. 01/2013. TB30. TM31. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: p0105 r0107 Drive object type / DO type A_INF. TM17. HUB. VECTOR_AC. ENC. SERVO_AC. CU_S120_PN. CU_NX_CX. TM54F_MA. index: - Func. TM15. index: - Func. TM17. CU_LINK. CU_S_AC_PN. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting - Description: Displays the "active/inactive" state of a drive object. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 600 Factory setting - Description: Displays the type of each drive object. TB30. CU_S150_PN. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_AC. CU_I_D410. TM150. B_INF. CU_I.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). ENC. VECTOR_I_AC Drive object inactive Drive object active Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. CU_LINK. TM41. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . HUB. CU_S_AC_DP. SERVO_AC. TM120. S_INF. SERVO. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. TM15. TM41.

Master (Terminal Module) TM54F . CU_I_D410.Parameters List of parameters 18: 19: 20: 30: 35: 40: 41: 42: 51: 52: 53: 54: 55: 56: 70: 100: 102: 150: 200: 201: 202: 203: 204: 205: 206: 207: 208: 254: 300: 600: VECTORM2C VECTORDM SMART INFEED CONTROL BASIC INFEED CONTROL BRAKE MODULE M2C ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLMV BASIC INFEED CONTROLMV ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLM2C SINAMICS G120 230 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector) SINAMICSG120 240_2 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector) SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_V (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Vector) SINAMICSG120 G120D(SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector) SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_S (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Servo) SINAMICSG110M (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector) HLA TB30 (Terminal Board) SINAMICS MV DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module TM31 (Terminal Module) TM41 (Terminal Module) TM17 High Feature (Terminal Module) TM15 (Terminal Module) TM15 (Terminal Module for SINAMICS) TM54F . CU_S120_DP. CU_S150_PN Can be changed: C1(2) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 6: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 20: SINAMICS S SINAMICS G SINAMICS I SINAMICS NX/CX32 SINAMICS DC SINAMICS S110 ACTIVE INFEED CONTROL SERVO VECTOR VECTORMV VECTORGL VECTOR3P VECTORSL DC_CTRL VECTORM2C VECTORDM SMART INFEED CONTROL © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 600 Factory setting 0 Description: The type of an existing drive object is entered into each index. index: - Func.. CU_S150_DP. r0103 p0107[0.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-107 . CU_S_AC_DP. CU_NX_CX.. 01/2013.Slave (Terminal Module) TM120 (Terminal Module) TM150 (Terminal Module) CU-LINK ENCODER SINAMICS V60-G2 V80-G2 Dependency: Refer to: p0103.23] Drive object type / DO type CU_I. CU_S_AC_PN. CU_S120_PN.

6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 01/2013.Parameters List of parameters 30: 35: 40: 41: 42: 51: 52: 53: 54: 55: 56: 70: 100: 102: 150: 200: 201: 202: 203: 204: 205: 206: 207: 208: 254: 300: 600: BASIC INFEED CONTROL BRAKE MODULE M2C ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLMV BASIC INFEED CONTROLMV ACTIVE INFEED CONTROLM2C SINAMICS G120 230 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector) SINAMICSG120 240_2 (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector) SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_V (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Vector) SINAMICSG120 G120D(SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector) SINAMICS_G120_CU250S_S (SingleDO Drive combines Device+Servo) SINAMICSG110M (SingleDO-Drive which combines Device+Vector) HLA TB30 (Terminal Board) SINAMICS MV DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module TM31 (Terminal Module) TM41 (Terminal Module) TM17 High Feature (Terminal Module) TM15 (Terminal Module) TM15 (Terminal Module for SINAMICS) TM54F . r0103 Caution: If you change this parameter and exit the device commissioning mode. then the complete software will be set up again and all of the previous drive parameter settings are deleted. For SINAMICS S a drive object type can only be changed between SERVO and VECTOR. If you change the parameter and exit drive start-up (p0009 from 2 to 0) the drive parameters are set up again.Slave (Terminal Module) TM120 (Terminal Module) TM150 (Terminal Module) CU-LINK ENCODER SINAMICS V60-G2 V80-G2 Index: [0] = Drive object type Control Unit [1] = Drive object type object 1 [2] = Drive object type object 2 [3] = Drive object type object 3 [4] = Drive object type object 4 [5] = Drive object type object 5 [6] = Drive object type object 6 [7] = Drive object type object 7 [8] = Drive object type object 8 [9] = Drive object type object 9 [10] = Drive object type object 10 [11] = Drive object type object 11 [12] = Drive object type object 12 [13] = Drive object type object 13 [14] = Drive object type object 14 [15] = Drive object type object 15 [16] = Drive object type object 16 [17] = Drive object type object 17 [18] = Drive object type object 18 [19] = Drive object type object 19 [20] = Drive object type object 20 [21] = Drive object type object 21 [22] = Drive object type object 22 [23] = Drive object type object 23 Dependency: Refer to: p0103.Master (Terminal Module) TM54F .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 1-108 © Siemens AG 2003 . Note: The number (p0101) and the associated drive object type are in the same index.

diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 0 signal Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated FP - 1-109 . Bit field: Bit 15 18 26 28 31 Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning. 01/2013. index: - Func. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. grid support Line droop control / Line droop ctrl Parallel connection / Parallel Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Master/Slave / Master/Slave Braking Module external / Brk Mod ext Cooling unit / Cool_unit PROFINET / PROFINET 1 signal Activated 0 signal Not activated FP - Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated - Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning. r0108 Drive objects function module / DO function module B_INF. Bit field: Bit 03 04 07 12 15 18 19 26 28 31 Signal name Supplementary closed-loop controls / Suppl ctrl Line transformer / Line transf Dynamic grid support / Dyn. Signal name Parallel connection / Parallel Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Braking Module external / Brk Mod ext Cooling unit / Cool_unit PROFINET / PROFINET 1 signal Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated © Siemens AG 2003 .Parameters List of parameters r0108 Drive objects function module / DO function module A_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.

Index: [0] = Function module Control Unit [1] = Function module object 1 [2] = Function module object 2 [3] = Function module object 3 [4] = Function module object 4 [5] = Function module object 5 [6] = Function module object 6 [7] = Function module object 7 [8] = Function module object 8 [9] = Function module object 9 [10] = Function module object 10 [11] = Function module object 11 [12] = Function module object 12 [13] = Function module object 13 [14] = Function module object 14 [15] = Function module object 15 [16] = Function module object 16 [17] = Function module object 17 [18] = Function module object 18 [19] = Function module object 19 [20] = Function module object 20 [21] = Function module object 21 [22] = Function module object 22 [23] = Function module object 23 Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 1-110 Signal name Bit 0 Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10 Bit 11 Bit 12 Bit 13 Bit 14 1 signal ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 0 signal OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF FP - © Siemens AG 2003 . the significance of the bits should be taken from the display parameters r0108 of the drive object.. CU_I_D410.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). CU_S120_PN.Parameters List of parameters p0108[0. p0107). CU_S150_DP. CU_S_AC_DP. CU_S120_DP. The following bits are available for the Control Unit (Index 0): Bit 18: Free function blocks Bit 29: CAN Bit 30: COMM BOARD Bit 31: PROFINET For all other drive objects (Index > 0). CU_S150_PN Can be changed: C1(2) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.23] Drive objects function module / DO function module CU_I. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: The function module of an existing drive object is entered into each index (see p0101. 01/2013. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . CU_NX_CX.. index: - Func. CU_S_AC_PN.

index: - Func. Bit field: Bit 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 Signal name Extended closed-loop torque control / Ext M_ctrl Closed-loop speed/torque control / n/M Cl-loop pos ctrl / Pos ctrl Basic positioner / EPOS DSC with spline / DSC spline Advanced Positioning Control (APC) / APC Extended setpoint channel / Ext setp Extended Stopping and Retraction / ESR Moment of inertia estimator / J_estimator Spindle diagnostics / Spin_diag Linear motor / Lin Safety rotary axis / Safety rot Extended brake control / Extended brake Technology controller / Tech_ctrl Extended messages/monitoring / Ext msg 0 signal Not activated Not activated Not activated FP - 1 signal Activated 0 signal Not activated FP - Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated - © Siemens AG 2003 . r0108 Drive objects function module / DO function module ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Signal name Linear encoder / Lin_enc Free function blocks / FBLOCKS PROFINET / PROFINET 1 signal Activated Activated Activated Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object. index: - Func. Bit field: Bit 12 18 31 Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning.Parameters List of parameters 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Bit 15 Bit 16 Bit 17 Bit 18 Bit 19 Bit 20 Bit 21 Bit 22 Bit 23 Bit 24 Bit 25 Bit 26 Bit 27 Bit 28 Bit 29 Bit 30 Bit 31 ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF - Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0108 Drive objects function module / DO function module SERVO Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-111 . 01/2013.

2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).Parameters List of parameters 18 21 22 23 28 29 31 Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Extended current setpoint filter / Ext I_setp_filt Cogging torque compensation / Cog_M_comp Digital inputs/outputs / Dig IO Cooling unit / Cool_unit CAN / CAN PROFINET / PROFINET Activated Activated Not activated Not activated - Activated Not activated - Activated Activated Activated Activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated - Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning. 01/2013. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . r0108 Drive objects function module / DO function module SERVO_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object. Bit field: Bit 01 02 06 1-112 Signal name Extended closed-loop torque control / Ext M_ctrl Closed-loop speed/torque control / n/M DSC with spline / DSC spline 1 signal Activated 0 signal Not activated FP - Activated Activated Not activated Not activated - © Siemens AG 2003 . r0108 Drive objects function module / DO function module SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. index: - Func. Bit field: Bit 01 02 03 04 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 21 22 28 31 Signal name Extended closed-loop torque control / Ext M_ctrl Closed-loop speed/torque control / n/M Cl-loop pos ctrl / Pos ctrl Basic positioner / EPOS DSC with spline / DSC spline Advanced Positioning Control (APC) / APC Extended setpoint channel / Ext setp Extended Stopping and Retraction / ESR Moment of inertia estimator / J_estimator Spindle diagnostics / Spin_diag Linear motor / Lin Safety rotary axis / Safety rot Extended brake control / Extended brake Technology controller / Tech_ctrl Extended messages/monitoring / Ext msg Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Extended current setpoint filter / Ext I_setp_filt Cogging torque compensation / Cog_M_comp Cooling unit / Cool_unit PROFINET / PROFINET 1 signal Activated 0 signal Not activated FP - Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated - Activated Not activated - Activated Activated Not activated Not activated - Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning.

index: - Func. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 0 signal Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated FP - 1-113 . TM41 P-Group: Closed-loop control Calculated: - Access level: 2 Dyn. Bit field: Bit 18 31 Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning. TM120. index: - Func. 01/2013. Bit field: Bit 02 03 04 08 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 24 26 28 29 31 Signal name Closed-loop speed/torque control / n/M Cl-loop pos ctrl / Pos ctrl Basic positioner / EPOS Extended setpoint channel / Ext setp Safety rotary axis / Safety rot Extended brake control / Extended brake Parallel connection / Parallel Technology controller / Tech_ctrl Extended messages/monitoring / Ext msg Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Software gating unit / SW_gating unit PM330 / PM330 F3E power unit / F3E Cooling unit / Cool_unit CAN / CAN PROFINET / PROFINET 1 signal Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated © Siemens AG 2003 . Data type: Unsigned32 TM31. diagram: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object. r0108 Drive objects function module / DO function module Can be changed: TB30.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). TM150. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object. TM15DI_DO.Parameters List of parameters 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 16 17 18 21 22 28 31 Advanced Positioning Control (APC) / APC Extended setpoint channel / Ext setp Extended Stopping and Retraction / ESR Moment of inertia estimator / J_estimator Spindle diagnostics / Spin_diag Linear motor / Lin Safety rotary axis / Safety rot Extended brake control / Extended brake Technology controller / Tech_ctrl Extended messages/monitoring / Ext msg Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Extended current setpoint filter / Ext I_setp_filt Cogging torque compensation / Cog_M_comp Cooling unit / Cool_unit PROFINET / PROFINET Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated - Activated Not activated - Activated Activated Not activated Not activated - Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning. r0108 Drive objects function module / DO function module VECTOR Signal name Free function blocks / FBLOCKS PROFINET / PROFINET 1 signal Activated Activated 0 signal Not activated Not activated FP - Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.

r0108 Drive objects function module / DO function module VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. Bit field: Bit 02 03 04 08 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 24 26 28 31 Note: Signal name Closed-loop speed/torque control / n/M Cl-loop pos ctrl / Pos ctrl Basic positioner / EPOS Extended setpoint channel / Ext setp Safety rotary axis / Safety rot Extended brake control / Extended brake Parallel connection / Parallel Technology controller / Tech_ctrl Extended messages/monitoring / Ext msg Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Software gating unit / SW_gating unit PM330 / PM330 F3E power unit / F3E Cooling unit / Cool_unit PROFINET / PROFINET 1 signal Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated 0 signal Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated FP - A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning.Parameters List of parameters Note: A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Bit 26: Type PM250 power units with F3E energy recovery are only supported for S120 CRANES.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Bit 20: Software gating unit (only automatically set when power units are connected in parallel). Bit 28: Power units with liquid cooling. Bit 24: Type PM330 power units are presently not supported. The following bits are only automatically set. 01/2013. Bit 20: Software gating unit (only automatically set when power units are connected in parallel). Bit 26: Type PM250 power units with F3E energy recovery are only supported for S120 CRANES. if the power units are detected with the appropriate properties. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object. if the power units are detected with the appropriate properties. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the activated function module for the particular drive object. index: - Func. index: - Func. Bit 28: Power units with liquid cooling. r0108 Drive objects function module / DO function module VECTOR_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. Bit 16: Parallel connection of the same power units (only automatically set for G150/G130). Bit field: Bit 02 08 13 14 15 16 17 1-114 Signal name Closed-loop speed/torque control / n/M Extended setpoint channel / Ext setp Safety rotary axis / Safety rot Extended brake control / Extended brake Parallel connection / Parallel Technology controller / Tech_ctrl Extended messages/monitoring / Ext msg 1 signal Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated 0 signal Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated FP - © Siemens AG 2003 . The following bits are only automatically set. Bit 24: Type PM330 power units are presently not supported. Bit 16: Parallel connection of the same power units (only automatically set for G150/G130).

S_INF. index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. VECTOR. Bit 28: Power units with liquid cooling. r0110[0. The following bits are only automatically set. CU_I_D410. Bit 24: Type PM330 power units are presently not supported. index: - Func. Dependency: Refer to: r0110 © Siemens AG 2003 . HUB.00 [µs] Factory setting . SERVO_I_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-115 . CU_S150_PN. CU_S120_DP. 01/2013. The values for the basic sampling times are determined as a result of these settings. CU_NX_CX.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). CU_S_AC_DP. CU_I_D410. Bit 26: Type PM250 power units with F3E energy recovery are only supported for S120 CRANES. VECTOR_AC. CU_S150_PN Description: Basic sampling times / t_basis Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. CU_S120_PN. CU_S150_DP. The sampling times are set using p0112 and p0115. Bit 16: Parallel connection of the same power units (only automatically set for G150/G130).[µs] Displays the basic sampling times. B_INF. CU_S_AC_PN. Bit 20: Software gating unit (only automatically set when power units are connected in parallel). CU_S150_DP. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting - Description: Displays the selected basic sampling time for this drive object. CU_S120_PN..00 [µs] Max 10000. Index: [0] = Basic sampling time 0 [1] = Basic sampling time 1 [2] = Basic sampling time 2 r0111 Basic sampling time selection / t_basis sel A_INF. CU_NX_CX.. CU_S_AC_PN. CU_LINK. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. CU_I. CU_S120_DP. SERVO. SERVO_AC.Parameters List of parameters 18 20 24 26 28 31 Note: Free function blocks / FBLOCKS Software gating unit / SW_gating unit PM330 / PM330 F3E power unit / F3E Cooling unit / Cool_unit PROFINET / PROFINET Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated Not activated - A "function module" is a functional expansion of a drive object that can be activated when commissioning.2] CU_I. if the power units are detected with the appropriate properties. CU_S_AC_DP.

diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 5 Factory setting 3 Pre-assignment of the sampling times in p0115.5 / 1000 / 1000 / 2000 / 1000 µs p0112 = 5: 31. Basic Infeed. B_INF.0 kHz) p0112 = 3: 250 / . SERVO_I_AC.5 kHz) p0112 = 2: 250 / .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting - Description: Displays the selected basic sampling time for this drive object. servo drive: p0112 = 1: 250 / 250 / 250 / 4000 / 2000 / 8000 / 4000 µs (for chassis units) p0112 = 2: 125 / 250 / 250 / 4000 / 2000 / 8000 / 4000 µs p0112 = 3: 125 / 125 / 125 / 4000 / 1000 / 4000 / 4000 µs p0112 = 4: 62./ 2000 µs p0112 = 4: 125 / ./ . S_INF. TM15. TM15DI_DO./ . Active Infeed (p0112 = 1 not for p0092 = 1): p0112 = 1: 400 / .25 / 1000 / 1000 / 2000 / 1000 µs SINAMICS S.5 / 62./ 2000 µs p0112 = 4: 250 / .5 / 62./ 2000 µs (pre-setting for the rated pulse frequency = 4. SERVO_AC./ ./ .25 / 31. 01/2013./ 1600 µs (pre-setting for the rated pulse frequency = 2./ ./ . Basic Infeed.Parameters List of parameters r0111 Basic sampling time selection / t_basis sel Can be changed: TB30. Dependency: Refer to: r0110 Note: For TB30 and the Terminal Module. TM17. index: - Func. booksize: p0112 = 4: 250 / ./ 2000 µs (pre-setting for the rated pulse frequency = 4. the sampling times can be set using p4099 (see description of p4099 for the Module in question). VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. TM41 P-Group: Closed-loop control Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn./ 2000 µs (pre-setting) p0112 = 3: 2000 / ./ . p0112 Sampling times pre-setting p0115 / t_sample for p0115 A_INF.0 kHz) p0112 = 3: 125 / . VECTOR. Smart Infeed (p0112 = 1 not for p0092 = 1): p0112 = 1: 400 / ./ 2000 µs p0112 = 4: Not possible p0112 = 5: Not possible 1-116 © Siemens AG 2003 ./ 1600 µs (pre-setting for the rated pulse frequency = 2./ . For TB30 and certain Terminal Modules./ .5 kHz) p0112 = 2: 250 / ./ . SERVO./ . Data type: Integer16 TM31. chassis: p0112 = 1: 2000 / ./ 1000 µs p0112 = 5: Not possible SINAMICS S./ ./ 2000 µs p0112 = 2: 2000 / ./ 500 µs SINAMICS S. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .25 / 31./ 1000 µs p0112 = 5: 125 / ./ ./ 2000 µs SINAMICS S. The clock cycles for the current controller / speed controller / flux controller / setpoint channel / position controller / positioning / technology controller are pre-assigned as follows: SINAMICS S. VECTOR_AC. this parameter has no significance.

r0114. Refer to: p0092 Note: For p0112 = 0 (expert) the individual sampling times in p0115 can be adjusted. index: - Func.0 kHz) SINAMICS S.0 kHz. 01/2013.000 [kHz] Factory setting 4. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 2. the current controller sampling time can only be permanently changed for p0112 = 0. Dependency: The parameter can only be changed with p0112 = 0 (expert). for a servo drive. Refer to: p0112. vector drive: p0112 = 4: 250 / 500 / 1000 / 500 / 1000 / 2000 / 2000 µs p0112 = 5: 250 / 250 / 1000 / 500 / 1000 / 2000 / 1000 µs Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: Expert xLow Low Standard High xHigh Recommend. 4. p0115.5 kHz) p0112 = 2: 250 / 1000 / 2000 / 1000 / 2000 / 4000 / 4000 µs p0112 = 3: 250 / 1000 / 1000 / 1000 / 2000 / 4000 / 4000 µs (for rated pulse frequency = 2.25.000 [kHz] Max 4. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-117 . p0113 Minimum pulse frequency. selection / f_puls min sel SERVO. The required pulse frequency can be set in p1800 after commissioning (p0009 = p0010 = 0). index: - Func. is set in a grid of 1. only the values 2. Dependency: It is prohibited to select a parameter value from p0112 if the associated current controller clock cycle cannot set (e. p0112 = 1 is not possible for a vector drive and PM340 power unit). vector drive (p0112 = 1 not for p0092 = 1 and not for PM340): p0112 = 1: 400 / 1600 / 1600 / 1600 / 3200 / 3200 / 3200 µs (for rated pulse frequency = 1. Dependency: The parameter can only be changed with p0112 = 0 (expert). p0115[0] = 250 µs is set. p112 = 5 is set. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. r0114. If. p0115[0] = 125 µs is set. p1800 Note: The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]) is set to the inverse value of twice the minimum pulse frequency. For p0113 = 2. then we recommend that after exiting commissioning (p0009 = 0) the controller settings are re-calculated using p0340 = 4. For isochronous operation (p0092 = 1) the parameter can only be set so that a current controller clock cycle of 125 µs is obtained as an integer number.0 kHz. The setting p0112 = 1 cannot be set for a vector drive with power unit type PM340 (refer to r0203). For D410-2 and vector drive.000 [kHz] Max 4.0 kHz can be set.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]). calculated from the pulse frequency. p0115.0. For a power unit type PM340 (refer to r0203). p1800 © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_AC.000 [kHz] Description: The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]) is pre-assigned by selecting the minimum pulse frequency. For isochronous operation (p0092 = 1) the parameter can only be set so that a current controller clock cycle of 125 µs is obtained as an integer number. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 4.25 µs.000 [kHz] Factory setting 4. selection / f_puls min sel SERVO (Dig IO) Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.g.0 and 4.000 [kHz] Description: The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]) is pre-assigned by selecting the minimum pulse frequency. The required pulse frequency can be set in p1800 after commissioning (p0009 = p0010 = 0).: When changing the sampling times of the current and speed controllers (also refer to p0115). for p0113 = 4. 2. then the pulse frequency p1800 is preassigned 8 kHz. p0113 Minimum pulse frequency. Refer to: p0112.Parameters List of parameters SINAMICS S/G.

possible pulse frequency [6] = 6. possible pulse frequency [4] = 4. VECTOR_AC. these can be entered into p1800. the pulse frequencies calculated from the sampling time p115[0] are displayed in indices 1 to 9.0 kHz. p0113 Minimum pulse frequency. For p0113 = 1. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Minimum pulse frequency recommended / f_puls min recom Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. For isochronous operation (p0092 = 1) the parameter can only be set so that a current controller clock cycle of 125 µs is obtained as an integer number. the minimum pulse frequency p1800 is limited to 2 kHz. SERVO_I_AC. for p0113 = 2.0 and 4.. For a power unit type PM340 (refer to r0203).0 kHz can be set. The maximum pulse frequency of the power units was already taken into account in r0114.. in this case. p0115[0] = 250 µs is set.g. Refer to: p0112. possible pulse frequency Dependency: Refer to: p0113 Note: After exiting commissioning (p0009 = p0010 = 0). p0115[0] = 125 µs is set. p0115[0] = 250 µs is set. index: - Func. possible pulse frequency [8] = 8. The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]). For p0113 = 2. is set in a grid of 1.000 [kHz] Description: The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]) is pre-assigned by selecting the minimum pulse frequency. Dependency: The parameter can only be changed with p0112 = 0 (expert). for p0113 = 4.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).0 kHz can be set in order to achieve a current controller clock cycle of 500µs.0 and 2. 1-118 © Siemens AG 2003 . If the system rejects a change to p0113 because the value to be used lies outside the permitted value range. r0114[0. p0115[0] = 500 µs is set.9] SERVO.[kHz] Max . due to having selected an output filter).000 [kHz] Max 4. The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]). selection / f_puls min sel VECTOR. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1. VECTOR. 01/2013.0 kHz. calculated from the pulse frequency. index: - Func. 1.[kHz] Factory setting . A value of 0 kHz does not define a recommended pulse frequency. only the values 2.25 µs. If additional restrictions do not apply (e. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . only the values 1.000 [kHz] Factory setting 2. possible pulse frequency [5] = 5. is set in a grid of 1.0 kHz. r0114.[kHz] Displays the recommended values (indices 0 and 1) for the minimum pulse frequency (p0113). then instead the recommended value from r0114 can be used. possible pulse frequency [7] = 7. Index: [0] = If only the actual drive is changed [1] = If all drives connected to the DRIVE-CLiQ line are changed [2] = 2. The required pulse frequency can be set in p1800 after commissioning (p0009 = p0010 = 0). possible pulse frequency [3] = 3.25 µs. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p1800 Note: The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]) is set to the inverse value of twice the minimum pulse frequency. VECTOR_AC. possible pulse frequency [9] = 9. p0115. However. For a power unit type PM340 (refer to r0203).0 kHz can be set.Parameters List of parameters Note: The current controller sampling time (p0115[0]) is set to the inverse value of twice the minimum pulse frequency. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . calculated from the pulse frequency.0 kHz.

: When changing the sampling times of the current and speed controllers (also refer to p0115). then we recommend that after exiting commissioning (p0009 = 0) the controller settings are re-calculated using p0340 = 4. For ALM/SLM the maximum current controller clock cycle is 400 µs.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Upper limit is 8 ms.g.00 [µs] [2] 125. B_INF. The sampling times for setpoint channel (p0115[3]). index: - Func. 01/2013. positioning (p0115[5]) and technology controller (p0115[6]) must have at least 2x the value of the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]).00 [µs] Factory setting [0] 125. p0115[1] = N * p0115[0].00 [µs] [6] 4000. Slower time slices are only taken if the calculated sampling time is also permitted. For servo drives.. position controller (p0115[4]). the maximum sampling time of the current controller is 250 µs and for vector drives. technology controller). diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. For BLM chassis. only current controller sampling times of 62. 250 µs and 500 µs can be set. only the current controller sampling time of 250 µs is permitted. the DC link voltage measurement operates in the current controller sampling time.00 [µs] [5] 4000. S_INF. positioning (p0115[5]) and technology controller (p0115[6]) are always greater than or equal to twice the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]). r0111. SERVO_AC. the parameters values are pre-assigned. For BLM booksize. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. where N is an integer number). For the Active Line Module (ALM) and Smart Line Module (SLM). the current and DC link voltage controllers operate with the same sampling time. SERVO.6] Sampling times for internal control loops / t_sample int ctrl A_INF. The sampling time of the speed controller (p0115[1]) can have as a maximum a value of 800% of the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]).Parameters List of parameters p0115[0. Refer to: r0110. Recommend.. Index: [0] = Current controller [1] = Speed controller [2] = Flux controller [3] = Setpoint channel [4] = Pos controller [5] = Positioning [6] = Technology controller Dependency: The sampling times can only be separately set if p0112 is 0 (expert).g. For power unit type PM340 (r0203). © Siemens AG 2003 . The default setting is made using p0112 and can only be individually changed for p0112 = 0 (expert).00 [µs] Max 16000. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-119 .00 [µs] [3] 4000. then all of the sampling times with higher indices are automatically changed in the same ratio as the sampling time itself was changed. p0112 Note: For function modules that can be activated (e.00 [µs] [1] 125. If a sampling time is modified in the expert mode. only the current controller sampling time of 2000 µs is permitted. For the Basic Line Module (BLM). 125 µs. The maximum current controller clock cycle for servo drives and the minimum current controller clock cycle for vector drives is 250 µs. position controller (p0115[4]).5 µs. 500 µs.00 [µs] [4] 1000.00 [µs] Description: Sets the sampling times for the control loops. If sampling times in p0115 are individually changed for p0112 = 0 (expert) then it must always be observed that the selected sampling times of the setpoint channel (p0115[3]). Higher-level controls must be calculated in integral ratios to lower-level controls (e.

Index: [0] = Current controller [1] = Velocity controller [2] = Flux controller [3] = Setpoint channel [4] = Pos controller [5] = Positioning [6] = Technology controller Dependency: The sampling times can only be separately set if p0112 is 0 (expert)..00 [µs] Factory setting [0] 125. CU_S_AC_DP.00 [µs] [1] 125. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.6] Sampling times for internal control loops / t_sample int ctrl SERVO (Lin). CU_S120_PN.00 [µs] Factory setting 4000. then all of the sampling times with higher indices are automatically changed in the same ratio as the sampling time itself was changed.00 [µs] Description: Sets the sampling times for speed detection.00 [µs] [6] 4000. index: - Func. Upper limit is 8 ms. Only setting values that are an integer multiple of 125 µs are permissible. If a sampling time is modified in the expert mode. Index: [0] = Basic sampl. SERVO_AC (Lin). diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.. Index: [0] = Basic sampl. CU_S150_DP.00 [µs] Max 16000.00 [µs] Sets the basic sampling time for supplementary functions (DCC. 01/2013.00 [µs] [4] 1000. CU_S_AC_PN. index: - Func. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .00 [µs] [2] 125. free function blocks) on this object. 1-120 © Siemens AG 2003 . Recommend. Slower time slices are only taken if the calculated sampling time is also permitted.00 [µs] Factory setting 125. index: - Func.00 [µs] [3] 4000. time p0115[0. time p0115[0] Sampling time for speed detection / t_sample n_det ENC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.00 [µs] Max 500.Parameters List of parameters p0115[0] CU_I.00 [µs] Description: Sets the sampling times for the control loops. CU_NX_CX. The default setting is made using p0112 and can only be individually changed for p0112 = 0 (expert). CU_S150_PN Description: Sampling time for supplementary functions / t_samp suppl_fct Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.: When changing the sampling times of the current and velocity controllers (p0115). CU_S120_DP.00 [µs] [5] 4000. then we recommend that after exiting commissioning (p0009 = 0) the controller settings are re-calculated using p0340 = 4. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).00 [µs] Max 16000. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 125. CU_I_D410.

Index: [0] = Basic sampl. Index: [0] = Basic sampl.00 [µs] Sets the sampling times for supplementary functions (DCC. time © Siemens AG 2003 .00 [µs] Max 16000.00 [µs] Factory setting 4000. Only setting values that are an integer multiple of 125 µs are permissible.g. time p0115[0] Sampling time for supplementary functions / t_samp suppl_fct TM41 Description: Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. For servo drives. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. 125 µs. where N is an integer number). For the Active Line Module (ALM) and Smart Line Module (SLM). For ALM/SLM the maximum current controller clock cycle is 400 µs. 250 µs and 500 µs can be set. technology controller). For BLM booksize. only current controller sampling times of 62. the current and DC link voltage controllers operate with the same sampling time. Only setting values that are an integer multiple of 125 µs are permissible. p0115[0] TM120 Description: Sampling time for supplementary functions / t_samp suppl_fct Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Only setting values that are an integer multiple of 125 µs are permissible. index: - Func. The sampling time of the velocity controller (p0115[1]) can have as a maximum a value of 800% of the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]). The sampling times for inputs/outputs must be set in p4099. free function blocks) on this object. time Note: This parameter only applies to set the sampling times of possible supplementary functions. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-121 . For the Basic Line Module (BLM). Index: [0] = Basic sampl. 500 µs.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). For BLM chassis.00 [µs] Sets the sampling times for supplementary functions (DCC. positioning (p0115[5]) and technology controller (p0115[6]) are always greater than or equal to twice the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]). index: - Func.00 [µs] Factory setting 4000.g. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. the DC link voltage measurement operates in the current controller sampling time. only the current controller sampling time of 2000 µs is permitted. p0115[0] Sampling time for supplementary functions / t_samp suppl_fct TB30. free function blocks) on this object. If sampling times in p0115 are individually changed for p0112 = 0 (expert) then it must always be observed that the selected sampling times of the setpoint channel (p0115[3]). r0111.00 [µs] Max 16000. The maximum current controller clock cycle for servo drives and the minimum current controller clock cycle for vector drives is 250 µs. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.00 [µs] Max 16000. p0115[1] = N * p0115[0]. the maximum sampling time of the current controller is 250 µs and for vector drives. the parameters values are pre-assigned. only the current controller sampling time of 250 µs is permitted. p0112 Note: For function modules that can be activated (e. 01/2013.00 [µs] Factory setting 4000.Parameters List of parameters Higher-level controls must be calculated in integral ratios to lower-level controls (e. TM31 Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.5 µs. For power unit type PM340 (r0203). TM150.00 [µs] Description: Sets the sampling times for supplementary functions (DCC. index: - Func. TM15DI_DO. free function blocks) on this object. position controller (p0115[4]). Refer to: r0110.

g. p0115[1] = N * p0115[0]. VECTOR_AC. then all of the sampling times with higher indices are automatically changed in the same ratio as the sampling time itself was changed. the parameters values are pre-assigned.00 [µs] Factory setting [0] 250.: When changing the sampling times of the current and speed controllers (also refer to p0115).00 [µs] [5] 4000. For chassis power units connected in parallel. r0111. For power unit type PM340 (r0203).00 [µs] [3] 1000.00 [µs] Description: Sets the sampling times for the control loops. Upper limit is 8 ms.00 [µs] [4] 2000. the sampling times are preset differently. The default setting is made using p0112 and can only be individually changed for p0112 = 0 (expert). Higher-level controls must be calculated in integral ratios to lower-level controls (e. to 250 µs). the current controller sampling time is not an integral multiple of 125 µs or if p0112 is set > 1. The sampling times for setpoint channel (p0115[3]).. then we recommend that after exiting commissioning (p0009 = 0) the controller settings are re-calculated using p0340 = 4.00 [µs] Max 16000. in order to avoid a thermal overload of the power unit as a result of high pulse frequencies (p1800). 01/2013. If a sampling time is modified in the expert mode. the check with p0112 = 0 (= expert) can be deactivated. p0112 Note: For function modules that can be activated (e. The sampling times for inputs/outputs or encoder emulation must be set in p4099. The minimum speed controller clock cycle for SINAMICS G is 1 ms. Refer to: r0110.00 [µs] [2] 1000. index: - Func. then it is recommended that the motor data identification (standstill measurement) is executed beforehand. it is recommended to use values that are an integer multiple of 6. 1-122 © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Slower time slices are only taken if the calculated sampling time is also permitted. p4099) should be set to an integer multiple of the current controller sampling time. position controller (p0115[4]). The sampling times of analog or digital inputs/outputs (see p0799. Recommend. Current controller clock cycles less than 250 µs are restricted by the number of drives or by the number of power units connected in parallel (also see F01340). technology controller). When adjusting the current controller sampling time.Parameters List of parameters Note: This parameter only applies to set the sampling times of possible supplementary functions. The sampling time of the speed controller (p0115[1]) can have as a maximum a value of 800% of the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]). Index: [0] = Current controller [1] = Speed controller [2] = Flux controller [3] = Setpoint channel [4] = Pos controller [5] = Positioning [6] = Technology controller Dependency: Depending on the number and type of vector drives.00 [µs] [6] 4000. and when necessary changed.g. < 250 µs).25 µs. the maximum current controller clock cycle is 500 µs. positioning (p0115[5]) and technology controller (p0115[6]) must have at least 2x the value of the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]). p0115[0. For D410-2. where N is an integer number). The minimum current controller clock cycle is otherwise 125 µs (SINAMICS G: 250 µs). only current controller sampling times of 250 µs or 500 µs can be set. If the current controller sampling time is to be reduced with respect to the default setting (e. The sampling times can only be separately set if p0112 is 0 (expert).00 [µs] [1] 1000.g.g. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. For p0092 = 0. it is recommended to connect the DRIVE-CLiQ cables (partially) in parallel between the Control Unit and the individual Motor Modules. if..6] Sampling times for internal control loops / t_sample int ctrl VECTOR. The sampling time of the current controller p0115[0] and pulse frequency p1800 are checked at each parameter download.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). for p0092 = 1. the current controller sampling times can only be permanently changed with p0112 = 0 (e. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .

r00116[0] = recommended sampling time: Recommended value which would then make the complete system operational. SERVO. Re p0117 = 0: The times when the setpoints become effective for the individual controls is automatically and individually determined. r00116[1] = recommended sampling time: Recommended value. CU_S_AC_PN. CU_S_AC_DP. late transfer 4-6: As for 0-2. minimum computing dead time of each drive. CU_S120_DP. Index: [0] = Change only for the actual drive object [1] = Changing all objects on the DRIVE-CLiQ line Dependency: Refer to: p0115 p0117 Current controller computing dead time mode / I_ctrl t_dead mode CU_I. VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[µs] Description: Displays the recommended sampling time for the drive objects. CU_NX_CX. SERVO_AC. CU_I_D410. Current is impressed for the individual controls without any offset with respect to time (improved EMC compatibility). CU_S150_PN. automatic setting 1: Clocking at the same time. would result in an operational system.1] Drive object clock cycle recommended / DO_clock recom A_INF. CU_S150_DP. index: - Func.. CU_I. however. TM41. CU_S120_PN. TM17.[µs] Max .[µs] Factory setting . SERVO_I_AC. CU_S120_PN. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 6 Factory setting 6 Sets the mode for the computing dead time of the current controller. CU_S120_DP. VECTOR_AC. CU_S150_PN Description: Can be changed: U. CU_I_D410.. which after changing other clock cycles on the DRIVE-CLiQ line. CU_NX_CX. CU_S150_DP. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . 01/2013. no early transfers are set for vectors Dependency: Refer to: p0118 Refer to: A02100 Note: The mode change is not effective until the drive unit is powered up again. TB30. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-123 . S_INF. 0: Offset (shifted) clocking. Another computing dead time is set for each control (closed-loop) (p0118). early transfer 3: Manual setting of the computing dead time. TM31.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). the dead time aligns itself to the dead time of the latest drive. CU_S_AC_PN. TM15DI_DO. © Siemens AG 2003 . TM15. B_INF. automatic setting 2: Manual setting of the computing dead time. T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. CU_S_AC_DP.Parameters List of parameters r0116[0.

2. SERVO_AC. T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. After p0118 has been changed. VECTOR. index: - Func. index: - Func. Current is impressed (flows) for the individual controls without any offset with respect to time. B_INF. SERVO_I_AC. The value corresponds to the number of power units connected together for a parallel circuit configuration.. Re p0117 = 2: The computing dead time is manually set. TM41. SERVO. VECTOR_AC. p0118 Current controller computing dead time / I_ctrl t_dead A_INF. B_INF. Dependency: Refer to: p0107. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 8 Factory setting 1 Sets the number of Power unit Data Sets (PDS). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. the earliest times are not determined. the current controller output is delayed by a complete current controller clock cycle (p0115[0]).00 [µs] Max 2000.00 [µs] Factory setting 0. The same computing dead time is set for each control (p0118). p0118 Current controller computing dead time / I_ctrl t_dead SERVO.. we recommend that the current controller is adapted (p1715). SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: U. Re p0117 = 3: The computing dead time is manually set. Dependency: Refer to: p0117 Refer to: A02100 Note: For p0118 <= 0. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .. the current controller output is delayed by a complete current controller clock cycle (p0115[0]). S_INF. Dependency: Refer to: p0117 Refer to: A02100 Note: For p0118 <= 0. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.00 [µs] Factory setting 0. The user must optimize the value in p0118. VECTOR_AC. however for vectors.00 [µs] Description: This parameter is pre-set as a function of the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]) and normally does not have to be changed.005 µs. 1-124 © Siemens AG 2003 .00 [µs] Description: This parameter is pre-set as a function of the current controller sampling time (p0115[0]) and normally does not have to be changed. SERVO_AC. we recommend that the current controller is adapted (p1715). index: - Func. 01/2013.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. r0107 Note: This parameter is only significant for drive objects A_INFEED and VECTOR with a parallel circuit configuration.. The user must optimize the value in p0118. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_CON Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. S_INF.00 [µs] Max 2000. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.005 µs. p0120 Number of Power unit Data Sets (PDS) / PDS count A_INF. After p0118 has been changed.Parameters List of parameters Re p0117 = 1: The latest closed-loop control determines when the setpoints for each of the individual controls become active. VECTOR. 6: Behavior as for p0117 = 0 . Re p0117 = 4 .

2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).n] Power unit detection via LED / PU detection LED A_INF. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4). SERVO_I_AC.. the parameter index is assigned to a power unit.. B_INF.. CU_I_D410. S_INF. CU_S150_DP. r0107 Note: For parallel circuit configurations. VECTOR_AC.23] CU_I. the READY LED flashes green/orange or red/orange with 2 Hz at the appropriate power unit. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology. VECTOR. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a power unit component. CU_S120_PN. SERVO_AC. CU_S_AC_PN. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Power unit component number / PU comp_no Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. De-activate component Activate component Component de-activate and not present © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO. SERVO. VECTOR. index: PDS. CU_S120_DP.. CU_NX_CX. 01/2013. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. index: PDS. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 The power unit data set is assigned to a power unit using this parameter. SERVO_I_AC. p0120 Func. p0124[0. S_INF. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. SERVO. index: - Func. p0125[0. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. before activating. p0124[0.: After inserting a component... index: PDS. p0120 Func. B_INF.n] A_INF. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Detection of the main components of the drive object selected via the index. VECTOR.Parameters List of parameters p0121[0. VECTOR_AC. CU_S_AC_DP. S_INF. p0120 Func. B_INF. the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to a power unit. Value: 0: 1: 2: Recommend. SERVO_I_AC.. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Detects the power unit assigned to this drive and data set. Note: While p0124 = 1. Dependency: Refer to: p0107. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-125 . For parallel circuit configurations. SERVO_AC. CU_S150_PN Main component detection using LED / M_comp detect LED Can be changed: U. SERVO_AC. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. first wait for Alarm A01317.n] Activate/de-activate power unit components / PU_comp act/deact A_INF..

n] Power unit version EPROM data / PU EPROM version A_INF. Motor feeder cables should be disconnected. SERVO. VECTOR. Note: The activation of a component can be rejected if the component was inserted for the first time.. If value = 2: A component in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from the very start. p0897 r0127[0.. 2: When a component is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors. using a contactor). it is not permissible that the power units of the parallel connection involved are connected.. p0125. For units connected in parallel. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR. defective power units should be disconnected from the DC link. SERVO_AC. p0120 Func.Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: r0126 Refer to: A01314. 1-126 © Siemens AG 2003 . B_INF. For components that comprise several individual components (e. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: p0105. S_INF. 01/2013.. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC. when one of the power units is de-activated. If value = 1: The component must be available for error-free operation. index: PDS. If value = 0: The component was completely commissioned and is deactivated using this value.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0126[0. It can be removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error. S_INF. VECTOR_I_AC Power unit components active/inactive / PU comp act/inact Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. then the enable in p7001 is withdrawn. In this case. SERVO. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . This means that the component is marked to be bypassed in the DRIVE-CLiQ line. r0157 Note: For parallel circuit configurations.n] A_INF. Re value = 0. In addition. it is only possible to activate the component when the pulses for all of the drive objects are inhibited.g. A01317 Caution: For a parallel connection. Infeed units should be disconnected from the line supply (for example. Dependency: Refer to: r0147. the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. B_INF. VECTOR_AC. the following applies: When deactivating individual power units using p0125. SERVO_I_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Component inactive Component active Description: Displays the version of the EPROM data of the power unit. Caution: It is not permissible to de-activate drive objects with safety functions enabled. index: PDS. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. Double Motor Modules). diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting - Description: Displays the "active/inactive" state of a power unit component. p0120 Func. it is not permissible to set just one subset to this value.

diagram: 8575 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 16 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of Motor Data Sets (MDS). © Siemens AG 2003 . S_INF. p0139[2] is automatically set to 0 when copying is completed. SERVO_I_AC. enter which motor data set should be copied. Dependency: Refer to: r0018. VECTOR_I_AC Copy Motor Data Set MDS / Copy MDS Can be changed: C2(15) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.2] SERVO. index: - Func... SERVO. When copying. 3. r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01. VECTOR. p0130 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. B_INF. Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to a motor. p0131 is not taken into account. SERVO_AC. SERVO_AC. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR. p0131[0. p0120 Func. diagram: 8575 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 31 Factory setting 0 Description: Copying a Motor Data Set (MDS) into another. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology. r0158. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-127 . the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. SERVO_AC.n] Power unit firmware version / PU FW version A_INF. Start copying: Set index 2 from 0 to 1. 2. VECTOR.00.01. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.n] Motor component number / Mot comp_no SERVO... enter the motor data set data that is to be copied into. 01/2013. SERVO_I_AC. In Index 1. r0197. In Index 0. p0130 Number of Motor Data Sets (MDS) / MDS count SERVO. VECTOR.01. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Index: [0] = Source motor data set [1] = Target motor data set [2] = Start copying procedure Note: Procedure: 1. r0148. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 Description: The motor data set is assigned to a motor using this parameter.. For parallel circuit configurations. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the firmware version of the power unit. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_AC. index: PDS. index: MDS. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_AC.Parameters List of parameters r0128[0. p0139[0..

index: p0140 Func. Note: The value cannot be changed for infeed units. Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to an encoder evaluation. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 1 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of Encoder Data Sets (EDS). SERVO_I_AC. it corresponds to the number of power units connected in parallel. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_I_AC. p0141[0. 01/2013.g.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). S_INF Description: Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. 1-128 © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR.. index: - Func.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . S_INF Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 8 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of VSM data sets. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. SERVO. SERVO_AC.n] Encoder interface (Sensor Module) component number / Enc_interf comp_no ENC. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology. p0140 Number of Encoder Data Sets (EDS) / EDS count ENC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. Note: When parameterizing the drive with "no encoder" there must be at least one encoder data set (p0140 >= 1).Parameters List of parameters p0140 Number of VSM data sets / VSM count A_INF. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. 8570 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 Description: This parameter is used to assign the encoder data set to an encoder evaluation (e. index: - Func. Note: When parameterizing the drive with "no encoder" there must be at least one encoder data set (p0140 >= 1). Only component numbers that correspond to a VSM evaluation can be entered in this parameter.n] VSM component number / VSM comp_no A_INF. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology. p0140 Number of Encoder Data Sets (EDS) / EDS count SERVO. SMC).. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 The VSM data set is assigned to a VSM evaluation using this parameter.. p0141[0. p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 16 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of Encoder Data Sets (EDS). diagram: 4704. SERVO_AC. index: - Func. index: EDS.

. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. p0140 Func. SERVO. VECTOR. Value: 0: 1: 2: Recommend. the READY LED flashes green/orange or red/orange with 2 Hz at the appropriate Sensor Module. different component numbers are assigned for the SMC (p0141) and the (actual) encoder (p0142). Note: While p0144 = 1. index: EDS..2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). For an SMC. then their component numbers are identical. VECTOR_AC. For an SMC. SERVO_AC.n] Voltage Sensing Module activate/de-activate / VSM act/deact A_INF. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Detects the Sensor Module assigned to this drive and data set. p0144[0. S_INF Can be changed: C1(4).n] ENC.n] Sensor Module detection via LED / SM detection LED ENC. different component numbers are assigned for the SMC (p0141) and the (actual) encoder (p0142). VECTOR. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Detects the Voltage Sensing Module (VSM) module assigned to this infeed.. index: p0140 Func. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 This parameter is used to assign the encoder data set to an encoder. A01317 © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_AC.. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC..n] Voltage Sensing Module detection via LED / VSM detection LED A_INF. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-129 . first wait for Alarm A01317. before activating. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.. S_INF Can be changed: U. Dependency: Refer to: r0146 De-activate component Activate component Component de-activate and not present Refer to: A01314. p0144[0. p0142[0. Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to an encoder. p0145[0. p0140 Func.Parameters List of parameters Note: If the encoder evaluation and encoder are integrated (motor with DRIVE-CLiQ). SERVO_I_AC. This assignment is made using the unique component number that was assigned when parameterizing the topology. Note: If the encoder evaluation and encoder are integrated (motor with DRIVE-CLiQ). 01/2013.: After inserting a component.. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a Voltage Sensing Module (VSM). VECTOR_AC. then their component numbers are identical. index: p0140 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Encoder component number / Encoder comp_no Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: EDS. SERVO.

Re value = 0.. p0145 1-130 Component inactive Component active © Siemens AG 2003 .n] ENC. SERVO_I_AC. With the encoder interface for encoder 1 (motor encoder). If value = 2: A component in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from the very start. p0140 Func.Parameters List of parameters Note: For chassis infeeds. r0146[0. In this case. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: p0105. If value = 1: The component must be available for error-free operation. the relevant drive object for writing the parameter must be in the "Ready for operation" state. The VSM can only be activated/de-activated in the group with the appropriate infeed via p0125[0. it is only possible to activate the component when the pulses for all of the drive objects are inhibited. 2: When a component is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors. Dependency: Refer to: r0146 De-activate component Activate component Component de-activate and not present Refer to: A01314. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting to activate/de-activate an encoder interface (Sensor Module). diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting - Description: Displays the "active" or "inactive" state of a Voltage Sensing Module (VSM).. first wait for Alarm A01317. VECTOR_AC. With the encoder interface for encoders 2 and 3. it is only possible to activate the component when the pulses for all of the drive objects are inhibited. A01317 Note: The de-activation of an encoder interface corresponds to the"parking encoder" function and has the same effect. index: p0140 Func. it is not possible to activate/de-activate the Voltage Sensing Module (VSM) via p0145. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. If value = 0: The component was completely commissioned and is deactivated using this value. 01/2013. Value: 0: 1: 2: Recommend. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . The activation of a component can be rejected if the component was inserted for the first time.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Activate/de-activate encoder interface / Enc_intf act/deact Can be changed: C1(4). it is not permissible to set just one subset to this value. The activation of a component can be rejected if the component was inserted for the first time....n] Voltage Sensing Module active/inactive / VSM act/inact A_INF. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.: After inserting a component. SERVO. U. before activating. SERVO_AC. In this case. index: EDS. the parameter can also be written during operation..n]. It can be removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error. p0145[0.g. For components that comprise several individual components (e. Double Motor Modules).

SERVO_I_AC.. r0147[0.. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn...00. index: p0140 Func. r0158. r0197. index: p0140 Func. index: EDS.01. p0140 Func. p0145.00. VECTOR_I_AC Sensor Module EEPROM data version / SM EEPROM version Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO.n] ENC.n] Encoder interface active/inactive / Enc_intf act/inact ENC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-131 . p0480...01. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting - Description: Displays the "active" or "inactive" state of an encoder interface (Sensor Module).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: EDS.01. SERVO_I_AC. Dependency: Refer to: r0018. © Siemens AG 2003 .n] Voltage Sensing Module EPROM data version / VSM EEPROM version A_INF. VECTOR.01. 01/2013. Dependency: Refer to: r0127. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Component inactive Component active Description: Displays the version of the EPROM data of the Voltage Sensing Module (VSM). r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01. S_INF Voltage Sensing Module firmware version / VSM FW version Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the version of the EEPROM data of the Sensor Module. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC. r0148[0.01. p0140 Func. r0157 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.00. p0897 r0147[0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.01.. SERVO_AC. r0128. SERVO. Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01. VECTOR.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the firmware version of the Voltage Sensing Module (VSM). Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: p0105.Parameters List of parameters r0146[0.n] A_INF.

VECTOR_AC.. r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.. r0128.01. p0151[0.4 = 1). p0140 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Sensor Module firmware version / SM FW version Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: p0150 Func. 01/2013. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of VSM2 data sets.00. VECTOR.n] ENC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the firmware version of the Sensor Module. VECTOR_AC.n] Voltage Sensing Module 2 component number / VSM2 comp_no A_INF. parameters p5460 and following are significant. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 The VSM2 data set is assigned to a VSM2 evaluation using this parameter. SERVO_AC. VECTOR. Dependency: The Voltage Sensing Module 2 (VSM2) can only be used if the "line transformer" function module has been activated (r0108. SERVO_I_AC. S_INF Description: 1-132 Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. S_INF Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. SERVO.Parameters List of parameters r0148[0.. For the VSM2. p0150 VSM2 data sets selection / VSM2 dat_sets qty A_INF. © Siemens AG 2003 . Note: The Voltage Sensing Module 2 (VSM2) should always be connected to the primary side of the line transformer if at all possible.01. r0197.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of VSM data sets.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0150 Number of VSM data sets / VSM dat_sets qty. r0158. index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. Dependency: Refer to: r0018. index: EDS.

.n] Voltage Sensing Module 2 detection via LED / VSM2 detection LED A_INF. TM15DI_DO. [0] = DRIVE-CLiQ node 1 [1] = DRIVE-CLiQ node 2 p0151 Terminal Module component number / TM comp_no TM120. TM17. index: - Func. TM54F_MA. p0151[0. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology.. T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. Note: If two VSM are connected at the Motor Module.. index: p0150 Func. Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to a Terminal Module. to the motor voltage measurement (see p1200). TM54F_SL Description: Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 Description: This parameter is used to assign the data set to a DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module. index: p0150 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 Description: The VSM data set is assigned to a VSM evaluation using this parameter. Only the numbers of components operated as hubs can be entered in these parameters. TM15.1] DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module component number / Hub comp_no HUB Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. TM41. TM150. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. then the first (p0151[0]) is assigned to the line voltage measurement (see p3801) and the second. index: - Func. 01/2013.n] Voltage Sensing Module component number / VSM comp_no VECTOR. TM31.. p0154[0.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-133 . diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 Sets the component number for the Terminal Module. S_INF Can be changed: U.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Detects the Voltage Sensing Module 2 (VSM2) assigned to this infeed.Parameters List of parameters p0151[0. © Siemens AG 2003 .

. TM31.: After inserting a component.. before activating. before activating. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a Voltage Sensing Module (VSM). Value: 0: 1: 2: Recommend. Dependency: Refer to: r0156 De-activate component Activate component Component de-activate and not present Refer to: A01314. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting to activate/de-activate a Voltage Sensing Module 2 (VSM2). Value: 0: 1: 2: Recommend.Parameters List of parameters p0154 DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module detection via LED / Hub detection LED HUB Can be changed: U. TM17. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. TM15. T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. TM54F_SL Can be changed: U.n] Voltage Sensing Module 2 activate/de-activate / VSM2 act/deact A_INF. A01317 p0155[0.. p0155[0. Note: While p0154 = 1.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). TM150. TM54F_MA. first wait for Alarm A01317. A01317 1-134 © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Detects any DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module that has been assigned. VECTOR_AC. first wait for Alarm A01317. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . index: p0150 Func. the READY LED flashes green/orange or red/orange with 2 Hz at the appropriate Terminal Module. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4). S_INF Can be changed: C1(4).. index: - Func. index: p0150 Func. Dependency: Refer to: r0156 De-activate component Activate component Component de-activate and not present Refer to: A01314. TM15DI_DO.: After inserting a component. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. p0154 Terminal Module detection via LED / TM detection LED TM120. diagram: - P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Detects the Terminal Module assigned to this drive and data set. TM41.n] Voltage Sensing Module activate/de-activate / VSM act/deact VECTOR. 01/2013.

diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting - Description: Displays the "active" or "inactive" state of a Voltage Sensing Module 2 (VSM2). Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: p0155 Component inactive Component active r0157[0. 01/2013. © Siemens AG 2003 . S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn..01. VECTOR_AC. index: p0150 Func.n] Voltage Sensing Module 2 EPROM data version / VSM2 EPROM version A_INF. diagram: - P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the version of the EPROM data for the DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module.01. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-135 .00. Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.Parameters List of parameters r0156[0. index: p0150 Func.. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: p0155 Component inactive Component active r0156[0...n] Voltage Sensing Module 2 active/inactive / VSM2 act/inact A_INF. r0157 DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module EPROM data version / Hub EPROM version HUB Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.n] Voltage Sensing Module active/inactive / VSM act/inact VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the version of the EPROM data of the Voltage Sensing Module 2 (VSM2).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting - Description: Displays the "active" or "inactive" state of a Voltage Sensing Module (VSM). S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.. index: p0150 Func..00.01.01. index: - Func.

n] Voltage Sensing Module EPROM data version / VSM EPROM version VECTOR. Dependency: Refer to: r0018. TM41. TM15. r0197.00. TM17. r0157[0.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the firmware version of the Voltage Sensing Module 2 (VSM2). TM54F_SL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. TM54F_MA.01. 01/2013. Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01. TM15DI_DO. index: p0150 Func. TM31. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the version of the EPROM data of the Voltage Sensing Module (VSM). diagram: - P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the version of the EPROM data of the Terminal Module.01.01. TM150.01.. Dependency: Refer to: r0127.00. r0158[0.. r0147 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01. © Siemens AG 2003 . S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . diagram: - P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the firmware version of the DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module. r0158 DRIVE-CLiQ Hub Module firmware version / Hub FW version HUB Description: 1-136 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01. index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: p0150 Func.01.Parameters List of parameters r0157 Terminal Module EPROM data version / TM EPROM version TM120. VECTOR_AC..01.n] Voltage Sensing Module 2 firmware version / VSM2 FW version A_INF.00.

index: p0150 Func. index: - Func.01. diagram: 9100 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 Sets the component number for the option board (e. index: - Func. VECTOR_AC. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology.n] Voltage Sensing Module firmware version / VSM FW version VECTOR. Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to an HF Damping Module. Dependency: Refer to: r0018.01. r0197. r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01. r0158[0. Dependency: Refer to: r0018. TM31. 01/2013. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the component number for the HF Damping Module. Terminal Board 30). r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01. TM54F_MA. r0128. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the firmware version of the Voltage Sensing Module (VSM).00.01. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. p0161 HF Damping Module component number / HF Damp comp_no SERVO.g. Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to an option board. © Siemens AG 2003 . r0197.. TM41. TM54F_SL Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.. r0148. TM17. diagram: - P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the firmware version of the Terminal Module. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. TM150. TM15DI_DO.00.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: - Func.01. r0128. TM15.Parameters List of parameters r0158 Terminal Module firmware version / TM FW version TM120. p0161 Option board component number / Opt board comp_no TB30 Description: Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-137 .

It can be removed from the DRIVE-CLiQ without any error. Only component numbers can be entered into this parameter that correspond to an HF Choke Module. index: - Func. SERVO_AC. p0165 Activate/de-activate filter module / FM act/deact SERVO. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Setting for activating/de-activating the filter module.g. NX10) for CU-LINK. CX32. A01317 Note: The activation of a component can be rejected if the component was inserted for the first time. SERVO_AC. If value = 1: The component must be available for error-free operation. index: - Func. In this case. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 2: When a component is deactivated it no longer outputs any errors. index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4). it is only possible to activate the component when the pulses for all of the drive objects are inhibited. Re value = 0. 1-138 © Siemens AG 2003 .: After inserting a component. first wait for Alarm A01317. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology. If value = 0: The component was completely commissioned and is deactivated using this value. before activating. diagram: - P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 Sets the component number for the expansion component (e. If value = 2: A component in a project generated offline and set to this value must never be inserted in the actual topology from the very start. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. Dependency: Refer to: r0166 De-activate component Activate component Component de-activate and not present Refer to: A01314. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . p0162 HF Choke Module component number / HF Choke comp_no SERVO. 01/2013. Value: 0: 1: 2: Recommend. diagram: - P-Group: Terminals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 199 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the component number for the HF Choke Module.Parameters List of parameters p0162 CU-LINK slave component number / CU-LINK comp_no CU_LINK Description: Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. This unique component number is assigned when parameterizing the topology.

Note: It is possible to toggle between command parameters (BICO parameters) using this data set changeover. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count VECTOR. © Siemens AG 2003 . index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. Note: It is possible to toggle between command parameters (BICO parameters) using this data set changeover. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_AC. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 2 Max 4 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the number of Command Data Sets (CDS). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-139 . VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. SERVO_AC. diagram: 8565 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 32 Factory setting 1 Sets the number of Drive Data Sets (DDS). index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting - Description: Displays the "active/inactive" state of a filter module. p0180 Number of Drive Data Sets (DDS) / DDS count SERVO.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: - Func. B_INF. Note: It is possible to toggle between command parameters (BICO parameters) using this data set changeover.Parameters List of parameters r0166 Filter module active/inactive / FM act/inact SERVO. 01/2013. SERVO_AC. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. VECTOR. TM41. diagram: - P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Component inactive Component active Description: Sets the number of Command Data Sets (CDS). index: - Func. SERVO_AC. S_INF. Value: 0: 1: Dependency: Refer to: p0165 p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count A_INF. diagram: - P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 1 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of Command Data Sets (CDS). p0170 Number of Command Data Sets (CDS) / CDS count TM41 Can be changed: C1(3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. SERVO. SERVO_I_AC.

If a motor with pole position identification is to be operated with two different encoders. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_AC. 1-140 © Siemens AG 2003 ... p0180 Func. index: DDS. 8570 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 99 Factory setting 99 Description: Assign a drive data set (= index) the corresponding encoder data set (EDS) for encoder 1. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. --> p0187[2] = 0 Note: A value of 99 means that no encoder has been assigned to this drive data set (not configured). p0187 changed for all MDS data sets and then the pole position identification reselected (p1982 = 1). p0187[0.. then the pole position identification of the data sets involved should be temporarily deselected (p1982 = 0). p0180 Func. p0187[0. Example: Encoder data set 0 should be assigned to encoder 1 in drive data set 2.n] Encoder 1 encoder data set number / Enc 1 EDS number VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. VECTOR.n] SERVO. 8570 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Description: Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 99 Factory setting 99 Assign a drive data set (= index) the corresponding encoder data set (EDS) for encoder 1..Parameters List of parameters p0186[0. two motor data sets should be introduced. The parameter value therefore corresponds to the number of the assigned motor data set. index: DDS. which however have a different encoder data set number in p0187. --> p0187[2] = 0 Notice: Writing to p0187 is rejected if the pole position identification is selected (p1982 = 1) and additional data sets with the same MDS data set (p0186) are available. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Motor Data Sets (MDS) number / MDS number Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. diagram: 1580.n] Encoder 1 encoder data set number / Enc 1 EDS number SERVO. then for this motor. index: DDS. diagram: 8575 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 15 Factory setting 0 Using the parameter. p0180 Func. 01/2013. The value corresponds to the number of the assigned encoder data set. diagram: 1580. Note: A value of 99 means that no encoder has been assigned to this drive data set (not configured).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).. SERVO_AC. each Drive Data Set (= index) is assigned the associated Motor Data Set (MDS). Example: Encoder data set 0 should be assigned to encoder 1 in drive data set 2. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . The value corresponds to the number of the assigned encoder data set.. If all data sets with this MDS p0187 are to be changed.

Note: A value of 99 means that no encoder has been assigned to this drive data set (not configured).. Filtering thermal power unit current limit possible DC link compensation possible in power unit PT100 temperature evaluation possible Gating unit with pulse frequency wobbulation possible Compound braking possible 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No FP - Yes Yes Yes No No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes Yes Yes No No No - Yes No - © Siemens AG 2003 . S_INF. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Signal name Edge modulation possible Free telegram can be selected Smart mode possible for Active Line Module Safety Integrated possible for VECTOR Liquid cooling SERVO pulse frequency changeover DDSdependent Simulation mode possible Internal armature short-circuit possible Autonomous internal armature short-circuit possible Infeed temperature inputs X21.1/2 Integral scaled to half the gating unit clock cycle freq. VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. VECTOR.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: 1580. VECTOR. VECTOR_AC. p0180 Func. index: - Func. r0192 Power unit firmware properties / PU FW property A_INF. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-141 . 01/2013.Parameters List of parameters p0188[0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.n] Encoder 3 encoder data set number / Enc 3 EDS number SERVO. index: DDS. SERVO_I_AC.. index: DDS. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the properties supported by the power unit firmware. p0189[0. The value corresponds to the number of the assigned encoder data set. SERVO_I_AC. 8570 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 99 Factory setting 99 Description: Assign a drive data set (= index) the corresponding encoder data set (EDS) for encoder 2. The value corresponds to the number of the assigned encoder data set. p0180 Func. SERVO_AC. Example: Encoder data set 1 should be assigned to encoder 2 in drive data set 2.. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC.. --> p0188[2] = 1 Note: A value of 99 means that no encoder has been assigned to this drive data set (not configured). VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: C1(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.n] Encoder 2 encoder data set number / Enc 2 EDS number SERVO. diagram: 1580. VECTOR_AC. B_INF. 8570 P-Group: Data sets Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 99 Factory setting 99 Assign a drive data set (= index) the corresponding encoder data set (EDS) for encoder 3.

using the DC link voltage . Re bit 10: The Motor Module supports the autonomous internal voltage protection.Parameters List of parameters 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Extended voltage range possible Gating unit available with current limitation control Component status possible Temperature evaluation via Motor Module / CU terminals possible Reduced device supply voltage possible Current measurement oversampling available Parking keeping the relevant data is available Internal fan operating hours counter available Software gating unit in the CU is supported Current controller dynamics higher Reserved Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Yes Yes No No - Notice: This information represents the characteristics/features of the power unit firmware. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. If the "internal voltage protection" function is activated (p1231 = 3) the Motor Module decides autonomously . r0192 Power unit firmware properties / PU FW property SERVO.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the properties supported by the power unit firmware. 01/2013. It does not provide information/data about the characteristics/features of the hardware (e. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . a power unit with liquid cooling does not have to be used). Note: Re bit 09: The Motor Module supports the internal armature short-circuit.1/2 Integral scaled to half the gating unit clock cycle freq. Filtering thermal power unit current limit possible Reserved PT100 temperature evaluation possible Gating unit with pulse frequency wobbulation possible 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No FP - Yes Yes Yes No No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes Yes Yes No No No - © Siemens AG 2003 . The function is internally required for voltage protection (p1231 = 3). bit 06 = 1 means that although the firmware supports "liquid cooling". index: - Func.as to whether the short-circuit is activated. SERVO_AC.g. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 1-142 Signal name Edge modulation possible Free telegram can be selected Smart mode possible for Active Line Module Safety Integrated possible for VECTOR Liquid cooling SERVO pulse frequency changeover DDSdependent Simulation mode possible Internal armature short-circuit possible Autonomous internal armature short-circuit possible Infeed temperature inputs X21. Re bit 23: The component supports the detection of current actual values (and the detection of valve close durations) with double clocking and phase shift.

n] A_INF. Note: Re bit 09: The Motor Module supports the internal armature short-circuit. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 0 signal No 0 signal No FP - FP - 1-143 . Re bit 10: The Motor Module supports the autonomous internal voltage protection.. VECTOR_AC. a power unit with liquid cooling does not have to be used). index: p0140 Func. Bit field: Bit 00 Signal name Reserved 1 signal Yes © Siemens AG 2003 . 01/2013.n] VSM properties / VSM properties VECTOR.. Yes Yes Yes No No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Yes Yes Yes No No No - Notice: This information represents the characteristics/features of the power unit firmware.as to whether the short-circuit is activated.Parameters List of parameters 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Compound braking possible Extended voltage range possible Gating unit available with current limitation control Component status possible Temperature evaluation via Motor Module / CU terminals possible Reduced device supply voltage possible Current measurement oversampling available Parking keeping the relevant data is available Internal fan operating hours counter available Software gating unit in the CU is supported Current controller dynamics higher DC link voltage compensation in the power unit. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn..g. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Signal name Reserved 1 signal Yes Description: Displays the properties supported by the Voltage Sensing Module (VSM). S_INF VSM properties / VSM properties Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. Bit field: Bit 00 r0194[0. If the "internal voltage protection" function is activated (p1231 = 3) the Motor Module decides autonomously .using the DC link voltage . It does not provide information/data about the characteristics/features of the hardware (e.. index: p0150 Func. Re bit 23: The component supports the detection of current actual values (and the detection of valve close durations) with double clocking and phase shift. The function is internally required for voltage protection (p1231 = 3). bit 06 = 1 means that although the firmware supports "liquid cooling".2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0194[0. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the properties supported by the Voltage Sensing Module (VSM).

..1] Bootloader version / Bootloader vers CU_I. CU_I_D410. index: - Func. CU_S120_DP. CU_S_AC_DP. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the bootloader version. 00 Re Bit 31 .01. Index 0: Displays the bootloader version.. 04. 08.01. CU_NX_CX. 5: Detection via LED and ready for operation (LED = green/orange). r0128. 00: 0: Component data not available. Index 1: Displays the bootloader version 3 (for CU320-2 and CU310-2) Value 0 means that boot loader 3 is not available. 0: Inactive or parked Re bit 03 .5 Hz). 06 ... 1: Power-up.1]: Not used r0196[2]: Status of DRIVE-CLiQ component with component number 2 . 2: Ready for operation. CU_S150_DP.. r0196[0. 6: Detection via LED and alarm (LED = green/orange). 01/2013.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status of DRIVE-CLiQ components. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . r0198 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01.. CU_S120_DP.. 3: Alarm (LED = green). CU_S_AC_DP.. CU_S_AC_PN. CU_S_AC_PN... 8: Downloading firmware (LED = green/red at 0.0 Hz). r0148. index: - Func. 03 . CU_I_D410. 1-144 © Siemens AG 2003 .. 4: Fault (LED = red).. 04: 1: Active. CU_S150_DP. Waiting for POWER ON (LED = green/red at 2.00... r0196[255]: Status of DRIVE-CLiQ component with component number 255 Note: Structure of status value: Bits 31 . 0: Only in actual topology Re Bit 06 . 08: Reserved Re Bit 07: 1: Part of target topology.255] DRIVE-CLiQ component status / DQ comp status CU_I. CU_NX_CX. CU_S120_PN. CU_S120_PN. acyclic DRIVE-CLiQ communication (LED = orange). CU_S150_PN Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 9: Firmware downloading completed. 07. cyclic DRIVE-CLiQ communication (LED = green). 7: Detection via LED and fault (LED = red/orange)..Parameters List of parameters r0196[0. r0197[0. Dependency: Refer to: r0018... CU_S150_PN Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.. r0158.

but is specified in the configuration assistant. B_INF. CU_S150_DP. p0199[0. index: - Func. r0148.n] Power unit code number actual / PU code no.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0198[0]: BIOS version r0198[1]: EEPROM data version Dependency: Refer to: r0018.Parameters List of parameters r0198[0. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-145 . CU_S120_PN.00.01. CU_S120_DP. p0120 Func.01. CU_S_AC_DP. CU_I_D410. act A_INF. 01/2013.. CU_S150_PN Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. Note: The parameter is not influenced by setting the factory setting.. The object name can be subsequently modified in the Project Navigator using standard Windows resources.1] BIOS/EEPROM data version / BIOS/EEPROM vers CU_I.24] Drive object name / DO name All objects Can be changed: C1 Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.n] Power unit code number / PU code no A_INF. index: PDS. © Siemens AG 2003 .. r0200[0. index: PDS.. SERVO. CU_NX_CX. r0128. SERVO_AC. r0158. S_INF. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the BIOS and EEPROM data version. p0201[0. Dependency: Refer to: F07815 When commissioned for the first time. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the actual code number from r0200 to acknowledge the power unit being used. B_INF. p0120 Func. the parameter index is assigned to a power unit.. S_INF Can be changed: C2(2) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Freely assignable name for a drive object. VECTOR_AC. the code number is automatically transferred from r0200 into p0201... diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the unique code number of the power unit.. VECTOR. CU_S_AC_PN. r0197 Note: Example: The value 1010100 should be interpreted as V01. SERVO_I_AC. In the commissioning software. this name cannot be entered using the expert list. index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. Note: r0200 = p0201: No power unit found For parallel circuit configurations.

the code number is automatically transferred from r0200 into p0201.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 2 Max 400 Factory setting - Description: Displays the type of power unit found. For parallel circuit configurations. However. p0210.. index: PDS. p0120 Func. the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. r0203[0. index: PDS. VECTOR_I_AC Power unit code number / PU code no Can be changed: C2(2) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. if the comparator in p9906 or p9908 is at 2 (low) or 3 (minimum). the connection voltage (p0210) is checked and. VECTOR. p0230. SERVO_I_AC. Dependency: Refer to: F07815 Notice: When p0201 = 10000. if necessary. Value: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 100: 101: 102: 103: 112: 113: 114: 115: 116: 118: 120: 130: 133: 135: 136: 137: 138: 1-146 MICROMASTER 440 MICROMASTER 411 MICROMASTER 410 MICROMASTER 436 MICROMASTER 440 PX MICROMASTER 430 SINAMICS S SINAMICS S (value) SINAMICS S (combi) SINAMICS S120M (distributed) PM220 (SINAMICS G120) PM230 (SINAMICS G120) PM240 (SINAMICS G120) PM250 (SINAMICS G120 / S120) PM260 (SINAMICS G120) SINAMICS G120 Px PM340 (SINAMICS S120) PM250D (SINAMICS G120D) SINAMICS G120C SINAMICS PMV40 SINAMICS PMV60 SINAMICS PMV80 SINAMICS G110M © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. When the code number is changed. if the actual and acknowledged code numbers are identical (p0010 = 2).n] SERVO. p1800). A warm start must be performed after this procedure (automatically if necessary).Parameters List of parameters Note: The parameter is used to identify when the drive is being commissioned for the first time. S_INF. SERVO_I_AC. the rated power unit data is reloaded and dependent parameters are set (e. p0201 is then automatically assigned the value of r0200 if the code number of the power unit could be read.g. 01/2013. p0205. The power unit commissioning can only be exited (p0201 = r0200). VECTOR. The power unit commissioning can only be exited (p0201 = r0200). When commissioned for the first time.. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the actual code number from r0200 to acknowledge the power unit being used. For parallel circuit configurations. SERVO. the power unit commissioning is automatically set to p0201 = r0200 upon exiting. SERVO_AC. p0120 Func. p0857. VECTOR_AC. Note: The parameter is used to identify when the drive is being commissioned for the first time.n] Actual power unit type / PU actual type A_INF. adjusted. B_INF. p0201[0. if the actual and acknowledged code numbers are identical (p0010 = 2).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1)..

© Siemens AG 2003 .. the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. 01/2013. CU_S150_DP. CU_S120_DP. CU_S150_PN Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: PDS. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-147 . B_INF. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the name of the firmware package on the memory card/device memory.. r0203[0. in the appendix to the List Manual. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the properties supported by the power unit hardware. CU_I_D410. CU_NX_CX. index: - Func.. Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found..Parameters List of parameters 150: 151: 200: 250: 260: 300: 350: 400: SINAMICS G PM330 (SINAMICS G120) SINAMICS GM SINAMICS SM SINAMICS MC SINAMICS GL SINAMICS SL SINAMICS DCM Note: For parallel circuit configurations. CU_S120_PN. CU_S_AC_PN. the ASCII characters are displayed uncoded. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 12 13 14 15 Note: Signal name Device type RFI filter available Active Line Module available Smart Line Module available Basic Line Module available with thyristor bridge Basic Line Module available with diode bridge Liquid cooling with cooling unit (chassis PU) F3E regenerative feedback into the line supply Internal Braking Module Different cooling type supported Safe Brake Control (SBC) supported Safety Integrated supported Internal LC output filter Line voltage 1 signal DC/AC device Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal AC/DC device No No No No FP - Yes No - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes No Yes Yes 1-phase No No Yes No No 3-phase - For parallel circuit configurations. r0203[0]: Name character 1 .. the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. r0204[0. r0203[15]: Name character 16 For the commissioning software.15] Firmware package name / FW pkg name CU_I. p0120 Func.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn..n] Power unit hardware properties / PU HW property A_INF. CU_S_AC_DP. for example.

Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 12 13 14 15 Signal name Device type RFI filter available Active Line Module available Smart Line Module available Basic Line Module available with thyristor bridge Basic Line Module available with diode bridge Liquid cooling with cooling unit (chassis PU) F3E regenerative feedback into the line supply Internal Braking Module Different cooling type supported Safe Brake Control (SBC) supported Safety Integrated supported Internal LC output filter Line voltage 1 signal DC/AC device Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal AC/AC device No No No No FP - Yes No - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes No Yes Yes 1-phase No No Yes No No 3-phase - Note: For parallel circuit configurations. 2) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. the following applies: The base load current for a low overload condition is based on a load duty cycle 110 % for 60 s and 150 % for 10 s. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the properties supported by the power unit hardware. In this particular case. index: - Func. The parameter has no influence when calculating the thermal overload. 1-148 © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR. SERVO_I_AC. all of the motor parameters and the control mode are pre-assigned according to the selected application. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 7 Factory setting 6 Description: Overloading the load duty cycles applies under the prerequisite that before and after the overload. For chassis units. VECTOR_AC. p0205 can only be changed to the settings that are saved in the power unit EEPROM. index: PDS.in this case. VECTOR_I_AC Power unit hardware properties / PU HW property Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 01/2013.Parameters List of parameters r0204[0. p0205 Power unit application / PU application VECTOR.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . The base load current for a high overload condition is based on a load duty cycle 150 % for 60 s and 160 % for 10 s. the base load current has a load duty cycle of 150 % for 60 s and 176 % for 30 s. a load duty cycle of 300 s is used as basis. Value: 0: 1: 6: 7: Load duty cycle with high overload for vector drives Load duty cycle with low overload for vector drives S1 duty cycle for servo drives (feed drive) S6 duty cycle for servo drives (spindle drive) Note: When the parameter is changed. p0120 Func. The parameter value is not reset when the factory setting is restored (see p0010 = 30. the drive converter is operated with its base load current . VECTOR_AC. the following applies: Only the setting p0205 = 0 can be selected. the parameter index is assigned to a power unit. SERVO_AC. For booksize drive units.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0970).n] SERVO..

4] Rated power unit power / PU P_rated A_INF.. VECTOR. S_INF. index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).690 V +/-10 % © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: 8014 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR.[Arms] Description: Displays the rated power unit power for various load duty cycles. index: - Func. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_I_AC.4] Rated power unit current / PU PI_rated A_INF.[Vrms] Factory setting . Index: [0] = Rated value [1] = Load duty cycle with low overload [2] = Load duty cycle with high overload [3] = S1 cont duty cyc [4] = S6 load duty cycle Dependency: Refer to: p0205 r0208 Rated power unit line supply voltage / PU U_rated A_INF. S_INF.. r0208 = 400 : 380 ..[kW] Description: Displays the rated power unit power for various load duty cycles. SERVO_AC. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .690 V +/-10 % For the Basic Line Module (BLM) the following applies: r0208 = 690 : 500 . B_INF. Index: [0] = Rated value [1] = Load duty cycle with low overload [2] = Load duty cycle with high overload [3] = S1 cont duty cyc [4] = S6 load duty cycle Dependency: IECdrives (p0100 = 0): Units kW NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): Units hp Refer to: p0100. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-149 . diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .[kW] Factory setting .[kW] Max .[Arms] Max . B_INF.[Vrms] Displays the rated line supply voltage of the power unit. S_INF. SERVO. B_INF. VECTOR_AC.. SERVO. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC. index: - Func.Parameters List of parameters r0206[0.600 V +/-10 % r0208 = 690 : 660 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 01/2013. p0205 r0207[0.[Arms] Factory setting .480 V +/-10 % r0208 = 500 : 500 . SERVO. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC.[Vrms] Max . VECTOR.

3 = 1. S_INF Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.0 = 1).. Notice: For p0210 > 415 V for booksize power units with a supply voltage of 3-ph. 8850.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: - Func. Controlled operation of booksize power units for p0210 > 415 V is possible if the maximum steady-state DC link voltage (p0280) is increased as follows: p0280 >= 1. 690 V unit: 500 V <= p0210 <= 690 V 1-150 © Siemens AG 2003 . setpoint for the DC link voltage: p3510 = 600 V 401 V <= p0210 <= 415 V --> Pre-assignment. the following applies: 380 V <= p0210 <= 400 V --> Pre-assignment.Parameters List of parameters r0209[0. Before an active infeed with a line supply voltage p0210 > 415 V goes into pulsed operation it must be ensured that all of the components connected to the DC link can be permanently operated with DC link voltages exceeding 660 V.35 x p0210 Note: When pre-assigning the setpoint for the DC link voltage (p3510). 01/2013.5 x p0210 and p0280 > 660 V.. the setpoint of the DC link voltage p3510 is not automatically adapted. The value corresponds to the rms value of the phase-to-phase rated line supply voltage. VECTOR_AC. the following applies: Active Line Module. We recommend p3510 = 1. 500/690 V unit: 380 V <= p0210 <= 690 V Smart Line Module. depending on the particular application. the Smart Mode is automatically activated (p3400. diagram: 8750.5 x p0210. 690 V unit: 660 V <= p0210 <= 690 V Active Line Module. 480 V.5 x p0210 The voltage range for the supply voltage depends on the type and the voltage class of the power unit.[Arms] Description: Displays the maximum output current of the power unit. SERVO. VECTOR. Closed-loop voltage controlled operation is active with p3400. 480 V AC. this can damage the connected motors that have not been specified for these high voltages. Dependency: Refer to: p3400 Warning: If the infeed is continually in the controlled mode with high DC link voltages (p3510 > 660 V). In this case. index: - Func.0 = 0 and p3400. Index: [0] = Catalog [1] = Load duty cycle with low overload [2] = Load duty cycle with high overload [3] = S1 load duty cycle [4] = S6 load duty cycle Dependency: Refer to: p0205 p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage / V_connect A_INF. this is because in the voltage-controlled mode. SERVO_AC.. 380 . 400 V unit: 380 V <= p0210 <= 480 V Smart Line Module. 8960 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 70 [Vrms] Max 1000 [Vrms] Factory setting 400 [Vrms] Description: Sets the drive unit supply voltage (3-ph. 380 . setpoint for the DC link voltage: p3510 = 625 V 416 V <= p0210 <= 480 V --> Smart Mode with non-regulated DC link voltage: p3510 = 1. AC). S_INF. the maximum permissible steadystate DC link voltage (p0280) would otherwise be exceeded.. 8950 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . B_INF..[Arms] Factory setting . diagram: 8860..4] A_INF. VECTOR_I_AC Power unit maximum current / PU I_max Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. For booksize power units with supply voltage of 3-ph. For chassis units. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .[Arms] Max . the following is generally valid: p3510 = 1. SERVO_I_AC.

2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 [V] Max 63000 [V] Factory setting 600 [V] Description: Sets the drive unit supply voltage. index: - Func. 510 . 675 . 400 V chassis units: 380 V <= p0210 <= 480 V 690 V chassis units: 500 V <= p0210 <= 690 V p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage / V_connect SERVO. 900 V (DC/AC) U_rated = 660 .. 690 V (AC/AC)... T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.82 * 1.p0210 = 380 ...U_min = p0210 * 0.76 (AC/AC) > 410 V U_rated = 660 ..U_min = p0210 * 0.. an appropriate alarm is output.63 (DC/AC) > 480 V © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_AC..78 (AC/AC) > 330 V. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(2). 600 V (AC/AC). 1035 V (DC/AC) U_rated = 500 . In this case.. Note: The supply voltage range depends on the voltage class of the power unit. diagram: 8760 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 70 [Vrms] Max 1000 [Vrms] Factory setting 400 [Vrms] Sets the drive unit supply voltage (3-ph.63 (DC/AC) > 650 V U_rated = 500 .82 (AC/AC) > 420 V. index: - Func. 01/2013. 690 V: . Note: Setting ranges for p0210 as a function of the rated power unit voltage: U_rated = 400 V: .. the Vdc controller may be automatically de-activated in some cases to prevent the motor from accelerating. 720 V (DC/AC) U_rated = 500 V: .. p0210 * 0. p0210 * 0..Parameters List of parameters p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage / V_connect B_INF Description: Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.U_min = p0210 * 0. p0210 * 0. Dependency: The parameter can be reduced to p0210 = 70 V if p0212. DC/AC unit: The rated DC voltage of the connection busbar should be entered. AC).0 is set. Caution: If the line supply voltage is higher than the entered value. 675 .. Caution: If the line supply voltage is higher than the entered value. AC/AC unit: The rms value of the phase-to-phase line supply voltage should be entered.35 (AC/AC) Vdc_pre = p0210 * 0.U_min = p0210 * 0. 690 V (AC/AC). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-151 .... Dependency: Set p1254.82 (DC/AC) The undervoltage thresholds for the DC link voltage (Vdc) are calculated from p0210 as a function of the rated power unit voltage: U_rated = 400 V: . 1035 V (DC/AC) The pre-charging switch-in threshold for the DC link voltage (Vdc) is calculated from p0210: Vdc_pre = p0210 * 0. an appropriate alarm is output.p0210 = 500 .. 690 V: . In this case. 690 V: ..82 (AC/AC) > 565 V..60 (DC/AC) > 380 V U_rated = 500 V: . 890 . The value corresponds to the rms value of the phase-to-phase rated line supply voltage.p0210 = 500 . 480 V (AC/AC).p0210 = 660 . The switch-in thresholds of the Vdc_max controller are then directly determined using p0210. 690 V: .. the Vdc controller may be automatically de-activated in some cases to prevent the motor from accelerating.... p1294 (automatic detection of the Vdc switch-on levels) = 0..

. changed....35 (AC/AC) Vdc_pre = p0210 * 0.. an appropriate alarm is output. 690 V: ..82 (AC/AC) > 565 V. 690 V: . the rated line supply frequency (p0211) is automatically set to a value of 50 Hz or 60 Hz corresponding to the currently measured frequency. p1294 (automatic detection of the Vdc switch-on levels) = 0. DC/AC unit: The rated DC voltage of the connection busbar should be entered. 510 ...82 (AC/AC) > 420 V. AC/AC unit: The rms value of the phase-to-phase line supply voltage should be entered.p0210 = 380 ... The parameter can be reduced to p0210 = 100 V if p0212. This means that the parameter value of p0211 is... diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 [V] Max 63000 [V] Factory setting 600 [V] Description: Sets the drive unit supply voltage.Parameters List of parameters p0210 Drive unit line supply voltage / V_connect VECTOR.82 * 1. the following applies: After operation has been enabled.82 (DC/AC) The undervoltage thresholds for the DC link voltage (Vdc) are calculated from p0210 as a function of the rated power unit voltage: U_rated = 400 V: .0 = 1 has been set. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . p0210 * 0. 1-152 © Siemens AG 2003 . 690 V: . 01/2013. index: - Func. 890 . S_INF Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. Dependency: Refer to: p3409 Notice: For p3409 = 1.63 (DC/AC) > 480 V p0211 Rated line freq / Rated line freq A_INF. 690 V (AC/AC). 1035 V (DC/AC) U_rated = 500 . p0210 * 0.p0210 = 500 .78 (AC/AC) > 330 V. p0210 * 0. Note: Setting ranges for p0210 as a function of the rated power unit voltage: U_rated = 400 V: .U_min = p0210 * 0. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. 675 . 480 V (AC/AC). 690 V (AC/AC). 8964 P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 10 [Hz] Max 100 [Hz] Factory setting 50 [Hz] Description: Sets the rated line frequency for the infeed. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(2).U_min = p0210 * 0. 1035 V (DC/AC) The pre-charging switch-in threshold for the DC link voltage (Vdc) is calculated from p0210: Vdc_pre = p0210 * 0.U_min = p0210 * 0..60 (DC/AC) > 380 V U_rated = 500 V: ... the Vdc controller may be automatically de-activated in some cases to prevent the motor from accelerating. VECTOR_AC.. 690 V: . 675 .p0210 = 500 . The switch-in thresholds of the Vdc_max controller are then directly determined using p0210. under certain circumstances. Refer to: p0212 Caution: If the line supply voltage is higher than the entered value.. 720 V (DC/AC) U_rated = 500 V: .U_min = p0210 * 0. Dependency: Set p1254. diagram: 8864. 900 V (DC/AC) U_rated = 660 ...76 (AC/AC) > 410 V U_rated = 660 .....p0210 = 660 .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 600 V (AC/AC). index: - Func. In this case.63 (DC/AC) > 650 V U_rated = 500 .

the following applies: The system does not change parameter p0211. S_INF Can be changed: C2(2) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. Bit field: Bit 00 05 Dependency: Re bit 00: Signal name Drive unit line supply voltage reduced Contactor display inputs/outputs status 1 signal Yes Yes 0 signal No No FP 9814 Reduced supply voltages to 100 V are only possible for booksize power units.22 = 1. the supply voltage in p0210 can be reduced down to 70 V. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the power unit configuration. p0212 Power unit configuration / PU config A_INF. Caution: Re bit 00: Working with reduced input voltages correspondingly reduces undervoltage detection.Parameters List of parameters For p3409 = 0. Supply voltages reduced down to 180 V are only possible for A_infeed power units (500 V .22 = 1.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 690 V units (Chassis): With this setting. This only applies to chassis power units with 3 AC line connection and line contactors. p0210 © Siemens AG 2003 . 690 V units: It is not possible to reduce the supply voltage in p0210 to below 380 V. index: - Func. Refer to: r0192. Re bit 00 = 1: 400 V units (Booksize): With this setting. the supply voltage in p0210 can be reduced down to 180 V. 01/2013. index: - Func. The status display is only effective after parameter save and POWER ON. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the power unit configuration. Bit 0 = 1 can only be set if r0192. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-153 . Bit field: Bit 00 02 05 Dependency: Re bit 00: Signal name Drive unit line supply voltage reduced Supply voltage tolerance range extended Contactor display inputs/outputs status 1 signal Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No FP 9814 Reduced supply voltages are only possible on booksize power units. This function may only be used by personnel with expert knowledge! Note: Re bit 00 = 0: 400 V units: It is not possible to reduce the supply voltage in p0210 to below 180 V.690 V). Bit 0 = 1 can only be set if r0192. p0212 Power unit configuration / PU config B_INF Can be changed: C2(2) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. The activation of this function is retentively saved in the unit and for incorrect design of the application can result in loss of warranty! Re bit 05 = 1: The status of the inputs/outputs for the power unit contactors is displayed in r0256.

The status display is only effective after parameter save and POWER ON. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . p0212 Power unit configuration / PU config SERVO. 1-154 © Siemens AG 2003 . index: - Func. Re bit 01 = 0: There is no external pre-charging of the DC/AC Motor Modules. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(2) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. Bit field: Bit 00 01 Dependency: Re bit 00: Signal name Drive unit line supply voltage reduced External pre-charging present 1 signal Yes Yes 0 signal No No FP - Reduced supply voltages are only possible for booksize and chassis power units (DC/AC). The pre-charging monitoring is calculated.g.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 01/2013.22 = 1. SERVO_AC. Re bit 01 = 1: The external pre-charging setting only affects the DC/AC power units. Note: Re bit 00 = 0: It is not possible to reduce the supply voltage in p0210. This function may only be used by personnel with expert knowledge! Re bit 03: If the automatic setting of the Vdc max limit is deactivated. Bit 0 = 1 can only be set if r0192. 820 V for 400 V units). This only applies to chassis power units with 3 AC line connection and line contactors. then all of the components connected to the DC link must be suitable for the maximum DC link voltage of the power unit (e. Caution: Re bit 00: Working with reduced input voltages de-activates undervoltage detection. Re bit 01 = 1: There is external pre-charging of the DC/AC Motor Modules. Re bit 00 = 1: With this setting the supply voltage in p0210 can be reduced to 100 V. The pre-charging monitoring is bypassed. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the power unit configuration.Parameters List of parameters Caution: Re bit 00: Working with reduced input voltages de-activates undervoltage detection. Bit 0 = 1 can only be set for booksize power units with a rated power of up to 40 kW. The activation of this function is retentively saved in the unit and for incorrect design of the application can result in loss of warranty! Re bit 05 = 1: The status of the inputs/outputs for the power unit contactors is displayed in r0256. Note: Re bit 00 = 0: It is not possible to reduce the supply voltage in p0210 to below 180 V. Re bit 00 = 1: With this setting the supply voltage in p0210 can be reduced to 70 V.

Re bit 00 = 1: With this setting the supply voltage in p0210 can be reduced to 100 V. index: - Func. Re bit 03: If the automatic setting of the Vdc max limit is deactivated. Refer to: r0192.g. Re bit 03 = 1: The DC link voltage limit is set to the maximum value of the power unit. Re bit 01 = 1: There is external pre-charging of the DC/AC Motor Modules.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).22 = 1. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(2) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. Bit 3 only has an effect.Parameters List of parameters p0212 Power unit configuration / PU config VECTOR. Re bit 03 = 1: The automatic adaptation (reduction) of the Vdc max limit is deactivated (only for chassis power units). diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the power unit configuration. VECTOR_AC. 820 V for 400 V units). Bit field: Bit 00 01 03 05 Dependency: Re bit 00: Signal name Drive unit line supply voltage reduced External pre-charging present Automatically adapt Vdc_max limit Contactor display inputs/outputs status 1 signal Yes Yes No Yes 0 signal No No Yes No FP 9814 Reduced supply voltages are only possible for booksize and chassis power units (DC/AC). Re bit 05 = 1: The status of the inputs/outputs for the power unit contactors is displayed in r0256. 01/2013. The pre-charging monitoring is calculated. Re bit 01 = 1: The external pre-charging setting only affects the DC/AC power units. p0210 Caution: Re bit 00: Working with reduced input voltages de-activates undervoltage detection. Bit 0 = 1 can only be set if r0192. Re bit 03 = 0: The DC link voltage limit is calculated from p0210. then all of the components connected to the DC link must be suitable for the maximum DC link voltage of the power unit (e. © Siemens AG 2003 . This only applies to chassis power units with 3 AC line connection and line contactors. The pre-charging monitoring is bypassed. The status display is only effective after parameter save and POWER ON. Note: Re bit 00 = 0: It is not possible to reduce the supply voltage in p0210. if bit 0 is simultaneously set. Booksize PU: only for operating mode p1300 = 19 Chassis PU: only for operating mode p1300 > 19 and closed-loop DC voltage control Re bit 01 = 0: There is no external pre-charging of the DC/AC Motor Modules. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-155 .

01/2013. 45 ."booksize" format: p0220 = 41 .. The setting of the filter capacitance (p0221) and filter resistance (p0222) . diagram: 8950 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 90 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the line filter type for the Active Line Module (ALM). 19 Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 31: 32: 33: 34: 35: 41: 42: 43: 44: 45: 90: No line filter Wideband Line Filter booksize 400 V 16 kW (6SL3000-0BE21-6AA0) Wideband Line Filter booksize 400 V 36 kW (6SL3000-0BE23-6AA0) Wideband Line Filter booksize 400 V 55 kW (6SL3000-0BE25-5AA0) Wideband Line Filter booksize 400 V 80 kW (6SL3000-0BE28-0AA0) Wideband Line Filter booksize 400 V 120 kW (6SL3000-0BE31-2AA0) AIM F 400 V 132 kW 160 kW (6SL3300-7TE32-6Ax0) AIM G 400 V 235 kW (6SL3300-7TE33-8Ax0) AIM G 400 V 300 kW (6SL3300-7TE35-0Ax0) AIM H 400 V 380 kW 500 kW (6SL3300-7TE38-4Ax0) AIM J 400 V 630 kW 900 kW (6SL3300-7TE41-4Ax0) AIM F 690 V 150 kW (6SL3300-7Tx31-4Ax0) AIM G 690 V 330 kW (6SL3300-7Tx33-1Ax0) AIM H 690 V 560 kW (6SL3300-7Tx35-8Ax0) AIM J 690 V 800 kW (6SL3300-7Tx37-4Ax0) AIM J 690 V 1100 kW 1400 kW (6SL3300-7Tx41-3Ax0) Basic Line Filter booksize 400 V 16 kW (6SL3000-0BE21-6DA0) Basic Line Filter booksize 400 V 36 kW (6SL3000-0BE23-6DA0) Basic Line Filter booksize 400 V 55 kW (6SL3000-0BE25-5DA0) Basic Line Filter booksize 400 V 80 kW (6SL3000-0BE28-0DAx) Basic Line Filter booksize 400 V 120 kW (6SL3000-0BE31-2DAx) AIM 400 V 16 kW (6SL3100-0BE21-6AB0) AIM 400 V 36 kW (6SL3100-0BE23-6AB0) AIM 400 V 55 kW (6SL3100-0BE25-5AB0) AIM 400 V 80 kW (6SL3100-0BE28-0AB0) AIM 400 V 120 kW (6SL3100-0BE31-2AB0) AIM LC 690 V 1700 kW (6SL3305-7TG41-6AA3) Index: [0] = Line filter [1] = Line filter optional Notice: "Booksize" format: When using an Active Interface Module (AIM). the same line filter is used for both power ratings..1/2) and the Active Line Module (X21.derived from p0220[0. For an Active Line Module (ALM).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). the power is automatically selected corresponding to the Active Interface Module (AIM) and the line filter type (p0220) pre-set as follows: . index: - Func.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .are required in the closed-loop voltage controlled mode to automatically compensate the filter reactive current. filter capacitance (p0221).1/2) are connected. it is absolutely necessary that the terminals for the temperature switch between the Active Interface Module (X121..1] Infeed line filter type / INF line filt type A_INF Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.. when using an Active Interface Module in p0220[0] it is also possible to use a Basic Filter that is parameterized in p0220[1].Parameters List of parameters p0220[0. AIM: Active Interface Module 1-156 © Siemens AG 2003 . For two power ratings."chassis" format: p0220 = 10 . Using the line filter type. Note: For booksize units. filter resistance (p0222) and inductance (p0223) and resistance (p0224) of the reactor are pre-assigned.. 1] .

For a parallel circuit.1] A_INF Infeed filter resistance / INF R_filter Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-157 . Index 0 refers to the first line filter from p0220[0].. the value corresponds to the inductance of a power unit. index: - Func. the value corresponds to the resistance of a power unit. the value corresponds to the capacitance of a power unit.00 [µF] Factory setting 0.00 [µF] Description: Sets the filter capacitance of the line filter (connected in a delta configuration). © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: 8850. For a parallel circuit. p0222[0.000 [mH] Factory setting 2.1] A_INF Infeed filter capacitance / INF C_filter Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. S_INF Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.00000 [ohm] Description: Sets the filter resistance in series with the filter capacitance. Index: [0] = Line filter [1] = Line filter optional Note: When a Siemens line filter is used (p0220) this parameter is automatically pre-set with the correct value. Note: The parameter is automatically pre-assigned depending on the power unit being used and matches the specified Siemens line reactors.00 [µF] Max 100000. diagram: 8950 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.00000 [ohm] Max 100.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Index 0 refers to the first line filter from p0220[0].00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0.Parameters List of parameters p0221[0. Index 1 refers to the optional second line filter from p0220[1]. Index: [0] = Line filter [1] = Line filter optional Note: When a Siemens line filter is used (p0220) this parameter is automatically pre-set with the correct value. Index 1 refers to the optional second line filter from p0220[1]...001 [mH] Max 1000. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. For a parallel circuit. p0223 Infeed inductance between filter and power unit / INF L filter/PU A_INF. index: - Func. 8950 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.100 [mH] Description: Sets the inductance between the filter and power unit. 01/2013.

power unit / INF C A_INF. 8950 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.001 [mH] Max 1000.Parameters List of parameters p0224 Infeed resistance between filter and power unit / INF R filter/PU A_INF. S_INF Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Note: The total DC link capacitance of a DC link group comprises the sum of the sub-capacitances of all motor/infeed modules and the additional DC link capacitors. diagram: 8850. For a parallel circuit. index: - Func. S_INF Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 8950 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. appropriately increased if an additional resistor is installed in front of the filter.00 [mF] Factory setting 1. 8950 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. diagram: 8850. for example.00 [ohm] Max 100. Note: The value must be.00 [ohm] Description: Sets the resistance between the line supply and filter.000 [mH] Factory setting 0.001 [mH] Description: Sets the inductance between line supply and filter. 01/2013. for example.20 [mF] Max 1000. 1-158 © Siemens AG 2003 . p0226 Infeed resistance between line supply and filter / INF R line/filter A_INF. index: - Func. diagram: 8850. index: - Func.00 [mF] Description: Sets the total DC link capacitance. Note: The value must be. index: - Func. S_INF Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.00100 [ohm] Description: Sets the resistance between the filter and power unit Note: The parameter is automatically pre-assigned depending on the power unit being used and matches the specified Siemens line reactors. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 8950 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. appropriately increased if an additional inductance (reactor or transformer is installed in front of the filter).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).00000 [ohm] Max 100. diagram: 8850.00 [ohm] Factory setting 0. the value corresponds to the resistance of a power unit. p0227 Infeed DC link capacitance. p0225 Infeed inductance between line supply and filter / INF L line/filter A_INF.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0. S_INF Can be changed: C2(1) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.

5 kHz should only be operated with a current controller sampling rate p0115[0] = 400 µs. r1082. p1802 Note: if a filter type cannot be selected. p0234. for chassis power units. depending on the rated pulse frequency. p0230 = 2: Chassis power units with dv/dt filter. --> p0233 (power unit. sine-wave filters with a rated pulse frequency of 2 or 4 kHz with p0115[0] = 250 µs. Chassis power units with sine-wave filter are limited to output frequencies of 115 Hz or 150 Hz. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-159 . motor reactor) = filter inductance --> p0234 (power unit sine-wave filter capacitance) = filter capacitance --> p1082 (maximum speed) = Fmax filter / pole pair number --> p1800 (pulse frequency) >= nominal pulse frequency of the filter Refer to: p0233. p0230 = 3: Sine-wave filters with a rated pulse frequency of 1. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. VECTOR_AC.25 or 2. motor reactor) = filter inductance p0230 = 3: --> p0233 (power unit.5 kHz or 4 kHz.5 kHz or 4 kHz). then this filter type is not permitted for the Motor Module.Parameters List of parameters p0230 Drive filter type motor side / Drv filt type mot VECTOR. index: - Func. to 150Hz. may be operated with a maximum pulse frequency of p1800 = 2. p0290. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: Dependency: The following parameters are influenced using p0230: No filter Motor reactor dv/dt filter Sine-wave filter Siemens Sine-wave filter third-party p0230 = 1: --> p0233 (power unit. The sine-wave filter cannot be selected if the current controller sampling rate has not been appropriately set. for blocksize and chassis power units. p1800. control word) = only Rs measurement p0230 = 4: --> p0290 (power unit overload response) = inhibit pulse frequency reduction --> p1802 (modulator modes) = space vector modulation without overcontrol --> p1811 (modulator configuration) = wobbulation amplitude --> p1909 (motor data identification. The maximum pulse frequency for booksize and blocksize power units is 4 kHz. motor reactor) = filter inductance --> p0234 (power unit sine-wave filter capacitance) = filter capacitance --> p0290 (power unit overload response) = inhibit pulse frequency reduction --> p1082 (maximum speed) = Fmax filter / pole pair number --> p1800 (pulse frequency) >= nominal pulse frequency of the filter --> p1802 (modulator modes) = space vector modulation without overcontrol --> p1811 (modulator configuration) = wobbulation amplitude --> p1909 (motor data identification. 01/2013. p1082. twice the rated pulse frequency (2. 2) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. The output frequency is limited to 150 Hz. p0230 = 1: The output frequency of booksize power units with output reactors is restricted to 120 Hz. control word) = only Rs measurement The user must set the following parameters according to the data sheet of the sine-wave filter and also the user must check whether they are permitted. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the type of the filter at the motor side. © Siemens AG 2003 .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).

000 [mH] Factory setting 0. The parameter cannot be changed if the power unit has an internal sine-wave filter. SERVO_AC. T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(2). the parameter value is set to the value of the defined SIEMENS filter or to zero. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.Parameters List of parameters p0233 Power unit motor reactor / PU mot reactor SERVO. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . index: - Func.000 [µF] Description: Enters the capacitance of a sine-wave filter connected at the power unit output. index: - Func. p0234 Power unit sine-wave filter capacitance / PU sine filter C SERVO.000 [mH] Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output. VECTOR_AC. Refer to: p0230 Note: When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 = 1.ground). U. U.000 [µF] Max 1000.000 [µF] Factory setting 0. Refer to: p0230 Note: The parameter cannot be changed if the power unit has an internal sine-wave filter. Refer to: p0230 Note: The parameter value includes the sum of all of the capacitances of a phase connected in series (phase .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). U. 01/2013. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(2). index: - Func. Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power unit. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.000 [mH] Factory setting 0. p0233 Power unit motor reactor / PU mot reactor VECTOR. 1-160 © Siemens AG 2003 .000 [mH] Description: Enter the inductance of a filter connected at the power unit output. SERVO_AC. the parameter value of a third-party filter only has to be entered outside the commissioning phase (p0010 = 0) and then the controller calculation (p0340 = 3) is carried out. Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power unit.000 [mH] Max 1000. T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. For this reason. Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power unit. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(2).000 [mH] Max 1000.

01/2013.[ohm] Factory setting . p0249 Power unit cooling type / PU cool type S_INF. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-161 . VECTOR_AC. index: - Func. index: - Func. the parameter value of a third-party filter only has to be entered outside the commissioning phase (p0010 = 0). 2) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC.000 [µF] Factory setting 0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(2). index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC. p0235 Motor reactor in series number / L_mot in SeriesQty VECTOR. U. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. VECTOR. 2) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Value: 0: 1: Air cooling int Cold-Plate Note: For booksize compact power units. For this reason. the parameter value is set to the value of the defined SIEMENS filter or to zero. When exiting the quick commissioning using p3900 = 1. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . The parameter is irrelevant for all other power unit types.[ohm] Description: Displays the internal resistance of the power unit (IGBT and line resistance). then this can result in an unfavorable control behavior. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_AC. the value corresponds to the resistance of a power unit. Refer to: p0230 Note: The parameter value includes the sum of all of the capacitances of a phase connected in series (phase . Dependency: Refer to: p0230 Caution: If the number of motor reactors connected in series does not correspond to this parameter value. VECTOR. SERVO_AC. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. This therefore defines whether for these power units.000 [µF] Max 1000. r0238 Internal power unit resistance / PU R internal SERVO. Note: For a parallel circuit. Dependency: This parameter is automatically pre-set when you select a filter via p0230 if a SIEMENS filter is defined for the power unit. the internal air cooling is shut down and instead.ground).[ohm] Max . diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: C2(1.000 [µF] Description: Enters the capacitance of a sine-wave filter connected at the power unit output. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Sets the cooling type for booksize compact power units. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. there is a 4 at the 5th position in the Order No.Parameters List of parameters p0234 Power unit sine-wave filter capacitance / PU sine filter C VECTOR. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 3 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of reactors connected in series at the power unit output. the "ColdPlate" cooling type is used. © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_AC. SERVO.

SERVO. B_INF.. Dependency: Refer to: p0251 Note: For chassis units. Dependency: Refer to: p0252 Refer to: A30042 p0252 Maximum operating time power unit fan / PU fan t_oper max A_INF.Parameters List of parameters p0251[0. VECTOR_AC.n] A_INF. the maximum operating time in the power unit parameter is set to 50000 via the factory setting. VECTOR. 01/2013. S_INF. p0254[0. diagram: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [h] Max 4294967295 [h] Factory setting 0 [h] Displays the power unit fan operating hours of the internal fan in the power unit. index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Operating hours counter power unit fan / PU fan t_oper Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.g. diagram: - P-Group: Modulation Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [h] Max 100000 [h] Factory setting 40000 [h] Description: Sets the maximum operating time of the power unit fan. SERVO_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Dependency: 1-162 Refer to: A30042 © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. Data type: Unsigned32 VECTOR_I_AC P-Group: Modulation Description: Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. after a fan has been replaced). VECTOR. p0120 Func..g. S_INF. after a fan has been replaced). SERVO_I_AC. B_INF. diagram: - P-Group: Modulation Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [h] Max 4294967295 [h] Factory setting 0 [h] Displays the power unit fan operating hours. index: PDS. SERVO. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_AC. p0120 Func. VEC.. The monitoring is de-activated with p0252 = 0. The number of hours operated can only be reset to 0 in this parameter (e.Can be changed: T TOR. The number of hours operated can only be reset to 0 in this parameter (e. The pre-alarm (warning) is output 500 hours before this set value. SERVO_AC.n] Operating hours counter power unit fan inside the converter / PU inner fan t_op A_INF. S_INF. index: PDS.. VECTOR_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).

7: Is used for simultaneity monitoring for a parallel connection. F30061 Notice: Re index 4 .. the following applies: There are no separate monitoring times for the delay time between opening and closing. Re Index 2.The feedback signal input of an open bypass contactor must be displayed in r0256 = 0. VECTOR_AC. the maximum of the opening time and closing time is effective. Note: . F05119. © Siemens AG 2003 . For power unit firmware version less than 4.7] A_INF. Re index 4 . F30060. the particular monitoring is deactivated..5. SERVO_AC. all contactors of the parallel connection have assumed the same state. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display and BICO output for the status of the inputs/outputs of the power unit contactors.7] 0 [ms] Description: Sets the monitoring time for internal monitoring of the contactor feedback contacts. B_INF. . SERVO..The feedback signal input of an open pre-charging contactor must be displayed in r0256 = 1.. For a value 0. . after the monitoring time has expired. Index: [0] = Pre-charging contactor closing time [1] = Bypass contactor closing time [2] = Pre-charging contactor opening time [3] = Bypass contactor opening time [4] = Simultaneity pre-charging contactor closing time [5] = Simultaneity bypass contactor closing time [6] = Simultaneity pre-charging contactor opening time [7] = Simultaneity bypass contactor opening time Dependency: Refer to: r0256 Refer to: F05118.0 or negative values. Re index 0 . After a contactor has been opened or closed.....2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 3: Is used to monitor the delay time between the control and feedback signals of the particular contactor. index: - Func. S_INF.. SERVO_I_AC. In this case. 01/2013.. .0. diagram: - P-Group: Modulation Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min -1 [ms] Max 65535 [ms] Factory setting [0] 0 [ms] [1] 0 [ms] [2] -1 [ms] [3] -1 [ms] [4. r0256. this checks whether. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-163 .This parameter is only effective for chassis power units with 3 AC line connection and line contactors. B_INF.. VECTOR_AC.Parameters List of parameters p0255[0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 7: The simultaneity monitoring is only activate after parameter save and POWER ON..6. index: - Func. . The display is activated in p0212. 3: The value -1. diagram: 9814 P-Group: Displays.Determining practical monitoring times can be supported by a tracing r0256. VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Power unit contactor monitoring time / PU cont t_monit Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.0 means that the particular opening time is taken from Index 0 or 1.31 CO/BO: Power unit contactor inputs/outputs status / PU contact IO stat A_INF. S_INF.The simultaneity monitoring can only be activated for a parallel connection. VECTOR.

6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Signal name PDS0 pre-charging/line contactor control output PDS0 pre-charging/line contactor feedback signal input PDS0 bypass contactor control output PDS0 bypass contactor feedback signal input PDS1 pre-charging/line contactor control output PDS1 pre-charging/line contactor feedback signal input PDS1 bypass contactor control output PDS1 bypass contactor feedback signal input PDS2 pre-charging/line contactor control output PDS2 pre-charging/line contactor feedback signal input PDS2 bypass contactor control output PDS2 bypass contactor feedback signal input PDS3 pre-charging/line contactor control output PDS3 pre-charging/line contactor feedback signal input PDS3 bypass contactor control output PDS3 bypass contactor feedback signal input PDS4 pre-charging/line contactor control output PDS4 pre-charging/line contactor feedback signal input PDS4 bypass contactor control output PDS4 bypass contactor feedback signal input PDS5 pre-charging/line contactor control output PDS5 pre-charging/line contactor feedback signal input PDS5 bypass contactor control output PDS5 bypass contactor feedback signal input PDS6 pre-charging/line contactor control output PDS6 pre-charging/line contactor feedback signal input PDS6 bypass contactor control output PDS6 bypass contactor feedback signal input PDS7 pre-charging/line contactor control output PDS7 pre-charging/line contactor feedback signal input PDS7 bypass contactor control output PDS7 bypass contactor feedback signal input 1 signal High 0 signal Low FP - High Low - High High Low Low - High Low - High Low - High High Low Low - High Low - High Low - High High Low Low - High Low - High Low - High High Low Low - High Low - High Low - High High Low Low - High Low - High Low - High High Low Low - High Low - High Low - High High Low Low - High Low - High Low - High High Low Low - Dependency: Refer to: p0212 Note: This parameter is only effective for chassis power units with 3 AC line connection and line contactors. PDS: Power unit Data Set 1-164 © Siemens AG 2003 .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 01/2013.

"RKA liquid flow OK" When a fault occurs. VECTOR_AC (Cool_unit). no fault" . SERVO_I_AC (Cool_unit)."RKA conductivity. F49153 Note: RKA: Cooling unit p0261 Cooling unit starting time 2 / RKA start time 2 A_INF (Cool_unit). VECTOR (Cool_unit). SERVO (Cool_unit). After powering up.0 [s] Sets starting time 2 to monitor the cooling unit after power-on command. diagram: 9795 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-165 .0 [s] Factory setting 180. B_INF (Cool_unit). Dependency: Refer to: F49152. diagram: 9795 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. B_INF (Cool_unit). an appropriate message is output. SERVO (Cool_unit). T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 01/2013. an appropriate message is output. index: - Func. VECTOR (Cool_unit). S_INF (Cool_unit)."RKA conductivity. Dependency: Refer to: p0266 Refer to: F49151.0 [s] Sets starting time 1 to monitor the cooling unit after power-on command. SERVO_I_AC (Cool_unit). A49171 © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_AC (Cool_unit). S_INF (Cool_unit).Parameters List of parameters p0260 Cooling unit starting time 1 / RKA start time 1 A_INF (Cool_unit).0 [s] Max 60.0 [s] Factory setting 5. VECTOR_I_AC (Cool_unit) Description: Can be changed: U. SERVO_AC (Cool_unit). the following signals must be present within starting time 1: .0 [s] Max 1200. index: - Func. After powering up."RKA powered up" . no alarm" When a fault occurs. VECTOR_I_AC (Cool_unit) Description: Can be changed: U. the following signals must be present within starting time 2: . VECTOR_AC (Cool_unit).

Dependency: Refer to: F49151 p0263 Cooling unit fault liquid flow delay time / RKA flow t_del A_INF (Cool_unit). VECTOR_I_AC (Cool_unit) Description: Can be changed: U. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 9795 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC (Cool_unit). the conductivity exceeds the permissible fault value and the value remains for a longer time than is set in this parameter. diagram: 9795 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). VECTOR (Cool_unit). SERVO (Cool_unit). index: - Func. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.0 [s] Description: Sets the delay time for the fault "RKA: Liquid flow too low".Parameters List of parameters p0262 Cooling unit fault conductivity delay time / RKA cond t_del A_INF (Cool_unit). SERVO (Cool_unit).0 [s] Factory setting 3.0 [s] Max 180. S_INF (Cool_unit). VECTOR_AC (Cool_unit). VECTOR (Cool_unit).0 [s] Factory setting 0. S_INF (Cool_unit). diagram: 9795 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.0 [s] Max 20. The fault is only output if the cause is present for a time longer than is set in this parameter. B_INF (Cool_unit). The fault is only output if. © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_AC (Cool_unit). SERVO_I_AC (Cool_unit). VECTOR (Cool_unit). index: - Func.0 [s] Sets the run-up time of the cooling unit after a power-off command. S_INF (Cool_unit). during operation.0 [s] Sets the delay time for the fault "RKA: Conductive limit value exceeded" during operation. VECTOR_I_AC (Cool_unit) Can be changed: U. B_INF (Cool_unit).0 [s] Max 30. VECTOR_I_AC (Cool_unit) Description: 1-166 Can be changed: U.0 [s] Factory setting 30. SERVO (Cool_unit). SERVO_AC (Cool_unit). SERVO_I_AC (Cool_unit). 01/2013. SERVO_I_AC (Cool_unit). SERVO_AC (Cool_unit). SERVO_AC (Cool_unit). index: - Func. B_INF (Cool_unit). Dependency: Refer to: F49153 p0264 Cooling unit run-on time / RKA run-on time A_INF (Cool_unit).

Index: [0] = Cooling unit powered up [1] = Cooling unit ready to be powered up [2] = Cooling unit no alarm present [3] = Cooling unit no fault present [4] = Cooling unit no leaked liquid [5] = Cooling unit liquid flow OK [6] = Cooling unit conductivity < fault threshold [7] = Cooling unit conductivity < alarm threshold © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_I_AC (Cool_unit). VECTOR_AC (Cool_unit).Parameters List of parameters r0265. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 p0266[0.3 A_INF (Cool_unit).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: - Func. VECTOR (Cool_unit).. B_INF (Cool_unit). index: - Func. 01/2013. SERVO_AC (Cool_unit). VECTOR_AC (Cool_unit). SERVO (Cool_unit). SERVO_I_AC (Cool_unit).7] BI: Cooling unit feedback signals signal source / RKA fdbk S_src A_INF (Cool_unit).. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 FP - 1-167 .. S_INF (Cool_unit). VECTOR_I_AC (Cool_unit) BO: Cooling unit control word / RKA STW Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Binary Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC (Cool_unit) Signal name Power up cooling unit Message converter off Acknowledge faults Leakage sensing OK 1 signal Activating OFF Acknowledgement No leaked liquid 0 signal De-activating ON No acknowledgement Leaked liquid Can be changed: U. VECTOR (Cool_unit). diagram: - P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the control word for the cooling unit. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the signal sources for the feedback signals from the cooling unit. SERVO_AC (Cool_unit).0.. B_INF (Cool_unit). SERVO (Cool_unit). S_INF (Cool_unit).

. 430 V are permissible up to a duration of 1 min. 8864.. SERVO_AC. 01/2013. p0279 DC link voltage offset alarm threshold / Vdc offs A thresh A_INF. S_INF (Cool_unit).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). the minimum continuous DC link voltage may not lie below 430 V. this parameter has no significance. diagram: 8760. VECTOR_AC (Cool_unit). r0296 FP 9974 9974 Refer to: F30003 Notice: When using a Control Supply Module (CSM) for 24 V supply from the DC link. SERVO_I_AC. index: - Func. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC (Cool_unit). SERVO_I_AC (Cool_unit). VECTOR_I_AC Signal name RKA powered up RKA ready to be powered up RKA no alarm present RKA no fault present RKA no leaked fluid RKA liquid flow OK RKA conductivity no fault RKA conductivity no alarm 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No No Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. The value represents an offset so that the alarm threshold is obtained from the total of r0296 and p0279.. B_INF. 1-168 © Siemens AG 2003 . Note: The resulting shutdown threshold can be read in r0296 and is dependent on the selected rated voltage (p0210) and the power unit being used. VECTOR. diagram: - P-Group: Commands Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word of the cooling unit. B_INF (Cool_unit). Dependency: Refer to: p0210. DC link voltages in the range 300 . Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 Dependency: Refer to: p0266 p0278 DC link voltage undervoltage threshold reduction / Vdc U_under red SERVO. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . VECTOR_I_AC (Cool_unit) BO: Cooling unit status word / RKA ZSW Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. SERVO (Cool_unit).7 A_INF (Cool_unit).0. 8964 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - For chassis power units. Description: Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [V] Max 500 [V] Factory setting 0 [V] Sets the voltage threshold to initiate alarm A06810. index: - Func. VECTOR (Cool_unit). diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min -80 [V] Max 0 [V] Factory setting 0 [V] Description: Sets the absolute value by which the threshold to initiate the undervoltage fault (F30003) is reduced. S_INF Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn..Parameters List of parameters r0267.

p0224.. index: - Func.. The setpoint for the DC link voltage in p3510 is limited to the value in p0280. the value in p0280 is automatically adapted if the line supply voltage in p0210 is changed. 480 V chassis units: 750 V 500 .Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0210. diagram: 8860.. Pre-setting values: 380 . Caution: All motors connected to the DC link must be rated for the maximum DC link voltage set in this parameter.. The voltage can be increased (boosted) using the modulation depth reserve controller.. the line supply voltage is estimated using a model. 480 V booksize units: 660 V 380 . p0222. Dependency: Refer to: p0210 Refer to: A06800 Warning: Before increasing the voltage limit for pulsed operation of a controlled booksize infeed with line supply voltages p0210 > 415 V it should be checked whether the motors connected to the DC link are specified for the higher motor voltages. S_INF Description: Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. The setting is made as a percentage of the drive unit supply voltage (p0210). p0280 DC link voltage maximum steady-state / Vdc_max stat A_INF Description: Can be changed: C2(1). The modulation depth reserve (p3480) can be too low if p0210 (drive unit supply voltage) was incorrectly parameterized. 690 V chassis units: 0..2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Notice: For chassis power units... 480 V chassis units: 785 V 500 . alarm A06800 is output. 8964 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 50 [V] Max 1500 [V] Factory setting 660 [V] Sets the maximum steady-state DC link voltage. p0225. 480 V booksize units: 785 V 380 .. diagram: 8940.. p0223. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Dependency: Refer to: p0211. p0221. It is therefore important to ensure that drive unit data is correctly specified. for the extended line supply voltage range from 500 V to 690 V.875 * p0210 + 502 V Maximum values: 380 .. © Siemens AG 2003 . p0226 Note: If synchronizing voltages are not detected. 01/2013. The warning information associated with p0210 must be carefully observed. When the DC link voltage setpoint reaches the threshold. Note: A brief dynamic increase of the DC link voltage does not result in an alarm. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-169 . The individual parameter setting for p0280 is then lost and if necessary must be re-entered. 690 V chassis units: 1130 V p0281 Line supply overvoltage alarm threshold / U_l_over A thresh A_INF. r0296 Refer to: A06810 Note: The absolute value of the undervoltage threshold r0296 depends on the selected unit supply voltage (p0210). index: - Func. a line overvoltage condition is present or a high reactive current is required. 8960 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 100 [%] Max 200 [%] Factory setting 110 [%] Sets the alarm threshold for a line supply overvoltage condition.

the minimum shutdown threshold is 75 %. 01/2013. Dependency: Set as a percentage of the rated line frequency. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .0 [%] Max 100.0 [%] Description: Sets the alarm threshold for an excessively low line frequency. 45). S_INF Description: Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. p3421. index: - Func. p0224. index: - Func. 8964 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 100. Dependency: Refer to: p0282 Refer to: F06100 Notice: For booksize Active Line Modules. p0225. 8960 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 10 [%] Max 100 [%] Factory setting 75 [%] Sets the shutdown threshold for the line supply undervoltage.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).Parameters List of parameters p0282 Line supply undervoltage alarm threshold / U_l_under A thresh A_INF. p0226.0 [%] Factory setting 90. index: - Func. 8960 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 10 [%] Max 100 [%] Factory setting 85 [%] Sets the alarm threshold for a line undervoltage condition. the line supply voltage is estimated using a model. It is therefore important to ensure that drive unit data is correctly specified. S_INF Description: Can be changed: C2(1). diagram: 8864. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p3422 Refer to: A06105 Note: If synchronizing voltages are not detected. index: - Func. Dependency: Refer to: p0222. The setting is made as a percentage of the drive unit supply voltage (p0210).0 [%] Factory setting 110. p0283 Line supply undervoltage shutdown (trip) threshold / U_l_under tr_thrsh A_INF. diagram: 8860. S_INF Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.0 [%] Description: Sets the alarm threshold for an excessively high line frequency.0 [%] Max 300. Refer to: p0211 1-170 © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: 8860. Dependency: Set as a percentage of the rated line frequency. p0284 Line supply frequency exceeded alarm threshold / f_l_exc A thresh A_INF. diagram: 8864. S_INF Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 8964 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. The setting is made as a percentage of the drive unit supply voltage (p0210). the following applies: When operated without Active Interface Module (p0220 = 41 .. Refer to: p0211 p0285 Line supply frequency undershot alarm threshold / f_l_under A thresh A_INF.

A reduction. SERVO. SERVO_AC.1] A_INF.[Arms] Description: Displays the actual maximum output current of the power unit taking into account derating factors. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR. Sets the thresholds: . S_INF..Sequence: --> p0287[1] = 0 --> p0287[0] = 0 . . SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).2 of the power unit. if parameterized.[Arms] Max . is always realized after an appropriate alarm is output.0 [%] Description: Sets the shutdown thresholds for the ground fault monitoring.chip temperature (r0037[1]) .reduce the pulse frequency (only for vector control). Index: [0] = Threshold at which pre-charging starts [1] = Threshold at which pre-charging stops Dependency: Refer to: F30021 Note: The parameter only applies to booksize and chassis power units. VECTOR. r0289 CO: Maximum power unit output current / PU I_outp max SERVO. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2002 Expert list: 1 Min .power unit overload I2T (r0036) Possible measures to avoid thermal overload: . VECTOR_I_AC Ground fault monitoring thresholds / Gnd flt threshold Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. Value: 0: 1: Reduce output current or output frequency No reduction shutdown when overload threshold is reached © Siemens AG 2003 . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-171 .. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. The setting is made as a percentage of the maximum current of the power unit (r0209).0 [%] [1] 16.[Arms] Factory setting .irrespective of the firmware version of the power unit.0 [%] Max 100. p0290 Power unit overload response / PU overld response SERVO. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. The following quantities can result in a response to thermal overload: .heat sink temperature (r0037[0]) . SERVO_I_AC.0 [%] Factory setting [0] 6. 01/2013.Parameters List of parameters p0287[0. diagram: 8014 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the response to a thermal overload condition of the power unit.the prerequisite is at least firmware version 2. index: - Func.reduce the output current limit r0289 and r0067 (for closed-loop speed/velocity or torque/force control) or the output frequency (for U/f control) indirectly via the output current limit and the intervention of the current limiting controller). De-activating the ground fault monitoring: . SERVO_I_AC.

p0230. the drive is always shut down. r2135 Refer to: A05000. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. minimum speed p1080 and suppression [skip] speeds p1091 .13 set.13 set. Refer to: r0036.g. the I2t overload detection of the power unit does not influence the responses. index: - Func. Under overload conditions. 1-172 © Siemens AG 2003 . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . A reduction...power unit overload I2T (r0036) Possible measures to avoid thermal overload: . p0108. A07805 Caution: If the thermal overload of the power unit is not sufficiently reduced by the actions taken.15 or r2135. When the motor data identification routine is selected. When the motor data identification routine is selected. p1094) can be passed through. Under overload conditions. diagram: 8014 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 3 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the response to a thermal overload condition of the power unit. 3. for applications with variable torque such as for pumps and fans). Refer to: r0036. r0108. and r2135. This means that the power unit is always protected irrespective of the setting of this parameter. and therefore the motor is braked and forbidden speed ranges (e. and therefore the motor is braked and forbidden speed ranges (e.g. 2 is only practical if the load decreases with decreasing speed (e. A05001. p1094) can be passed through. A05001.reduce the output current limit r0289 and r0067 (for closed-loop speed/velocity or torque/force control) or the output frequency (for U/f control) indirectly via the output current limit and the intervention of the current limiting controller). minimum speed p1080 and suppression [skip] speeds p1091 .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). if parameterized.reduce the pulse frequency (only for vector control). the current and torque limit are reduced. the current and torque limit are reduced. For a thermal power unit overload.heat sink temperature (r0037[0]) . . p0108.g. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: Reduce output current or output frequency No reduction shutdown when overload threshold is reached Reduce I_output or f_output and f_pulse (not using I2t) Reduce the pulse frequency (not using I2t) Dependency: If a sine-wave filter is parameterized as output filter (p0230 = 3. is always realized after an appropriate alarm is output.g. then only responses can be selected without pulse frequency reduction (p0290 = 0. This means that the power unit is always protected irrespective of the setting of this parameter. p0290 Power unit overload response / PU overld response VECTOR. r0037. p0230. p0290 cannot be changed. VECTOR_AC. r0108. for applications with variable torque such as for pumps and fans).15 or r2135. A07805 Caution: If the thermal overload of the power unit is not sufficiently reduced by the actions taken. Note: The setting p0290 = 0 is only practical if the load decreases with decreasing speed (e. and r2135. 4).. 01/2013. r0037. The following quantities can result in a response to thermal overload: .Parameters List of parameters Dependency: For a thermal power unit overload. an appropriate alarm or fault is output. the drive is always shut down. p0290 cannot be changed. r2135 Refer to: A05000..chip temperature (r0037[1]) . Note: The setting p0290 = 0. 1). For p0290 = 2. an appropriate alarm or fault is output.

0 [%] Max 100. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_AC. Dependency: Refer to: r0037 Refer to: F30024 Note: The parameter is only relevant for chassis power units. fault F30005 is output. VECTOR_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-173 . SERVO_AC.0 [%] Factory setting 95. VECTOR.0 [%] Max 100. VECTOR. Infeed: When the threshold value is exceeded. diagram: 8014 P-Group: Converter Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1 Min . Dependency: Refer to: r0036 Refer to: A07805 Note: The parameter is only relevant for booksize units! © Siemens AG 2003 . p0294 Power unit alarm with I2t overload / PU I2t alrm thresh B_INF Can be changed: U. diagram: 8014 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 10. p0290 Refer to: A07805 Note: The I2t fault threshold is 100 %.Parameters List of parameters r0293 CO: Power unit alarm threshold model temperature / PU A_thr mod_temp SERVO.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). an overload alarm is generated and the system responds as parameterized in p0290. SERVO_I_AC. If this value is exceeded.[°C] Factory setting .0 [%] Factory setting 95.0 [%] Sets the alarm threshold for the I2t power unit overload. Dependency: Refer to: r0036.[°C] Description: Temperature alarm threshold for the difference from the chip and heat sink temperature in the thermal model. 01/2013. Drive: If this threshold is exceeded. S_INF. index: - Func. SERVO.[°C] Max . index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: U. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC. diagram: 8014 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 10.0 [%] Description: Sets the alarm threshold for the I2t power unit overload. only an overload alarm is output. index: - Func. p0294 Power unit alarm with I2t overload / PU I2t alrm thresh A_INF. VECTOR_AC.

SERVO_AC. index: - Func. 8964 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .For values less than 1 s. 8850. the fan can continue to run for longer than was set (e. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . r0297 DC link voltage overvoltage threshold / Vdc U_upper_thresh A_INF. r0296 DC link voltage undervoltage threshold / Vdc U_lower_thresh SERVO. index: - Func. r0296 DC link voltage undervoltage threshold / Vdc U_lower_thresh A_INF. For booksize drive units. SERVO_I_AC. S_INF. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . as a result of the excessively high heat sink temperature). SERVO_I_AC.[V] Max . SERVO_AC.[V] Factory setting . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. If the DC link voltage falls below this threshold. 8760. the drive unit is tripped due to a DC link undervoltage condition. 8950. Dependency: Refer to: F30003 Note: The value depends on the device type and the selected device rated voltage (p0210). VECTOR_AC. Note: .Parameters List of parameters p0295 Fan run-on time / Fan run-on time A_INF.g. SERVO_I_AC. 8950. B_INF. VECTOR.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: 8750.[V] Description: If the DC link voltage exceeds the threshold specified here. the following applies: The undervoltage threshold can be reduced with p0278. VECTOR. S_INF Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.[V] Description: Threshold to detect a DC link undervoltage. the drive unit is tripped due to DC link overvoltage.[V] Max . SERVO. 8760. diagram: 8750.Under certain circumstances. . index: - Func. 01/2013. 8850. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC. 8864. 8864. SERVO. T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Dependency: Refer to: F30002 1-174 © Siemens AG 2003 . the drive unit is tripped due to a DC link undervoltage condition.[V] Threshold to detect a DC link undervoltage. B_INF. Dependency: Refer to: p0278 Refer to: F30003 Note: The value depends on the device type and the selected device rated voltage (p0210). a 1 s run on time for the fan is active.[V] Max . 8964 P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .[V] Factory setting . S_INF. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. B_INF. If the DC link voltage falls below this threshold.[V] Factory setting . VECTOR. diagram: - P-Group: Converter Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [s] Max 600 [s] Factory setting 0 [s] Description: Sets the fan run-on time after the pulses for the power unit have been canceled.

. The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e. p0500 is pre-assigned with DRIVE-CLiQ corresponding to the motor type. power factor (p0308) is neither used nor displayed (in the BOP/AOP) Value: 0: 1: 2: 4: 102: 104: 107: 108: 111: 134: 136: 166: 200: 206: 207: 222: 236: 237: 261: 276: 283: 286: 291: 401: 403: 406: 444: 10000: 10001: 10100: No motor Induction motor (rotating) Synchronous motor (rotating. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 10100 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the motor type or start to read in the motor parameters for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ (p0300 = 10000). © Siemens AG 2003 . Refer to: p0301 Caution: If a catalog motor is selected (p0300 >= 100) and an associated motor code number (p0301).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0300 = 2 for p0301 = 2xxxx). permanent-magnet) Synchronous motor (linear. for synchronous motors. index: MDS. The following applies for p0300 < 10000: The first digit of the parameter value always defines the general motor type and corresponds to the third-party motor belonging to a motor list: 1 = Rotating induction motor 2 = Rotating synchronous motor 3 = Linear induction motor (reserved) 4 = Linear synchronous motor The type information must be entered to filter motor-specific parameters and to optimize the operating characteristics and behavior. For example. permanent-magnet) 1PH2 induction motor 1PH4 induction motor 1PH7 induction motor 1PH8 induction motor Induction motor (rotary) for OEMs 1PM4 induction motor 1PM6 induction motor 1PL6 induction motor 1PH8 synchronous motor 1FT6 synchronous motor 1FT7 synchronous motor Synchronous motor (rotary) for OEMs 1FK6 synchronous motor 1FK7 synchronous motor 1FE1 synchronous motor 1FS6 synchronous motor 1FW3 synchronous motor 1FW6 synchronous motor 2SP1 synchronous motor 1FN1 synchronous motor (linear) 1FN3 synchronous motor (linear) 1FN6 synchronous motor (linear) Synchronous motor (linear) for OEMs Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ 2nd data set Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ (only read in motor data) Dependency: When the motor type is changed. If p0300 = 10000 is written for a parameter download. If p0300 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). 01/2013.. then the parameters that are associated with this list cannot be changed (write protection). Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters.Parameters List of parameters p0300[0. then the matching technological application (p0500) is automatically pre-assigned.g. the code number in p0301 may be reset to 0. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. This does not occur when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. p0130 Func.n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel SERVO. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-175 .

2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 127xx 108 / 108xx.n] Motor type selection / Mot type sel VECTOR. VECTOR_AC. for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. p0130 Func. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . A motor type with a value above p0300 >= 100 describes motors for which a motor parameter list exists. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. 216xx. for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. p0300[0. 426xx Note: With p0300 = 10000. the motor parameters are automatically downloaded. 296xx 403 / 403xx. 146xx. This means that control parameters that are already optimized are kept. diagram: 6310 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 10001 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the motor type or starts to read in the motor parameters for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ (p0300 = 10000 or 10001. the motor parameters of a second data set (if available). 138xx. 122xx 104 / 104xx. 01/2013. 227xx 237 / 237xx. With p0300 = 10100. 148xx.Parameters List of parameters The motor type of a catalog motor corresponds to the upper three digits of the code number or the following assignment (if the particular motor type is listed): Type/code number ranges 102 / 102xx. In this case p0300 can only be set to p0300 = 10000 or 10001 (read motor parameters) or to the corresponding non-Siemens motor (first digit of the motor code number) in order to be able to cancel the write protection. 257xx 261 / 261xx. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. 416xx. 144xx. when the system powers up. For p0300 < 10000 the following applies: The first digit of the parameter value always defines the general motor type and corresponds to the third-party motor belonging to a motor list: 1 = Rotating induction motor 2 = Rotating synchronous motor 3 = Linear induction motor (reserved) 4 = Linear synchronous motor 5 = Synchronous motor separately-excited 7 = SIEMOSYN motor 8 = Reluctance motor 1-176 © Siemens AG 2003 . without subsequently newly calculating the control parameters. 214xx. the motor data are loaded. 210xx. then the drive commissioning routine cannot be exited. 156xx 166 / 166xx. 112xx. if there is a second data set). 226xx 207 / 207xx. 124xx 107 / 107xx.. 117xx. 118xx. 128xx. 293xx 286 / 286xx. this means that the motor parameters are pre-assigned the settings for a third-party motor. 247xx. motor code number p0301 must match the code number of the connected encoder r0302. 262xx 283 / 283xx. 176xx. with p0300 = 10001. 186xx 200 / 200xx. If a motor type has not been selected (p0300 = 0). To load the data. 224xx 206 / 206xx. index: MDS.. 220xx 204 / 204xx. 217xx. 158xx 134 / 134xx. 413xx 406 / 406xx. 154xx 136 / 136xx. 114xx. This also applies for parameters for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. When appropriately selected. Motor types with a value below p0300 < 100 correspond to the selection of a third-party motor.

p0300 = 5 cannot be selected with SINAMICS G. if the motor database permits this. 120xx. permanent-magnet) Synchronous motor (separately excited) SIEMOSYN motor Reluctance motor 1LE1 standard induction motor series 1LA1 standard induction motor series 1LE2 standard induction motor series (NEMA) 1LG6 standard induction motor series SIMOTICS FD induction motor series 1LA5 standard induction motor series 1LA6 standard induction motor series 1LA7 standard induction motor series 1LA8 / 1PQ8 standard induction motor series 1LA9 standard induction motor series 1PH2 induction motor 1PH4 induction motor 1PH7 induction motor 1PH8 induction motor Induction motor (rotary) for OEMs 1PM4 induction motor 1PM6 induction motor 1PL6 induction motor Synchronous motor (rotary) for OEMs 1FW4 synchronous motor 1FW3 synchronous motor Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ 2nd data set Dependency: Motors. 144xx. then the parameters that are associated with this list cannot be changed (write protection). This is the reason that after exiting commissioning.g. The motor type of a catalog motor corresponds to the upper three digits of the code number or the following assignment (if the particular motor type is listed): Type/code number ranges 100 / 100xx. A separately-excited synchronous motor can only be operated with an SSI encoder if this is used as the second encoder and an HTL/TTL encoder is used as the first encoder. 158xx 134 / 134xx. 154xx 136 / 136xx. 117xx. Caution: If a catalog motor is selected (p0300 >= 100) and an associated motor code number (p0301). 237 cannot be operated (also not as motor with DRIVE-CLiQ). 122xx 104 / 104xx. Value: 0: 1: 2: 5: 7: 8: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 102: 104: 107: 108: 111: 134: 136: 166: 222: 264: 283: 10000: 10001: No motor Induction motor (rotating) Synchronous motor (rotating. The write protection is canceled if the motor type p0300 is set to a non-Siemens motor that matches p0301 (e. for synchronous motors. 156xx © Siemens AG 2003 . 127xx 108 / 108xx. When the motor type is changed. 110xx. 112xx. p0627 and p0628 of the thermal motor model are pre-assigned as a function of p0307 and p0311. when exiting commissioning then p1750 bit 5 is automatically set. For example. 150xx 102 / 102xx. Write protection is automatically canceled when the results of motor data identification are copied to the motor parameters. 114xx.g.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). all parameters must be saved and a warm restart must be initiated (e. 138xx. selection 206.Parameters List of parameters The type information must be entered to filter motor-specific parameters and to optimize the operating characteristics and behavior. the code number in p0301 may be reset to 0. 130xx. parameters p0335. 236. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-177 . p0300 = 2 for p0301 = 2xxxx). 124xx 107 / 107xx. When selecting a motor type from the 1LA5 and 1LA7 series. 148xx. p0009=30. 01/2013. p0626. p0976=3). 128xx. 146xx. 118xx. p0300 = 12 can only be selected for p0100 = 1 (NEMA). When selecting a 1FW4 motor. 140xx. power factor (p0308) is neither used nor displayed (in the BOP/AOP). Refer to: p0301 Caution: A permanent-magnet synchronous motor cannot be operated with an SSI encoder without HTL/TTL track.

SERVO_AC (Lin). Refer to: p0300 Note: The motor code number can only be changed if the matching catalog motor was first selected in p0300. When selecting a catalog motor (p0300 >= 100). p0301 cannot be changed.. SERVO_AC. If a motor type has not been selected (p0300 = 0). for direct drives. Dependency: Code numbers can only be selected for motor types that correspond to the motor type selected in p0300. 274xx. 1-178 © Siemens AG 2003 . A motor type with a value above p0300 >= 100 describes motors for which a motor parameter list exists. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. 01/2013..n] Motor code number selection / Mot code No. When selecting a catalog motor (p0300 >= 100). the third decimal position can be higher by a value of 1.. the motor parameters are automatically downloaded. the motor code number (p0301) is changed. For 1PH2. For 1FE1 motors. code numbers are also possible.. This also applies for parameters for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. then the drive commissioning routine cannot be exited. 294xx 283 / 283xx. with p0300 = 10001. In this case p0300 can only be set to p0300 = 10000 or 10001 (read motor parameters) or to the corresponding non-Siemens motor (first digit of the motor code number) in order to be able to cancel the write protection. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(1. 1PH4. For a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. When changing the code number (with the exception to the value 0).Parameters List of parameters 166 / 166xx. In this case. p0301[0. for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. all of the motor parameters are pre-assigned from the internally available parameter lists. Note: With p0300 = 10000. the motor parameters of a second data set (if available). sel SERVO (Lin). If. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 186xx 264 / 264xx. drive commissioning can only be exited if a code number is selected. this means that the motor parameters are pre-assigned the settings for a third-party motor. p0130 Func. Motor types with a value below p0300 < 100 correspond to the selection of a third-party motor. When appropriately selected. When changing the code number (with the exception to the value 0). 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. 176xx. Dependency: Code numbers can only be selected for motor types that correspond to the motor type selected in p0300. p0130 Func.n] Motor code number selection / Mot code No. index: MDS.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 293xx Notice: For 1PQ8 motors (p0300 = 18) the fan type p0335 should be set to 5. 1PH7. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: The parameter is used to select a motor from a motor parameter list. p0301[0. 1FT6 motors. 284xx. this does not automatically result in the angular commutation offset being determined (p0431). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: The parameter is used to select a motor from a motor parameter list. all of the motor parameters are pre-assigned from the internally available parameter lists. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. whose fourth decimal position is greater by a value of 1 or 2 than the matching motor type in p0300. p0301 is automatically written to the code number of the motor parameter read in (r0302) if p0300 is set to 10000. index: MDS. 1PM6. Refer to: p0300 Note: The motor code number can only be changed if the matching catalog motor was first selected in p0300. drive commissioning can only be exited if a code number is selected. sel SERVO. 1PM4.

10001.. p0130 Func. SERVO_I_AC. p0130 Func. p0301 cannot be changed.POWER ON (off/on). update DRIVE-CLiQ device). whose fourth decimal position is greater by a value of 1 or 2 than the matching motor type in p0300.. drive commissioning can only be exited if a code number is selected.n] Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ status word / Motor w DQ ZSW SERVO. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: The parameter is used to select a motor from a motor parameter list. index: MDS.. 1PH4. sel VECTOR. VECTOR_AC. then the motor data set should be re-loaded using p0300 = 10000. For 1FE1 motors. SERVO_AC. 1PM4.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). When changing the code number (with the exception to the value 0). 1PM6. p0130 Func. all of the motor parameters are pre-assigned from the internally available parameter lists. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the motor code number from the saved motor data from a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-179 . code numbers are also possible. 1PH7. .g. The value is not updated cyclically but only on specific events (e. 1FT6 motors. r0302 = 0: No motor with DRIVE-CLiQ found r0303[0. VECTOR_AC. © Siemens AG 2003 . Note: Drive commissioning can only be exited if the code number that was downloaded (r0302) matches the stored code number (p0301). VECTOR_I_AC Motor code number of motor with DRIVE-CLiQ / Mot code mot w/ DQ Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. Motor parameter sensing takes place in the following events if the SMI is connected to the Motor Module and the encoder is activated (p0145): . index: MDS. p0301 is automatically written to the code number of the motor parameter read in (r0302) if p0300 is set to 10000.n] SERVO. In this case. SERVO_I_AC.. the third decimal position can be higher by a value of 1. SERVO_AC. The motor data are always expected from the first encoder that is assigned to the drive data sets (refer to p0187 = encoder 1) data set number. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR. For a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. 01/2013. index: MDS.where p0300 = 10000.. Refer to: p0300 Note: The motor code number can only be changed if the matching catalog motor was first selected in p0300. For 1PH2. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the status word of the automatic motor parameter sensing of a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ.n] Motor code number selection / Mot code No. . When selecting a catalog motor (p0300 >= 100).Warm restart . If the numbers differ.downloading projects. Dependency: Code numbers can only be selected for motor types that correspond to the motor type selected in p0300..Parameters List of parameters p0301[0. r0302[0.

If the rated motor current exceeds twice the maximum drive converter current (r0209). diagram: 6300 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0305[0. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. then the maximum current is reduced due to the current harmonics that increase overproportionally (r0067). VECTOR_AC.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0. diagram: 6300 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. SERVO_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Note: When the parameter value is entered the connection type of the motor (star-delta) must be taken into account. p0305[0. Dependency: Refer to: p0349 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the rated motor current (rating plate). p0130 Func. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). index: MDS. then the maximum current p0640 is pre-assigned accordingly. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. diagram: 6300.n] Rated motor current / Mot I_rated VECTOR. 01/2013. VECTOR.Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 Signal name Motor data set selected Motor connection type Windings can be changed Windings can be changed number Dependency: Refer to: p0145. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. p0300 Note: SMI: SINAMICS Sensor Module Integrated 1 signal MDS1 Delta Yes 2 0 signal MDS0 Star No 0 FP - p0304[0. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.00 [Arms] Max 10000. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. p0130 Func. p0130 Func. Note: When the parameter value is entered the connection type of the motor (star-delta) must be taken into account. 1-180 © Siemens AG 2003 . Notice: If p0305 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). Dependency: Refer to: p0349 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Note: When the parameter value is entered the connection type of the motor (star-delta) must be taken into account.. VECTOR_AC. index: MDS. index: MDS. SERVO_I_AC.. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_AC. Dependency: Refer to: p0349 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected..00 [Arms] Description: Sets the rated motor current (rating plate). Notice: If p0305 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). then the maximum current p0640 is pre-assigned accordingly.n] Rated motor current / Mot I_rated SERVO.. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.n] Rated motor voltage / Mot U_rated SERVO.00 [Arms] Max 10000. 6724 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [Vrms] Max 20000 [Vrms] Factory setting 0 [Vrms] Description: Sets the rated motor voltage (rating plate).

p0360 ..masses/moments of inertia: p0341. p0318.an individual motor must not be loaded beyond its stall point. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). internally an equivalent motor is calculated. r0370. p0361 . external thermal protection should be provided for each individual motor.currents: p0305. r0333). r0382 Caution: The motors to be connected in parallel must be of the same type and size (same order no. r0374). VECTOR_AC. r0377. p0130 Func. Dependency: Refer to: r0331. After changing p0306. p0329. p0325. p0391. Depending on the motor number entered.. r0331. index: MDS.n] Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty VECTOR.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. p0344 All other parameters take into account the replacement/equivalent motor (e. Recommend.. p0320. p0357.torques/forces: p0312. p0323. index: MDS. r0373. p0323. Recommend. r0331. p0356. internally an equivalent motor is calculated. p0344 All other parameters take into account the replacement/equivalent motor (e. p0130 Func. For induction motors that are connected in parallel. p0352. p0329.n] Number of motors connected in parallel / Motor qty SERVO. p0358.g. (MLFB)).g.: For motors connected in parallel. but which are not mechanically coupled with one another. be following applies: . p0390. p0353. p0389. p0338..masses/moments of inertia: p0341. p0306[0. Dependency: Refer to: r0331 © Siemens AG 2003 .the individual motors must be mechanically coupled with one another and the EMF must be aligned to one another.Parameters List of parameters p0306[0. The number of motors set must correspond to the number of motors that are actually connected in parallel. p0392 . then the maximum current p0640 is appropriately preassigned. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-181 .resistances and inductances: p0350. the pole position of motors that are rigidly coupled with one another (mechanically) must be identical.power ratings: p0307 . p0319 . r0374. p0391.currents: p0305. external thermal protection should be provided for each individual motor. The following should be carefully observed for motors connected in series: The following rating plate data should only be entered for one motor: . p0392 . it is imperative that the control parameters are adapted (e.. p0354. Depending on the motor number entered.: For motors connected in parallel..g.resistances and inductances: p0350 . r0376. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 10 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number (count) of motors that can be operated in parallel using one motor data set. The following should be carefully observed for motors connected in series: The following rating plate data should only be entered for one motor: . r0373. The mounting regulations when connecting motors in parallel must be carefully maintained! Especially for synchronous motors.power ratings: p0307 . For synchronous motors connected in parallel with p1300 >= 20. p0320. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 50 Factory setting 1 Description: Number of motors that can be operated in parallel using one motor data set. p0325. then the following applies: . SERVO_AC. r0370. Notice: If p0306 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). using automatic calculation with p0340 = 1). 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. 01/2013. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1.

The number of motors set must correspond to the number of motors that are actually connected in parallel. VECTOR_AC.. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.. be following applies: .. p0130 Func. Note: For generators.. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Separately-excited synchronous motors must not be connected in parallel. Synchronous and reluctance motors that are not coupled with one another align themselves when the pulses are switched in.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).00 [kW] Description: Sets the rated motor power (rating plate). p0130 Func.00 [kW] Factory setting 0. p0307[0. index: MDS.n] Rated motor power / Mot P_rated VECTOR. Notice: If p0306 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). a negative rated power should be entered. using automatic calculation with p0340 = 1). The mounting regulations when connecting motors in parallel must be carefully maintained! Especially for synchronous motors. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Dependency: IECdrives (p0100 = 0): Units kW NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): Units hp Refer to: p0100 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). but which are not mechanically coupled with one another. p0307[0. Dependency: IECdrives (p0100 = 0): Units kW NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): Units hp Refer to: p0100 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). it is imperative that the control parameters are adapted (e. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min -100000. (MLFB)).00 [kW] Description: Sets the rated motor power (rating plate).00 [kW] Max 100000.00 [kW] Max 100000.the individual motors must be mechanically coupled with one another and the EMF must be aligned to one another. then equalization currents flow between the motors. then the following applies: . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Note: Only operation with U/f characteristic makes sense if more than 10 identical motors are connected in parallel.an individual motor must not be loaded beyond its stall point. the pole position of motors that are rigidly coupled with one another (mechanically) must be identical. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. then the maximum current p0640 is appropriately preassigned. If the motors have different load levels. For synchronous motors connected in parallel with p1300 >= 20.00 [kW] Factory setting 0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. For induction motors that are connected in parallel. index: MDS. 1-182 © Siemens AG 2003 . This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). After changing p0306. SERVO_AC. 01/2013.Parameters List of parameters Caution: The motors to be connected in parallel must be of the same type and size (same order no. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1.g. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 14_6 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.n] Rated motor power / Mot P_rated SERVO.

Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx).00 [Hz] Max 3000.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0309. Note: For synchronous motors. instead. it is not possible to calculate the pole pair. r0332 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). the maximum speed p1082. index: MDS. the parameter is not required and must therefore be pre-assigned zero. index: MDS.. which is also associated with quick commissioning. SERVO_I_AC. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).n] Rated motor efficiency / Mot eta_rated VECTOR. Notice: If p0310 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1).000 Factory setting 0. p0308. p0130 Func. p0314 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).0 [%] Max 99.9 [%] Factory setting 0. SERVO_AC. then the maximum speed p1082.0. r0332 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).Parameters List of parameters p0308[0. Dependency: This parameter is only available for NEMA motors (p0100 = 1). 01/2013.0 [%] Description: Sets the rated motor efficiency (rating plate). Dependency: The number of pole pairs (r0313) is automatically re-calculated when the parameter is changed (together with p0311). For p0310 = 0. p0310[0. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx).. Dependency: This parameter is only available for IEC motors (p0100 = 0). p0130 Func. VECTOR_AC.00 [Hz] Factory setting 0. For a parameter value of 0. index: MDS.000 Description: Sets the rated motor power factor (cos phi. If p0310 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). the power factor is internally calculated and displayed in r0332. Refer to: p0311. p0130 Func.. if p0314 = 0. Refer to: p0100. is pre-assigned accordingly. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Refer to: p0100. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-183 . the power factor is internally calculated and displayed in r0332.. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM.n] Rated motor power factor / Mot cos_phi_rated SERVO. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.. © Siemens AG 2003 . which is also associated with quick commissioning.. For a parameter value of 0. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.00 [Hz] Description: Sets the rated motor frequency (rating plate).000. p0309[0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. SERVO_AC. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. r0313.n] Rated motor frequency / Mot f_rated SERVO. is pre-assigned accordingly. VECTOR. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. rating plate). it must be entered in p0314. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.000 Max 1.

index: MDS.00 Hz and 650. 01/2013.. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.. Dependency: The number of pole pairs (r0313) is automatically re-calculated when the parameter is changed (together with p0311).n] Rated motor speed / Mot n_rated SERVO. Refer to: p0311. Notice: If p0310 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. Dependency: The pole pair width is set in p0315. diagram: 6300 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. The rated frequency is restricted to values between 1.0 [rpm] Max 210000. r0313. SERVO_AC.. Dependency: If p0311 is changed and for p0314 = 0. which is also associated with quick commissioning. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(1.00 [Hz] Max 3000. p0314 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). is pre-assigned accordingly. which is also associated with quick commissioning.0 [m/min] Description: Sets the rated motor velocity (rating plate). Refer to: p0310. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.0 [rpm] Description: Sets the rated motor speed (rating plate). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.n] Rated motor velocity / Mot v_rated SERVO (Lin). This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). is pre-assigned accordingly.0 [m/min] Factory setting 0. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. r0313. p0311[0. the maximum speed p1082. Refer to: p0310. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). p0130 Func. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0130 Func.. the pole pair (r0313) is re-calculated automatically. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. the maximum speed p1082. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. 1-184 © Siemens AG 2003 .00 [Hz] Factory setting 0.. index: MDS.00 Hz. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0314 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).0 [rpm] Factory setting 0. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).n] Rated motor frequency / Mot f_rated VECTOR. if p0314 = 0. Notice: If p0311 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0311[0. the maximum speed p1082.Parameters List of parameters p0310[0. index: MDS.00 [Hz] Description: Sets the rated motor frequency (rating plate).. VECTOR_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . is pre-assigned accordingly. Notice: If p0311 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). which is also associated with quick commissioning. p0314 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). SERVO_AC (Lin). 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. r0313. p0130 Func.0 [m/min] Max 6000.

n] Rated motor force / Mot F_rated SERVO (Lin).00 [N] Factory setting 0.. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 8_4 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-185 . REL. SERVO_AC... p0130 Func. index: MDS. SERVO_AC.00 [Nm] Factory setting 0. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0314 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). actual (or calculated) / Mot PolePairNo act SERVO.00 [Nm] Max 1000000. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. index: MDS.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the rated motor torque (rating plate). REL. Refer to: p0310. index: MDS.. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.00 [N] Max 1000000. etc. The value is used for internal calculations.00 [N] Description: Sets the rated motor force (rating plate).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).Parameters List of parameters p0311[0. p0312[0.. p0130 Func. SERVO_AC (Lin). which is also associated with quick commissioning. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. the maximum speed p1082. VECTOR_AC. the pole pair (r0313) is re-calculated automatically. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 7_4 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM.n] Rated motor torque / Mot M_rated SERVO. the rated motor slip of induction motors is internally calculated and displayed in r0330. r0313[0. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). © Siemens AG 2003 . Dependency: If p0311 is changed and for p0314 = 0. For VECTOR the following applies (p0107): For p0311 = 0. r0313. It is especially important to correctly enter the rated motor speed for vector control and slip compensation for U/f control. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). p0130 Func.0 [rpm] Description: Sets the rated motor speed (rating plate). SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0130 Func. Notice: If p0311 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1).. p0312[0.n] Motor pole pair number. 01/2013. diagram: 5300 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of motor pole pairs. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.0 [rpm] Factory setting 0.. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. is pre-assigned accordingly.n] Rated motor speed / Mot n_rated VECTOR. r0313 = 1: 2-pole motor r0313 = 2: 4-pole motor. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. index: MDS.0 [rpm] Max 210000. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).

p0130 Func.. Dependency: 1-186 For p0314 = 0. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the motor pole pair number.n] Motor pole pair number / Mot pole pair No.. the pole pair number is set to the value of 2 if the rated speed or the rated frequency is zero. SERVO_AC. In this case. etc. the value need only be input if the rated data of a generator is entered therefore resulting in a negative rated slip. p0314 Note: For the automatic calculation. actual (or calculated) / Mot PolePairNo act VECTOR. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Dependency: For p0314 > 0. p0130 Func. rated frequency (p0310) and rated speed (p0311).n] Motor pole pair number / Mot pole pair No. the pole pair number (r0313) is automatically calculated from the rated power (p0307). Refer to: p0310. r0313[0. p0130 Func. the pole pair number is automatically calculated from the rated frequency (p0310) and the rated speed (p0311) and displayed in r0313.Parameters List of parameters Dependency: For p0314 > 0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. the pole pair number is set to the value of 2 if the rated speed or the rated frequency is zero. SERVO. index: MDS. the entered value is displayed in r0313. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.. VECTOR.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: 5300 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of motor pole pairs. 01/2013. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4000 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the motor pole pair number. p0314[0. r0313 = 1: 2-pole motor r0313 = 2: 4-pole motor. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. The value is used for internal calculations.. VECTOR_AC. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). p0314 = 1: 2-pole motor p0314 = 2: 4-pole motor. For p0314 = 0. the maximum speed p1082. Refer to: p0307. etc.. For p0314 = 0.. index: MDS. © Siemens AG 2003 . p0311. p0314 = 1: 2-pole motor p0314 = 2: 4-pole motor. the pole pair number (r0313) is automatically calculated from the rated frequency (p0310) and the rated speed (p0311). Dependency: For p0314 = 0.n] Motor pole pair number. etc. the pole pair number is automatically calculated from the rated frequency (p0310) and the rated speed (p0311) and displayed in r0313. p0310. VECTOR_AC. p0314[0. the entered value is displayed in r0313. which is also associated with quick commissioning. p0311. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. p0314 Note: For the automatic calculation. is pre-assigned accordingly. index: MDS. the number of pole pairs in r0313 is too low by 1 and must be manually corrected. For induction motors. Notice: If p0314 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1).

. 01/2013. Dependency: Refer to: r0334. U. For induction motors. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0316 = 0: The force constant is calculated from the motor data. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. REL. T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1. Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(1. is pre-assigned accordingly. index: MDS.00 [N/Arms] Description: Sets the force constant of the synchronous motor. 3). this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. 3).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-187 . © Siemens AG 2003 .00 [Nm/A] Max 400. p0316 > 0: The selected value is used as torque constant. p0130 Func.. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. index: MDS. the maximum speed p1082. p0316 > 0: The selected value is used as force constant. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(1. p0130 Func. p0315[0. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 29_1 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM. SERVO_AC (Lin).n] Motor force constant / Mot kT SERVO (Lin). r1937 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).00 [mm] Description: Sets the pole pair width of the linear motor.Parameters List of parameters Notice: If p0314 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). which is also associated with quick commissioning.00 [mm] Factory setting 30...00 [Nm/A] Factory setting 0.00 [Nm/A] Description: Sets the torque constant of the synchronous motor. SERVO_AC (Lin). FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.00 [N/Arms] Factory setting 0. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0316 = 0: The torque constant is calculated from the motor data.00 [mm] Max 1000. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).n] Motor pole pair width / MotPolePair width SERVO (Lin). p0316[0. the number of pole pairs in r0313 is too low by 1 and must be manually corrected. REL. In this case. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. SERVO_AC. the value need only be input if the rated data of a generator is entered therefore resulting in a negative rated slip. p0130 Func. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.n] Motor torque constant / Mot kT SERVO. r1937 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301)... p0316[0. U.00 [N/Arms] Max 15000. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM. Dependency: Refer to: r0334.

Units for rotating synchronous motors: Vrms/(1000 rpm). p0317[0. phase Dependency: Refer to: r1938 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).0 [Vrms] Description: Sets the voltage constant for synchronous motors. REL. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .0 [Vrms s/m] Factory setting 0...n] Motor torque constant / Mot kT VECTOR. Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). p0130 Func. index: MDS. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. index: MDS.00 [Nm/A] Description: Sets the torque constant of the synchronous motor.0 [Vrms] Factory setting 0. Units for linear synchronous motors: Vrms s/m. p0316 = 0: The torque constant is calculated from the motor data. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). U. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. 01/2013. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.n] Motor voltage constant / Mot kE SERVO (Lin). Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx).00 [Nm/A] Max 400. index: MDS. p0317[0.. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_AC (Lin). Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM. 1-188 © Siemens AG 2003 . p0316 > 0: The selected value is used as torque constant..00 [Nm/A] Factory setting 0. phase-to-phase Dependency: Refer to: r1938 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. REL. p0130 Func. SERVO_AC. p0130 Func.0 [Vrms s/m] Description: Sets the voltage constant for synchronous motors.0 [Vrms] Max 24000. Dependency: Refer to: r0334 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).Parameters List of parameters p0316[0. 3).0 [Vrms s/m] Max 5000.n] Motor voltage constant / Mot kE SERVO. REL. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. VECTOR_AC..

REL. p0130 Func. SERVO_AC. 01/2013.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-189 . p0130 Func. REL.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0. This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). © Siemens AG 2003 ... p0320[0.000 the magnetizing current is internally calculated and displayed in r0331. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR. Note: This parameter value is not evaluated from a control-related perspective. VECTOR_I_AC Motor stall current / Mot I_standstill Can be changed: C2(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. VECTOR_AC.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the stall current for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0319[0. Synchronous motors: Sets the rated motor short-circuit current..n] Motor rated magnetizing current/short-circuit current / Mot I_mag_rated SERVO.. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 7_4 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM. diagram: 8017 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. REL.n] Motor stall force / Mot F_standstill SERVO (Lin). Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301)..00 [Arms] Max 10000.000 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [Nm] Max 100000. diagram: 5722 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL.00 [Nm] Factory setting 0. SERVO_AC.000 [Arms] Description: Induction motors: Sets the rated motor magnetizing current. SERVO_I_AC.Parameters List of parameters p0318[0. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 8_4 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM. For p0320 = 0. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. SERVO_AC. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.00 [N] Factory setting 0. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.n] SERVO. p0319[0.00 [Nm] Description: Sets the standstill (stall) torque for rotating synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). VECTOR_AC. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. VECTOR. index: MDS. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). index: MDS.n] Motor stall torque / Mot M_standstill SERVO. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). p0130 Func. Note: The parameter is used for the I2t monitoring of the motor (refer to p0611).00 [N] Max 100000. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).00 [N] Description: Sets the standstill (stall) force for linear synchronous motors (p0300 = 4xx). U. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.. index: MDS.. SERVO_AC (Lin). p0130 Func. index: MDS. This parameter value is not evaluated from a control-related perspective. SERVO_I_AC. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.000 [Arms] Max 5000.

n] Maximum motor speed / Mot n_max SERVO. Notice: If p0322 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0130 Func. VECTOR: If. index: MDS.. which is also associated with quick commissioning.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).0 [m/min] Max 1000. p0322[0. Spin_diag) Can be changed: C2(1. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. index: MDS. 1-190 © Siemens AG 2003 . Dependency: Refer to: p1082. p0322[0. is pre-assigned accordingly. p0322[0. for induction motors.0 [rpm] Max 210000. SERVO_I_AC (Spin_diag) Can be changed: C2(1. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. SERVO_I_AC (Lin. Notice: If p0322 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). Spin_diag).0 [m/min] Factory setting 0. r1082 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. Spin_diag).. p0130 Func. the maximum speed p1082. which is also associated with quick commissioning. r1082 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301)....0 [m/min] Description: Sets the maximum motor velocity. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). which is also associated with quick commissioning.0 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum motor speed. is pre-assigned accordingly.0 [rpm] Max 260000. 01/2013. the magnetizing current p0320 is changed outside the commissioning phase (p0010 > 0). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .0 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum motor speed. SERVO_AC (Spin_diag). Dependency: Refer to: p1082. Notice: If p0322 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. SERVO_AC.0 [rpm] Factory setting 0. the maximum speed p1082. index: MDS.Parameters List of parameters Note: The magnetization current p0320 for induction motors (not for catalog motors) is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. r1082 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).. the maximum speed p1082. SERVO_AC (Lin. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).n] Maximum motor speed / Mot n_max SERVO (Spin_diag). 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). is pre-assigned accordingly.n] Motor maximum velocity / Mot v_max SERVO (Lin. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.0 [rpm] Factory setting 0. then the magnetizing inductance p0360 is changed so that the EMF r0337 remains constant. Dependency: Refer to: p1082. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.

SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. © Siemens AG 2003 . 3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the maximum permissible motor current (e. VECTOR_AC.Parameters List of parameters p0322[0.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).n] Maximum motor current / Mot I_max VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1.00 [Arms] Max 20000. The user-selectable current limit is entered into p0640. then the maximum current p0640 is pre-assigned accordingly. is pre-assigned accordingly. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).00 [Arms] Factory setting 0. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). de-magnetizing current for synchronous motors). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.0 [rpm] Factory setting 0. p0130 Func. The parameter has not effect for synchronous motors if a value of 0... r1082 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Notice: If p0323 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1).0 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum motor speed.g. then the maximum current p0640 is pre-assigned accordingly. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Notice: If p0323 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. 01/2013.00 [Arms] Max 20000.0 is entered.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the maximum permissible motor current (e.0 [rpm] Max 210000. Dependency: Refer to: p1082. Notice: If p0322 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). a value must always be entered for the maximum motor current. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. index: MDS.. The user-selectable current limit is entered into p0640. For synchronous motors. p0323 is a motor data. the maximum speed p1082.. diagram: 5722 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. Note: The parameter has no effect for induction motors. which is also associated with quick commissioning. Note: The parameter has no effect for induction motors. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0130 Func. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-191 . this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. p0323[0.n] Maximum motor current / Mot I_max SERVO.. index: MDS. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).g. index: MDS.n] Maximum motor speed / Mot n_max VECTOR. p0323[0. diagram: 5722 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. de-magnetizing current for synchronous motors). p0130 Func.

0 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum speed for the winding. the minimum value from the two parameters is used. index: MDS.for p0324 = 0 or p0532 = 0. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.0 [rpm] Max 210000. p0322 is used. Dependency: Refer to: p0322. VECTOR_AC. then the maximum speed p1082. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.0 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum speed for the winding. Notice: If p0324 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). . this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.for p0324 > 0 and p0532 > 0. the minimum value from the two parameters is used. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).0 [rpm] Factory setting 0. is pre-assigned appropriately.0 [m/min] Max 1000. Dependency: Refer to: p0322. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. The following applies when calculating the maximum speed (p1082): . 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).for p0324 = 0 or p0532 = 0. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p1082. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.for p0324 > 0 and p0532 > 0. p0324[0. The following applies when calculating the maximum velocity (p1082): . p0130 Func. SERVO_AC (Lin). SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. 1-192 © Siemens AG 2003 . Dependency: Refer to: p0322. p1082. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0322 is used. index: MDS. then the maximum velocity p1082.n] Winding maximum speed / Winding n_max SERVO.. The following applies when calculating the maximum speed (p1082): .. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. SERVO_AC. which is also associated with quick commissioning.. Notice: If p0324 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1).. r1082 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(1.0 [m/min] Factory setting 0.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).for p0324 > 0 and p0532 > 0. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 01/2013. r1082 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).0 [rpm] Factory setting 0. p0130 Func.. the minimum value from the two parameters is used.0 [m/min] Description: Sets the maximum velocity for the winding. Notice: If p0324 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). p0324[0.0 [rpm] Max 210000.for p0324 = 0 or p0532 = 0. is pre-assigned appropriately.Parameters List of parameters p0324[0. p1082. p0532. r1082 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . then the maximum speed p1082. which is also associated with quick commissioning. p0322 is used. p0532. which is also associated with quick commissioning. is pre-assigned appropriately.n] Winding maximum speed / Winding n_max VECTOR.n] Winding maximum velocity / Winding v_max SERVO (Lin). . p0130 Func. . p0532. index: MDS.

then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(3). U. Dependency: Refer to: p0329..n] Motor stall force correction factor / Mot F_stall_corr SERVO (Lin). p0356). index: MDS. r1992 Refer to: F07995 Notice: When the motor code (p0301) is changed. the value in p0326 is automatically adapted to maintain the stall torque. SERVO_AC (Lin). it is possible that p0325 is not pre-assigned. r1986. r1984.n] Motor pole position identification current 1st phase / Mot PolID I 1st ph SERVO. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. p1982. VECTOR_AC. p0130 Func.n] Motor stall torque correction factor / Mot M_stall_corr SERVO. . SERVO_AC.. r1985. The following applies for firmware version 2. The following applies for firmware version 2. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 5 [%] Max 300 [%] Factory setting 60 [%] Description: Sets the correction factor for the stall torque/force at a 600 V DC link voltage. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. p0356).000 [Arms] Max 10000... p0326[0. The reference value for this parameter is inversely proportional to the leakage inductance of the motor (p0353. p1981. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-193 .6 SP2 and higher: If leakage inductances are changed for motor data identification. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.000 [Arms] Description: Sets the current for the 1st phase of the two-stage technique for pole position identification routine. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.6 SP2 and higher: If leakage inductances are changed for motor data identification. VECTOR. the value in p0326 is automatically adapted to maintain the stall torque. p0326[0. 2. Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).. index: MDS. 01/2013. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). The reference value for this parameter is inversely proportional to the leakage inductance of the motor (p0353. SERVO_I_AC. then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL. Note: The value is automatically pre-assigned for the following events: . FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. 3). REL. U. p1983. p0354. 2.for quick commissioning (p3900 = 1. Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. The two-stage technique is selected with p1980 = 4. The current of the 2nd phase is set in p0329. p1980. 3). p0130 Func. p1990. SERVO_AC. Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).000 [Arms] Factory setting 0. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 5 [%] Max 300 [%] Factory setting 60 [%] Description: Sets the correction factor for the stall force at a 600 V DC link voltage.. p0354.For p0325 = 0 and automatic calculation of the closed-loop control parameters (p0340 = 1. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. r1987. p0130 Func. p0325 can be pre-assigned using p0340 = 3. © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0.Parameters List of parameters p0325[0. index: MDS.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).

a angle of 90 degrees must be set.n] SERVO.. SERVO_AC. motors). SERVO_AC. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection..00 [mH] Max 1000. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: MDS. This parameter has no significance for induction motors. Dependency: Refer to: r1939 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301)..00 [mH] Sets the reluctance torque constant for synchronous motors with reluctance torque (e. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. SERVO_AC (Lin). REL. the value 0 must be set.0 [°] Max 135.n] Optimum motor load angle / Mot phi_load opt SERVO. Note: For synchronous motors without reluctance torque.Parameters List of parameters p0327[0. p0130 Func. p0130 Func.n] Motor reluctance force constant / Mot kT_reluctance SERVO (Lin). p0328[0. 1FE . U. motors).0 [°] Factory setting 90. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0..0 [°] Description: Sets the optimum load angle for synchronous motors with reluctance torque (e. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min -1000. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. VECTOR. Dependency: Refer to: r1939 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). SERVO: The load angle is measured at 1. index: MDS. SERVO_I_AC.. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. VECTOR: The load angle is measured at the rated motor current.. For synchronous motors without reluctance torque. REL. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(3). Dependency: Refer to: r1947 Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Motor reluctance torque constant / Mot kT_reluctance Can be changed: C2(3). SERVO_I_AC.. VECTOR. U.00 [mH] Factory setting 0. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 5722 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM.00 [mH] Description: Sets the reluctance force constant for synchronous motors with reluctance force (e. 01/2013. 1-194 © Siemens AG 2003 .. This parameter has no significance for induction motors. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .00 [mH] Factory setting 0. VECTOR_AC. p0130 Func. U. Note: This parameter has no significance for induction motors. VECTOR_AC. 1FE .5 x rated motor current. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min -1000. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. index: MDS. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Note: For synchronous motors without reluctance torque. 1FE motors). then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300).00 [mH] Max 1000.g. REL.. the value 0 must be set. p0328[0. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.g. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3)..g.

6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-195 . p0130 Func. p1981.00 [Arms] Sets the current for the pole position identification routine (p1980 = 1). VECTOR_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0130 Func. r1985. index: MDS.[Arms] Induction motor: Displays the rated magnetizing current from p0320. index: MDS. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Motor pole position identification current / Mot PolID current Can be changed: C2(3).00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.[Hz] Factory setting . the internally calculated magnetizing current is displayed. r1984. then p0329 is limited to the rated motor current. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM. SERVO_AC. r0313 Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). U. r1987. the current is set for the 2nd phase.00 [Arms] Max 10000.. 6722.[Hz] Max . P-Group: Motor VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: REL. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .[Arms] Factory setting . The current for the 1st phase is set in p0325. p1980. 6724 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max . Dependency: The rated slip is calculated from the rated frequency. FEM Min . Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. For p0320 = 0. Dependency: If p0320 was not entered. rated speed and number of pole pairs. © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM.. r1986. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. p1982. SERVO_AC.n] Actual motor magnetizing current/short-circuit current / Mot I_mag_rtd act Can be changed: SERVO. SERVO_I_AC..[Hz] Description: Displays the rated motor slip. r0330[0. Dependency: The following applies for vector drives: If a maximum current (p0323) was not parameterized. Synchronous motor: Displays the rated short-circuit current from p0320. REL.n] SERVO. VECTOR. SERVO_I_AC. 01/2013. then the parameter is calculated from the rating plate parameters. VECTOR. p1983. Refer to: p0310.. r0331[0. r1992 Refer to: F07995 Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). REL. p0311. index: MDS.Parameters List of parameters p0329[0. p0130 Func. VECTOR. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Note: In the case of multi-motor operation r0331 is increased by the factor p0306 compared to p0320. Refer to: p0325. For a two-stage technique (p1980 = 4) . this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected... diagram: 5722.n] Rated motor slip / Mot slip_rated SERVO. p1990.[Arms] Description: Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn.

SERVO_I_AC. p0316. Dependency: If p0308 is not entered. p0316. this value is converted into the power factor and displayed. For p0316 = 0. For synchronous motors. the internally-calculated power factor is displayed. the parameter is calculated from the rating plate parameters. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). p0130 Func. SERVO_AC (Lin). The result can deviate from the input in p0312. VECTOR_AC.[N] Factory setting .. index: MDS. VECTOR. The result can deviate from the input in p0312. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.n] Rated motor torque / Mot M_rated SERVO. 01/2013. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the rated power factor for induction motors. p0327 and p0328. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . this value is displayed. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Dependency: IECdrives (p0100 = 0): Units N NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lbf Note: For synchronous motors. index: MDS..[Nm] Max . r0333 is calculated from p0305. p0130 Func. r0333[0..n] Rated motor force / Mot F_rated SERVO (Lin). index: MDS. For NEMA motors. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 8_4 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . For p0309 > 0. the following applies (p0100 = 1): For p0309 = 0.. SERVO_AC. p0327 and p0328. r0333 is calculated from p0305.[N] Description: Displays the rated motor force. For p0308 > 0. the following applies (p0100 = 0): For p0308 = 0. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM.. If p0316 = 0. r0333 is calculated from p0307 and p0311. 1-196 © Siemens AG 2003 .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).[Nm] Description: Displays the rated motor torque. the internally-calculated power factor is displayed.. r0333 = p0312 is displayed. r0333[0. VECTOR. Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit Nm NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lbf ft Note: For induction and reluctance motors.[Nm] Factory setting . p0130 Func. then r0333 = p0312 is displayed. SERVO_I_AC.[N] Max . diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 7_4 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .Parameters List of parameters r0332[0.n] Rated motor power factor / Mot cos_phi_rated SERVO. In the case of multi-motor operation r0333 is increased by the factor p0306 compared to the rated torque of an individual motor. For IEC motors. SERVO_AC.

SERVO_AC. REL.[N/Arms] Factory setting . For p0316 = 0. parameter r0334 = p0316 is displayed. REL. For synchronous motors. 01/2013.. For p0316 = 0. index: MDS. index: MDS. r0334 is calculated from p0305 and p0312. © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. r0334 is calculated from p0305 and p0312. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. and p0311. r0334 is calculated from p0305 and p0312 or p0305. p0130 Func.[Nm/A] Max .n] Actual motor-torque constant / Mot kT act VECTOR.[Nm/A] Max . p0130 Func. Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit N / A NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lbf / A Refer to: p0316 Note: For synchronous motors.n] Actual motor force constant / Mot kT act SERVO (Lin). r0334[0.[Nm/A] Factory setting . SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 29_1 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM.. Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit Nm / A NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lbf ft / A Refer to: p0316 Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). r0334[0. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min ... For p0316 = 0. parameter r0334 = p0316 is displayed.n] Actual motor-torque constant / Mot kT act SERVO. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM. For synchronous motors. REL.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .Parameters List of parameters r0334[0. Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit Nm / A NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lbf ft / A Refer to: p0316 Note: This parameter is not used for induction motors (p0300 = 1xx). FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . SERVO_AC (Lin). p0130 Func. p0307.[N/Arms] Description: Displays the force constant of the synchronous motor used. parameter r0334 = p0316 is displayed.. index: MDS.[Nm/A] Description: Displays the torque constant of the synchronous motor used. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-197 .[Nm/A] Description: Displays the torque constant of the synchronous motor used. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 28_1 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: ASM..[Nm/A] Factory setting .[N/Arms] Max . VECTOR_AC.

[Vrms] Description: Displays the rated EMF of the motor. this value is displayed. VECTOR. index: MDS.. 3).. REL. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Actual rated motor frequency / Mot f_rated act Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0335 should be set to 5 as these motors are force-ventilated motors. VECTOR_AC.[Vrms] Factory setting . SERVO_AC. Note: EMF: Electromotive force 1-198 © Siemens AG 2003 . For p0310 > 0. p0130 Func. index: MDS. For 1PQ8 motors. r0336[0. p0130 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1.[Hz] Displays the rated frequency of the motor.. SERVO_I_AC.[Hz] Factory setting . diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .n] Motor cooling type / Mot cool type SERVO. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . this value is displayed (not for synchronous motors). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . For p0310 > 0. 01/2013. The setting p0335 = 128 applies for 1LA7 motors. T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. p0130 Func. the parameter is pre-set as a function of p0307 and p0311. VECTOR. index: MDS.[Hz] Max . Note: The parameter influences the thermal 3-mass motor model. Non-ventilated Forced cooling Liquid cooling Non-ventilated and internal fan Forced cooling and internal fan Liquid cooling and internal fan No fan 1LA1 and 1LA8 motors are characterized by the fact that they have an internal rotor fan.[Vrms] Max . Air is not directly exchanged with the motor ambient air. VECTOR.n] SERVO. VECTOR_AC. frame size 56 (these are operated without a fan). FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 128 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the motor cooling system used. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.Parameters List of parameters p0335[0. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. SERVO_I_AC. SERVO_AC. SERVO_I_AC. p0314 Note: For p0310 = 0 or for synchronous motors. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM. the rated motor frequency r0336 is calculated from the rated speed and the pole pair number. Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).. r0337[0. Dependency: Refer to: p0311...2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Value: 0: 1: 2: 4: 5: 6: 128: Dependency: For 1LA5 and 1LA7 motors (p0300).n] Rated motor EMF / Mot EMF_rated SERVO. VECTOR_AC. This "internal cooling" lies within the motor frame and is not visible.

p0130 Func.n] Rated motor voltage / Mot U_rated SERVO. index: - Func. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).[Vrms s/m] Max . Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). index: MDS.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0339[0.[Vrms] Max . then the maximum current p0640 is appropriately preassigned... 3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.Parameters List of parameters r0337[0. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_AC. 01/2013. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. No calculation Complete re-calculation of control parameters with COMM data Reset control parameters © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . Note: EMF: Electromotive force p0338[0. diagram: - P-Group: Closed-loop control Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting to reset and automatically calculate filter and control (closed-loop) parameters. SERVO_AC (Lin). p0340 Automatic calculation control parameters / Calc auto par A_INF.[Vrms] Description: Displays the rated motor voltage. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0. SERVO_I_AC. no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. VECTOR_AC. Using this current.. VECTOR. index: MDS. the maximum torque is achieved at the rated speed (voltage limit characteristic).00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.n] Motor limit current / Mot I_limit SERVO. If p0304 = 0. parameter r0339 = p0304 is displayed. S_INF Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.00 [Arms] Max 10000.. REL. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0130 Func. Value: 0: 1: 2: Notice: After the value has been modified. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. index: MDS..[Vrms s/m] Factory setting . FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-199 .. Note: For induction motors (p0300 = 1xx) the parameter is set to p0304. then r0339 is calculated from p0305 and p0316.[Vrms] Factory setting . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. For synchronous motors. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM.n] Rated motor EMF / Mot EMF_rated SERVO (Lin). p0130 Func.[Vrms s/m] Description: Displays the rated EMF of the motor.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the motor limit current for synchronous motors (for a 600 V DC link voltage). Dependency: If p0338 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). SERVO_AC.

Note: When quick commissioning is exited using p3900 > 0. these control parameters are not available. VECTOR_AC. p0640. p0360 (*) --> p0625 (matching p0350). p1658. p3562. p2005. p0354 (*). 5 --> p0341 (*) --> p0342. p1590. p1596. index: DDS. p1082. p0340 = 2: --> p3560. p3603. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: Notice: After the value has been modified. p1531. p0340[0. p1659. p2164. No calculation Complete calculation Calculation of equivalent circuit diagram parameters Calculation of closed-loop control parameters Calculation of controller parameters Calculation of technological limits and threshold values The following parameters are influenced using p0340: The parameters designated with (*) are not overwritten for catalog motors (p0300 > 100). 01/2013. p0626 . p0442.. p1082. p0225 --> p3422 = p0227 --> p3424 = p0225 --> p3415. 1FK6. p2194. p0340 is automatically set to 0. 1FK7 motors) --> p0492. Modifications can be made again when r3996 = 0.. p1470. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. p1980.. p2001. p2140 . SERVO: p0340 = 1: --> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 2.. p3620.n] Automatic calculation motor/control parameters / Calc auto par SERVO. p3564. p1530.Parameters List of parameters The following parameters are influenced using p0340: p0340 = 1: --> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 2 --> p3421 = p0223. SERVO_I_AC. p0356 (*). p0443. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 5 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting to automatically calculate motor parameters and U/f open-loop and closed-loop control parameters from the rating plate data. p1461 is set to 100 %) --> p1463 (for p0348 > p0322. p2155. p1465. 3... p0340 is automatically set to 1. p2175. p1592. p0628 p0340 = 3: --> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 4. p1327. p2161 . p3615 and p3617 are reset to the factory setting. p0600. At the end of the calculations. p2150. p2177. p0444. p1752. p1520. p1463. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . p2000. p3614. p3425. p1657. p1715. VECTOR. 4. p2003. p2142.. p2148. p1462. p3622 are reset to the factory settings dependent on the particular unit. p3829 1-200 © Siemens AG 2003 . p0180 Func. p1612. p0344. p2007 p0340 = 2: --> p0350 (*). p1038. p1472. p2002. p1717 --> p1461 (for p0348 > p0322. For S_INF. p1460.. SERVO_AC. p1326. p1755 p0340 = 4: --> p1441. p3820 . no further parameter modifications can be made and the status is shown in r3996. p0445 (only for 1FT6. p1464. p1319. 5 --> p0325 (is only calculated for p0325 = 0) --> p0348 (*) (is only calculated for p0348 = 0) --> p0441.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p1656. p3555. p0358 (*). p1521... p1463 is set to 400 %) p0340 = 5: --> p1037.

T SERVO. 3. 6031 Units group: 25_1 Unit selection: p0100 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max 100000. p1783. p1611.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p1521. r0345 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). p1750. p1703. p1299. p0622. p1620. p1530.n] Motor moment of inertia / Mot M_mom of inert Can be changed: C2(3). p1825.. p1442. p0652 . p1520.. p3815. © Siemens AG 2003 . the motor moment of inertia (p0341) and the motor weight (p0344). p3928 p0340 = 2: --> p0350 (*). p3820 .000000 [kgm²] Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Dyn. p1470. p3829 Note: The calculation is not performed. p1756. Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit kg m^2 NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lb ft^2 The parameter value is included. p0360).. If the STARTER commissioning software writes a 3 into p0340 when "downloading to target device". p2002. if the power unit is deactivated. p1643. p2178 p0340 = 4: --> p1290. p3927. p1293. p2142. however. p1610. p1346. p0341[0. p1748.. 4. p1592. p1333.. p0340 = 2 calculates the motor parameters (p0350 . p1232. p3236. p1654. p7036. At the end of the calculations. p1909. p1360. The same calculations are carried out as for p0340 = 1. p1340. p1828 . p1802.. p1576. p1339. p1463. p1600. p2005. p0340 = 5 only calculates the controller limits. p1760. p1761. p1590. When quick commissioning is exited using p3900 > 0. p1803. p2150. 6030. p3237. p1749. p1832. p1584. p1715. p3806. p0640. in the rated starting time of the motor. p1629. Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC... Refer to: p0342. p1577. p1349.. p2161 . 3. p0130 Func. p0344.. p1145. p1726. p1621. p1616.. p1531. without the equivalent circuit diagram parameters of the motor (p0340 = 2). p1628. p0340 is automatically set to 1. p1785. p1717. p1744. p1612. 01/2013. p2001. p1901. p3806. p1609. p0660 --> p0625 (matching p0350) p0340 = 3: --> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 4.000000 [kgm²] Description: Sets the motor moment of inertia (without load). p2148. p1630. diagram: 1700. U. p1038. p2140.. p1345. 5. p2007. p0361 (*). p2003.. p1231. p2194. p3208. but only if it does involve a Siemens catalog motor (p0301 = 0). p0340 = 1 contains the calculations of p0340 = 2. 5210. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. p1619. p1464. p1740.. 5042. p1764. p1767. p2175. 5 without overwriting the motor parameters from the Siemens motor lists (p0301 > 0). p1959. p1786. p0347. p0492. VECTOR_AC.. p1320 . p3207. p1756. p1441. p1574. index: MDS. p1465.. p0264. p1341. p1262.. p1755. p1292. VECTOR. p1362. 5 --> p0341 (*) --> p0342. p1757. p2000. p0354 . p1338. then this corresponds to a "complete calculation of the motor/control parameters without equivalent circuit diagram data". p1327. p0340 is automatically set to 0. together with p0342. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p7037. p1472. p7038 p0340 = 5: --> p0260 .000000 [kgm²] Factory setting 0.. p2177. p1082. p0340 = 4 only calculates the controller parameters. p1037. p1582. p1795. p1461. 5 --> p0346. p1462. p1781. p0340 = 3 contains the calculations of p0340 = 4. p1460. p0600. p2164. SERVO_AC. For third-party linear synchronous motors (p0300 = 4) equivalent circuit diagram data are not calculated (p0340 = 2). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-201 .Parameters List of parameters VECTOR: p0340 = 1: --> All of the parameters influenced for p0340 = 2. p1780. 4. P-Group: Motor VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: REL Min 0.

VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC (Lin). 6031 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max 10000. Refer to: p0341. Refer to: p0342. p0342[0. 5042.000 Max 10000. p0341[0. Dependency: This means that together with p0341. diagram: 1700. 5210. p0342[0. VECTOR: The product of p0341 * p0342 is used when the speed controller (p0340 = 4) is calculated automatically.000 Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Dyn.000000 [kg] Max 10000. U. index: MDS.. the rated starting (accelerating time) of the motor is calculated for a vector drive. P-Group: Motor VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: REL Min 1.n] Ratio between the total and motor force of inertia / Mot MomInert Ratio SERVO (Lin). 01/2013.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn... VECTOR: The product of p0341 * p0342 is used when the speed controller (p0340 = 4) is calculated automatically. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(3).000 Description: Sets the ratio between the total moment of inertia/mass (load + motor) and the intrinsic motor moment of inertia/mass (no load).000 Factory setting 1.. Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit kg m^2 NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lb ft^2 The parameter value is included.000 Description: Sets the ratio between the total force of inertia/mass (load + motor) and the intrinsic motor force of inertia/mass (no load).000 Factory setting 1. 5210 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1. Note: p0341 * p0342 + p1498 influence the speed/torque pre-control in encoderless operation. in the rated starting time of the motor. VECTOR. r0345. SERVO_AC.n] Motor weight / Mot weight SERVO (Lin). Dependency: This means that together with p0341. the rated starting (accelerating time) of the motor is calculated for a vector drive. p1498 1-202 © Siemens AG 2003 . index: MDS. U. T SERVO. r0345. U. p0130 Func. p0130 Func. diagram: 5042. SERVO_AC (Lin). Refer to: p0341. index: MDS. 6030. p1498 Note: SERVO: p0341 * p0342 + p1498 influence the speed/torque pre-control in encoderless operation.000000 [kg] Description: Sets the high moments of inertia (without load).Parameters List of parameters Note: SERVO: p0341 * p0342 + p1498 influence the speed/torque pre-control in encoderless operation. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .000000 [kg] Factory setting 0.. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. 5210 P-Group: Motor Units group: 27_1 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. diagram: 5042. p0130 Func.n] Ratio between the total and motor moment of inertia / Mot MomInert Ratio Can be changed: C2(3). together with p0342.. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(3). Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. r0345 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).

[s] Displays the rated motor starting time. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). VECTOR_AC... 01/2013.. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Description: Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min -20.n] Motor weight (for the thermal motor model) / Mot weight th mod SERVO. This involves the delay time between enabling the pulses and enabling the ramp-function generator. Dependency: IEC drives (p0100 = 0): unit kg NEMA drives (p0100 = 1): unit lb Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). index: MDS. p0344[0.[s] Factory setting . p0342 p0346[0. The induction motor is magnetized during this time. index: MDS. index: MDS. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 27_1 Unit selection: p0100 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.. VECTOR_AC. r0343[0.000 [s] Max 20. SERVO_AC.000 [s] Factory setting 0. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-203 . Note: The parameter influences the thermal 3 mass model of the induction motor. VECTOR_AC.0 [kg] Factory setting 0.Parameters List of parameters Note: SERVO: p0341 * p0342 + p1498 influence the velocity/force pre-control in encoderless operation. This time corresponds to the time from standstill up to reaching the motor rated speed and the acceleration with motor rated torque (r0333).0 [kg] Max 50000.00 [Arms] Factory setting . T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR: The product of p0341 * p0342 is used when the speed controller (p0340 = 4) is calculated automatically.. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Description: Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . p0341.n] Rated motor current identified / Mot I_rated ident VECTOR. p0130 Func. r0333. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.n] Nominal motor starting time / Mot t_start_rated VECTOR. r0336. The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx).n] Motor excitation build-up time / Mot t_excitation VECTOR.. r0345[0. p0130 Func. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS. Dependency: Refer to: r0313.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). © Siemens AG 2003 .[s] Max . VECTOR.[Arms] Description: Displays the identified rated motor current..0 [kg] Description: Sets the motor weight. U. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.. p0130 Func. SERVO_I_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0130 Func.000 [s] Sets the excitation build-up time of the motor.00 [Arms] Max 10000. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).

then it can be extended by entering a negative value in p0346.Parameters List of parameters Caution: If there is insufficient magnetization under load or if the acceleration rate is too high. SERVO_AC. Note: The parameter is calculated using p0340 = 1. SERVO. the parameter cannot be set to 0 s (internal limit: 0.. VECTOR.000 [s] Factory setting 0.000 [s] Max 20. For induction motors. index: MDS. 3.000 [s] Description: Sets the de-magnetizing time (for induction motors) after the inverter pulses have been canceled. p0130 Func. the value is reduced with the inverse value of the actual speed. For induction motors. The inverter pulses cannot be switched in (enabled) within this delay time. An excitation current setpoint is not generated during de-magnetizing (p0347) and if an encoder fault is detected. whereby otherwise. p0347[0. then this can result in an inadequate de-magnetizing of the induction motor and in an overcurrent condition when the pulses are subsequently enabled (only when the flying restart function is activated and the motor is rotating). the value depends on the stator time constant (r0386). p0347[0. the excitation behavior corresponds with that for p0346 = 0 s.000 [s] Sets the de-magnetizing time (for induction motors) after the inverter pulses have been canceled.. For all other cases. then this can result in an inadequate de-magnetizing of the induction motor and in an overcurrent condition when the pulses are subsequently enabled (only when the flying restart function is activated and the motor is rotating). This is especially true for sensorless vector control or U/f control. In the base speed range. For permanent-magnet synchronous motors and vector control. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0346 is internally limited downwards to 0 s. 3.000 [s] Factory setting 0. For induction motors. The inverter pulses cannot be switched in (enabled) within this delay time. it defines the time to establish the current for encoderless operation immediately after the pulses have been enabled. this is the no-load excitation current (p0389). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Description: Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. If it crystallizes out that this time is too short. the de-excitation time is only used for DC current braking. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Note: The parameter is calculated using p0340 = 1. U..1 * r0384). SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). the result depends on the rotor time constant (r0384).n] Motor de-excitation time / Mot t_de-excitat. the result depends on the rotor time constant (r0384). In the field-weakening range. VECTOR_AC. if this time is shortened too much. The length of the ramp is pre-assigned from the motor data for p0346 = 0 s.n] Motor de-excitation time / Mot t_de-excitat. if this time is shortened too much. Notice: If the parameter is set to 0 s for separately-excited synchronous motors (p0300 = 5). then an excitation current setpoint is generated even if the drive is powered down.000 [s] Max 20. this can result in an inadequate magnetizing of the induction motor. 3. the result depends on the rotor time constant (r0384). T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. This is the case if the current limit is reached while building up magnetizing. p0130 Func. index: MDS. If this time is excessively reduced. Note: The parameter is calculated using p0340 = 1.. For SERVO. then an induction motor can stall (refer to the note). 01/2013. U. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . For induction motors. 1-204 © Siemens AG 2003 . the rotor position is detected using the field current ramp. When starting an encoderless separately-excited synchronous motor with vector control from standstill. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Here.

Parameters List of parameters p0348[0. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. r1912 Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). p0130 Func. VECTOR_AC. p0305.0 [rpm] Description: Sets the speed at the start of field weakening for a DC link voltage of 600 V. If a reference parameter (p0304. then it is not possible to make a changeover to "referred" values (per unit values). 01/2013.. VECTOR. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. SERVO_AC.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0. index: MDS. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0130 Func. p0310) is zero..00000 [ohm] Description: Sets the stator resistance of the motor at ambient temperature p0625 (phase value). p0310 Note: The reference parameter for resistances of the rated motor impedance Z = p0304 / (1. Value: 1: 2: Dependency: Refer to: p0304.. index: MDS. index: MDS. r0331 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). Dependency: Refer to: p0320.n] Speed at the start of field weakening Vdc = 600 V / n_strt field weak SERVO.0 [m/min] Description: Sets the velocity at the start of field weakening for a DC link voltage of 600 V. VECTOR.0 [m/min] Max 1000. System of units. U. diagram: 5722 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Dependency: Refer to: p0625. SERVO_AC.n] Velocity at the start of field weakening Vdc = 600 V / v_strt field weak SERVO (Lin).n] Motor stator resistance cold / Mot R_stator cold SERVO.0 [m/min] Factory setting 0. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.. U. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the actual system of units for motor equivalent circuit diagram data.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0349 System of units motor equivalent circuit diagram data / Unit_sys mot ESB SERVO. physical System of units referred Inductances are converted into a resistance using the factor 2 * Pi * p0310.. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. Dependency: Refer to: p0320. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0130 Func.0 [rpm] Max 210000. p0350[0. U. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. r0331 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).00000 [ohm] Max 2000.. SERVO_AC (Lin).0 [rpm] Factory setting 0. p0348[0. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. SERVO_I_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-205 . diagram: 5722 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.732 * p0305) is in the % units system. index: - Func. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC. p305. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(3). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).

index: MDS.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0.. then the value is subtracted from the measured total stator resistance to calculate stator resistance p0350. If p0352 is not zero. p0352[0. SERVO_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). the difference by which p0352 was changed must be subtracted from the stator resistance p0350 or motor data identification must be repeated.n] Cable resistance / R_cable VECTOR. p0130 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). U. In this case. 01/2013. VECTOR_AC. The total feeder cable resistance is obtained from p0352 divided by the number of activated Motor Modules (refer to r0395). Note: The parameter influences the temperature adaptation of the stator resistance. Notice: Parallel circuits with one winding system (p7003 = 0): p0352 includes the feeder cable resistance of an individual Motor Module.00000 [ohm] Max 120. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . U.n] Cable resistance / R_cable SERVO. Caution: The cable resistance should be entered prior to motor data identification. The cable resistance is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. p0130 Func.. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 1-206 © Siemens AG 2003 .. The motor identification sets the cable resistance to 20% of the measured total resistance if p0352 is zero at the time that the measurement is made. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. index: MDS. p0350 is a minimum of 10% of the measured value.. p0352[0. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. If it is used subsequently. It is important to note that only the component of an individual Motor Module is entered into p0352.Parameters List of parameters Note: The motor identification routine determines the stator resistance from the total stator resistance minus the cable resistance (p0352).00000 [ohm] Description: Resistance of the power cable between the Motor Module and motor. The motor identification routine does not change the cable resistance. The cable resistance is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. Exception: For parallel circuit configurations with one winding system (p07003 = 0). the cable resistance is directly measured. the difference by which p0352 was changed must be subtracted from the stator resistance p0350 or motor data identification must be repeated. Parallel circuits with multi-winding system (p7003 = 1): p0352 includes the complete feeder cable resistance and is directly added to the stator resistance (refer to r0395).00000 [ohm] Max 120. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). This is subtracted from the total measured stator resistance in order to calculate the stator resistance (p0350. p0352). Dependency: Refer to: p7003 Caution: The cable resistance should be entered prior to motor data identification. Note: The parameter influences the temperature adaptation of the stator resistance.00000 [ohm] Description: Resistance of the power cable between the Motor Module and motor. If it is used subsequently.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0.

000 [mH] Description: Note: Sets the series inductance.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0356). p0356). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM. VECTOR_AC. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS. U.000 [mH] Max 1000000. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. The reference value for p0326 is inversely proportional to the leakage inductance of the motor (p0353..n] Motor rotor resistance cold / damping resistance d axis / Mot R_r cold/R_D d SERVO. p0130 Func.Parameters List of parameters p0353[0. For the automatic calculation with p0340 = 1 or 3... SERVO_AC. the calculation of p1715 is influenced by p0353. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). The reference value for p0326 is inversely proportional to the leakage inductance of the motor (p0353. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1. SERVO_AC.. © Siemens AG 2003 .. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). p0354[0.n] Motor series inductance / Mot L_series VECTOR. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. 3 or 4. p0353[0. p0130 Func. The series inductance is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. Note: For the automatic calculation with p0340 = 1. the calculation of p1715 is influenced by p0353. 3 or 4.000 [mH] Description: Sets the series inductance. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0354.000 [mH] Max 1000000.000 [mH] Factory setting 0. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-207 . diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. Dependency: Refer to: p0625 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).n] Motor series inductance / Mot L_series SERVO. p0130 Func. U. 01/2013. For separately-excited synchronous motors: Sets the damping resistance in the rotor direction (d-axis). the calculation of p0348 is influenced by p0353 if p0348 was 0. The series inductance is reset when quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0.000 [mH] Factory setting 0. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). 2) or using the motor data identification routine (p1910) (not for separately-excited synchronous motors). this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. index: MDS.00000 [ohm] Max 300. index: MDS. For the automatic calculation with p0340 = 1.00000 [ohm] Description: Sets the rotor/secondary section resistance of the motor at the ambient temperature p0625. U.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0354.

n] Motor stator leakage inductance / Mot L_stator leak. 1-208 © Siemens AG 2003 . This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1. p0354. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. PEM. Note: The reference value for p0326 is inversely proportional to the leakage inductance of the motor (p0353. separately-excited synchronous motor: Sets the rotor leakage inductance of the motor. 01/2013.Parameters List of parameters p0354[0. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0. diagram: 6727 P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1. 2) or using the motor data identification routine (p1910) (not for separately-excited synchronous motors). U. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1.00000 [mH] Max 1000.. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.00000 [ohm] Max 300. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). 2). Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).. p0356[0. U. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0130 Func. SERVO. index: MDS. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0356). diagram: 6727 P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: ASM. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.n] Motor damping resistance q axis / Mot R_damp q VECTOR.00000 [ohm] Description: Sets the rotor/secondary section resistance of the motor at the ambient temperature p0625.00000 [ohm] Description: Sets the damping resistance of the separately-excited synchronous motor quadrature to the rotor direction (q axis).. U..00000 [mH] Description: Induction motor. index: MDS. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). VECTOR_AC.00000 [ohm] Max 300.. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.n] Motor rotor resistance cold / damping resistance d axis / Mot R_r cold/R_D d VECTOR. p0355[0. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). index: MDS.00000 [ohm] Factory setting 0. VECTOR_AC. 2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910). SERVO_AC. p0130 Func. p0130 Func. Synchronous motor: Sets the stator quadrature axis inductance of the motor.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).00000 [mH] Factory setting 0. Dependency: Refer to: p0625 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . For separately-excited synchronous motors: Sets the damping resistance in the rotor direction (d-axis).

2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910). For separately-excited synchronous motors: Sets the damping inductance in the rotor direction (d-axis).00000 [mH] Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] Max 1000. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. then the magnetizing inductance (p0360) is automatically adapted to the new EMF (r0337). this is the non-saturated value and is. therefore.n] Motor stator inductance d axis / Mot L_stator d VECTOR. 2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910).00000 [mH] Max 1000. the magnetizing inductance (p0360) is automatically adapted to the new EMF (r0337). For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (p0300 = 2). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.00000 [mH] Max 1000. 01/2013.. ideal for a low current. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. this is the non-saturated value and is ideal for a low current. Synchronous motor: Sets the stator quadrature axis inductance of the motor. separately-excited synchronous motor: Sets the rotor leakage inductance of the motor. p0130 Func. index: MDS. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Note: If the stator leakage inductance (p0356) for induction motors is changed outside the commissioning phase (p0010 > 0).. U.n] Motor stator leakage inductance / Mot L_stator leak. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-209 . Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM.00000 [mH] Description: Induction motor. p0130 Func. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (p0300 = 2). FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1... VECTOR_AC. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). VECTOR: If the rotor leakage inductance (p0358) for induction motors is changed outside the commissioning phase (p0010 > 0). This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).Parameters List of parameters p0356[0. U. p0357[0. index: MDS. You are then advised to repeat the measurement for the saturation characteristic (p1960). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). 2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910) (not for separately-excited synchronous motors).00000 [mH] Description: Sets the stator direct-axis inductance of the synchronous motor. index: MDS. You are then advised to repeat the measurement for the saturation characteristic (p1960). T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_AC. VECTOR. REL. p0130 Func.. VECTOR_AC.00000 [mH] Description: Sets the rotor/secondary section leakage inductance of the motor. © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: ASM. This value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).n] Motor rotor leakage inductance / damping inductance d axis / Mot L_r leak / LDd SERVO. p0358[0. U.00000 [mH] Factory setting 0. Note: The parameter is not used for separately-excited synchronous motors (p0300 = 5)..00000 [mH] Factory setting 0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.

index: MDS. 2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910) (not for separately-excited synchronous motors). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). p0360[0. index: MDS. Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). This value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.n] Motor rotor leakage inductance / damping inductance d axis / Mot L_r leak / LDd VECTOR. You are then advised to repeat the measurement for the saturation characteristic (p1960). diagram: 6727 P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: ASM. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1.. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. For separately-excited synchronous motors: Sets the damping inductance in the rotor direction (d-axis). p0130 Func.00000 [mH] Factory setting 0. PEM. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1.00000 [mH] Max 1000. 2). VECTOR_AC. inductance d axis saturated / Mot Lh/Lh d sat SERVO.. 1-210 © Siemens AG 2003 . 2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910) (not for separately-excited synchronous motors).00000 [mH] Factory setting 0.00000 [mH] Max 10000. index: MDS. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. U. U. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0130 Func. diagram: 6727 P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0..00000 [mH] Description: Sets the magnetizing inductance of the motor. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).00000 [mH] Description: Sets the damping inductance of the separately-excited synchronous motor quadrature to the rotor direction (q axis). VECTOR_AC. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0359[0.. For separately-excited synchronous motors: Sets the saturated magnetizing inductance in the rotor direction (daxis). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Caution: Note: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1)...Parameters List of parameters p0358[0. U.n] Motor damping inductance q axis / Mot L_damp q VECTOR.00000 [mH] Max 1000. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.00000 [mH] Factory setting 0. 01/2013.n] Motor magnetizing inductance/magn. VECTOR: If the rotor leakage inductance (p0358) for induction motors is changed outside the commissioning phase (p0010 > 0). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). p0130 Func. SERVO_AC.00000 [mH] Description: Sets the rotor/secondary section leakage inductance of the motor. then the magnetizing inductance (p0360) is automatically adapted to the new EMF (r0337).

p0362[0. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the stator quadrature axis current onto the stator quadrature axis flux. The parameter sets the first stator quadrature axis flux as a [%] referred to the product of the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) and the rated motor current. 6726 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 10. i. This parameter specifies the y coordinate (flux) for the 1st value pair of the characteristic. index: MDS. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. PEM.n] Motor magnetizing inductance/magn. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).0 [%] Max 300.00000 [mH] Factory setting 0.n] Motor magnetizing inductance q axis saturated / Mot L_magn q sat VECTOR. U. p0130 Func.. p0130 Func. U.e. 2). p0361[0. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx).00000 [mH] Description: Sets the magnetizing inductance of the motor.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).00000 [mH] Factory setting 0.n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 1 / Mot saturat. Dependency: The following applies for the flux values: p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 The following applies for the stator quadrature axis flux values (PESM): 20% < p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 Refer to: p0366 Caution: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): If the parameters are not set as specified..0 [%] Description: The saturation characteristic (flux as mapping of current) is defined using 4 points. 2) or using the motor identification routine (p1910) (not for separately-excited synchronous motors). U.00000 [mH] Max 10000. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1. This parameter value is automatically calculated using the motor model (p0340 = 1. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. VECTOR_AC.00000 [mH] Description: Sets the saturated magnetizing inductance of the separately-excited synchronous motor quadrature to the rotor direction (q axis). inductance d axis saturated / Mot Lh/Lh d sat VECTOR.Parameters List of parameters p0360[0.. For separately-excited synchronous motors: Sets the saturated magnetizing inductance in the rotor direction (daxis). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).. VECTOR_AC. the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) is always used for quadrature axis flux calculation purposes. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0130 Func..0 [%] Factory setting 60. index: MDS. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. diagram: 6727 P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM. not in ascending order and to more than 20 %. diagram: 6723. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-211 .00000 [mH] Max 10000. Induction motors (ASM) and separately-excited synchronous motors (SESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the magnetizing current onto the motor flux. © Siemens AG 2003 . Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).. 01/2013. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). The parameter sets the first motor flux as a [%] referred to the rated motor flux. index: MDS. VECTOR_AC.flux 1 VECTOR. diagram: 6727 P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: ASM.

e.0 [%] Factory setting 85. p0363[0. This parameter specifies the y coordinate (flux) for the 3rd value pair of the characteristic. 01/2013.. p0130 Func. p0130 Func. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0.flux 2 VECTOR. VECTOR_AC. The parameter sets the second motor flux as a [%] referred to the rated motor flux.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).0 [%] Description: The saturation characteristic (flux as mapping of current) is defined using 4 points. p0362 = 100 % corresponds to the product of the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) and the rated motor current (p0305). then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). For separately-excited synchronous motors p0362 = 100% corresponds to an induced terminal voltage with the magnitude of the rated motor voltage (under no-load conditions at the synchronous speed).. index: MDS. index: MDS. the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) is always used for quadrature axis flux calculation purposes.n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 3 / Mot saturat.0 [%] Description: The saturation characteristic (flux as mapping of current) is defined using 4 points.. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). 1-212 © Siemens AG 2003 . The parameter sets the third motor flux as a [%] referred to the rated motor flux. The parameter sets the second stator quadrature axis flux as a [%] referred to the product of the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) and the rated motor current. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.flux 3 VECTOR. Note: For induction motors. This parameter specifies the y coordinate (flux) for the 2nd value pair of the characteristic. diagram: 6723. p0364[0. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. For separately-excited synchronous motors p0363 = 100% corresponds to an induced terminal voltage with the magnitude of the rated motor voltage (under no-load conditions at the synchronous speed). U. Induction motors (ASM) and separately-excited synchronous motors (SESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the magnetizing current onto the motor flux.n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 2 / Mot saturat. With permanent-magnet synchronous motors.Parameters List of parameters Note: For induction motors. p0362 = 100 % corresponds to the product of the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) and the rated motor current (p0305). Permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the stator quadrature axis current onto the stator quadrature axis flux. not in ascending order and to more than 20 %. U. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). 6726 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 10. p0363 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux. diagram: 6723..0 [%] Max 300. Dependency: The following applies for the flux values: p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 The following applies for the stator quadrature axis flux values (PESM): 20% < p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 Refer to: p0367 Caution: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): If the parameters are not set as specified. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .0 [%] Factory setting 115. p0362 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux.0 [%] Max 300. i. Induction motors (ASM) and separately-excited synchronous motors (SESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the magnetizing current onto the motor flux. VECTOR_AC. then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). 6726 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 10. With permanent-magnet synchronous motors.

then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). The parameter sets the fourth motor flux as a [%] referred to the rated motor flux. p0362 = 100 % corresponds to the product of the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) and the rated motor current (p0305). then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300).0 [%] Factory setting 125.e. © Siemens AG 2003 . The parameter sets the fourth stator quadrature axis flux as a [%] referred to the product of the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) and the rated motor current. For separately-excited synchronous motors p0365 = 100% corresponds to an induced terminal voltage with the magnitude of the rated motor voltage (under no-load conditions at the synchronous speed). The parameter sets the third stator quadrature axis flux as a [%] referred to the product of the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) and the rated motor current. Induction motors (ASM) and separately-excited synchronous motors (SESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the magnetizing current onto the motor flux. i. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-213 . p0364 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux. For separately-excited synchronous motors p0364 = 100% corresponds to an induced terminal voltage with the magnitude of the rated motor voltage (under no-load conditions at the synchronous speed). 6726 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 10. index: MDS.n] Motor saturation characteristic flux 4 / Mot saturat. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0.. the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) is always used for quadrature axis flux calculation purposes. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). With permanent-magnet synchronous motors. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0365 = 100 % corresponds to the rated motor flux. p0365[0. Note: For induction motors. Permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the stator quadrature axis current onto the stator quadrature axis flux. i. 01/2013. p0362 = 100 % corresponds to the product of the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) and the rated motor current (p0305). not in ascending order and to more than 20 %.0 [%] Description: The saturation characteristic (flux as mapping of current) is defined using 4 points.0 [%] Max 300..e. Dependency: The following applies for the flux values: p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 The following applies for the stator quadrature axis flux values (PESM): 20% < p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 Refer to: p0369 Caution: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): If the parameters are not set as specified.Parameters List of parameters Permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the stator quadrature axis current onto the stator quadrature axis flux. the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) is always used for quadrature axis flux calculation purposes. not in ascending order and to more than 20 %. Dependency: The following applies for the flux values: p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 The following applies for the stator quadrature axis flux values (PESM): 20% < p0362 < p0363 < p0364 < p0365 Refer to: p0368 Caution: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): If the parameters are not set as specified. With permanent-magnet synchronous motors. U.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0130 Func.flux 4 VECTOR. Note: For induction motors. diagram: 6723. This parameter specifies the y coordinate (flux) for the 4th value pair of the characteristic.

VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). which in turn is referred to the no-load excitation current (SESM). U. i. Permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the stator quadrature axis current onto the stator quadrature axis flux. then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). 6726 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 5. index: MDS. 1-214 © Siemens AG 2003 . 01/2013.0 [%] Description: The saturation characteristic (flux as mapping of current) is defined using 4 points. Dependency: The following applies for the magnetizing currents: p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 The following applies for the stator quadrature axis current values (PESM): 20% < p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 Refer to: p0362 Caution: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): If the parameters are not set as specified.Parameters List of parameters p0366[0. the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) is always used for quadrature axis flux calculation purposes. diagram: 6723.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). which in turn is referred to the no-load excitation current (SESM). This parameter specifies the x coordinate for the 2nd value pair of the characteristic. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. I_mag 1 VECTOR. The parameter sets the second magnetizing current as a [%] referred to the rated magnetizing current r0331 (ASM).0 [%] Description: The saturation characteristic (flux as mapping of current) is defined using 4 points.n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 1 / Mot sat. not in ascending order and to more than 20 %.n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 2 / Mot sat. p0130 Func. VECTOR_AC. I_mag 2 VECTOR. Induction motors (ASM) and separately-excited synchronous motors (SESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the magnetizing current onto the motor flux. the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) is always used for quadrature axis flux calculation purposes. Dependency: The following applies for the magnetizing currents: p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 The following applies for the stator quadrature axis current values (PESM): 20% < p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 Refer to: p0363 Caution: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): If the parameters are not set as specified. 6726 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 5. diagram: 6723. p0367[0. p0130 Func.0 [%] Max 800.e. Permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the stator quadrature axis current onto the stator quadrature axis flux.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0.e. The parameter sets the second stator quadrature axis current as a [%] referred to the rated motor current (p0305). The parameter sets the first magnetizing current as a [%] referred to the rated magnetizing current r0331 (ASM).0 [%] Factory setting 50.. not in ascending order and to more than 20 %. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). This parameter specifies the x coordinate for the 1st value pair of the characteristic.0 [%] Max 800. Induction motors (ASM) and separately-excited synchronous motors (SESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the magnetizing current onto the motor flux.. The parameter sets the first stator quadrature axis current as a [%] referred to the rated motor current (p0305).0 [%] Factory setting 75. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. index: MDS. U. i.

n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 3 / Mot sat. 6726 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 5. which in turn is referred to the no-load excitation current (SESM). then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). VECTOR_AC.0 [%] Factory setting 210. index: MDS. I_mag 3 VECTOR. which in turn is referred to the no-load excitation current (SESM). Induction motors (ASM) and separately-excited synchronous motors (SESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the magnetizing current onto the motor flux. U.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).Parameters List of parameters Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. This parameter specifies the x coordinate for the 3rd value pair of the characteristic. Dependency: The following applies for the magnetizing currents: p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 The following applies for the stator quadrature axis current values (PESM): 20% < p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 Refer to: p0364 Caution: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): If the parameters are not set as specified. p0369[0. index: MDS.0 [%] Max 800. i. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-215 ... VECTOR_AC. the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) is always used for quadrature axis flux calculation purposes.0 [%] Description: The saturation characteristic (flux as mapping of current) is defined using 4 points. 6726 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 5. The parameter sets the fourth stator quadrature axis current as a [%] referred to the rated motor current (p0305). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). Permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the stator quadrature axis current onto the stator quadrature axis flux.0 [%] Max 800. Induction motors (ASM) and separately-excited synchronous motors (SESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the magnetizing current onto the motor flux. Permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): The saturation characteristic describes the mapping of the stator quadrature axis current onto the stator quadrature axis flux. I_mag 4 VECTOR. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 01/2013. p0130 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 6723.. The parameter sets the fourth magnetizing current as a [%] referred to the rated magnetizing current r0331 (ASM). then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300).. U.e.n] Motor saturation characteristic I_mag 4 / Mot sat. diagram: 6723. The parameter sets the third stator quadrature axis current as a [%] referred to the rated motor current (p0305). This parameter specifies the x coordinate for the 4th value pair of the characteristic.0 [%] Description: The saturation characteristic (flux as mapping of current) is defined using 4 points. Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. The parameter sets the third magnetizing current as a [%] referred to the rated magnetizing current r0331 (ASM).0 [%] Factory setting 150. Dependency: The following applies for the magnetizing currents: p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 The following applies for the stator quadrature axis current values (PESM): 20% < p0366 < p0367 < p0368 < p0369 Refer to: p0365 © Siemens AG 2003 . p0368[0. p0130 Func. not in ascending order and to more than 20 %.

n] Motor stator resistance cold / Mot R_stator cold SERVO. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM.[ohm] Displays the rotor/secondary section resistance of the motor for the ambient temperature p0625.[ohm] Description: Displays the rated motor stator resistance at rated temperature (total of p0625 and p0627). 1-216 © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR. index: MDS. Dependency: Refer to: p0625 r0372[0.. SERVO_I_AC.e.[ohm] Max .[ohm] Factory setting . index: MDS. p0130 Func. Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. VECTOR_AC. index: MDS.. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .[ohm] Factory setting .[ohm] Factory setting . SERVO_AC. REL.[ohm] Max . r0374[0. p0130 Func. Dependency: Refer to: p0627 Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). VECTOR_AC... VECTOR_AC.[ohm] Factory setting .n] Motor rated stator resistance / Mot R_stator rated SERVO. VECTOR. p0130 Func.. VECTOR_AC. Dependency: Refer to: p0625 Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). SERVO_AC. 01/2013. not in ascending order and to more than 20 %. VECTOR.. then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). Dependency: Refer to: r0238.n] Motor rotor resistance cold / damping resistance d axis / Mot R_r cold / RDd SERVO.. index: MDS. SERVO_I_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM. the unsaturated quadrature inductance (p0356) is always used for quadrature axis flux calculation purposes.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[ohm] Displays the motor stator resistance at an ambient temperature (p0625). p0130 Func. SERVO_AC.[ohm] Description: Displays the total cable resistance between Motor Module and motor. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0352 r0373[0. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . r0370[0. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. as well as the internal converter resistance. For separately-excited synchronous motors: Displays the damping resistance in the rotor direction (d-axis).n] Cable resistance / Mot R_cable VECTOR.[ohm] Max .Parameters List of parameters Caution: For permanent-magnet synchronous motors (PESM): If the parameters are not set as specified.. i. The value does not include the cable resistance.[ohm] Max . SERVO_I_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .

Synchronous motor: Displays the stator quadrature inductance. © Siemens AG 2003 .n] Rated motor rotor resistance / Mot R_rotor rated SERVO. Synchronous motor: Displays the stator quadrature axis inductance of the motor including the series inductance (p0353). r0377[0.[ohm] Factory setting .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0377[0. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: ASM. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-217 . SERVO_I_AC. SERVO_AC.[mH] Description: Induction motor. separately-excited synchronous motor: Displays the stator leakage inductance of the motor. 01/2013. SERVO_AC. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. p0130 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR_AC.n] Motor damping resistance q axis / Mot R_damp q VECTOR. including the series inductance (p0353) and the motor reactor (p0233). index: MDS.[mH] Max .[mH] Factory setting .[ohm] Factory setting . REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR_AC. r0376[0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[ohm] Description: Displays the nominal rotor / secondary section resistance of the motor at the rated temperature.. index: MDS.[mH] Factory setting .[mH] Max .n] Motor leakage inductance total / Mot L_leak total VECTOR.[mH] Induction motor: Displays the stator leakage inductance of the motor including the series inductance (p0353). p0130 Func. Dependency: Refer to: p0628 Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). p0130 Func. PEM... index: MDS. p0130 Func. VECTOR. including the series inductance (p0353) and the motor reactor (p0233). index: MDS. diagram: 6640 P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .. diagram: 6640 P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Description: Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .Parameters List of parameters r0375[0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. The value is the sum of p0625 and p0628. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM.n] Motor leakage inductance total / Mot L_leak total SERVO.[ohm] Description: Displays the damping resistance of the separately-excited synchronous motor quadrature to the rotor direction (q axis).[ohm] Max . REL..[ohm] Max ..

Parameters List of parameters r0378[0. VECTOR_AC. PEM. PEM.n] Motor damping inductance d axis / Mot L_damp d VECTOR. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: ASM.[mH] Description: 1-218 Displays the saturated magnetizing inductance of a separately-excited synchronous motor quadrature to the rotor direction (q axis). REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . REL. p0130 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: ASM. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: ASM. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. For separately-excited synchronous motors: Displays the saturated magnetizing inductance in the rotor direction (d-axis).n] Motor damping inductance q axis / Mot L_damp q VECTOR..[mH] Factory setting . VECTOR_AC. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . SERVO_AC.[mH] Description: Displays the stator longitudinal inductance of the synchronous motor including the series inductance (p0353) and the motor reactor (p0233).[mH] Factory setting . index: MDS. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM. r0380[0. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .[mH] Max . REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min ..[mH] Max . Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . index: MDS. p0130 Func. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS... VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC.n] Motor magnetizing inductance q axis saturated / Mot L_magn q sat VECTOR.. r0381[0.[mH] Max .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).[mH] Factory setting .. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: 15_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: ASM.n] Motor magnetizing inductance transformed / Lh d axis saturated / Mot L_m tr/Lhd sat SERVO. r0383[0. PEM.. VECTOR.[mH] Factory setting .. VECTOR_AC. p0130 Func. 01/2013. index: MDS.. Note: The parameter is not used for separately-excited synchronous motors (p0300 = 5).[mH] Description: Displays the damping inductance of the separately-excited synchronous motor in the rotor direction (d-axis).n] Motor stator inductance d axis / Mot L_stator d VECTOR. index: MDS.[mH] Max .[mH] Description: Displays the damping inductance of a separately-excited synchronous motor quadrature to the rotor direction (q axis). p0130 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[mH] Max . p0130 Func.[mH] Displays the magnetizing inductance of the motor. r0382[0.[mH] Factory setting . © Siemens AG 2003 .. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_AC.

REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . The value is calculated from the total of the inductances on the rotor side (p0358.[ms] Max . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. The temperature adaptation of the rotor resistance for induction motors is not taken into account.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).n] SERVO. p0356. * only applies for VECTOR (r0107). SERVO_AC.[ms] Description: Displays the stator leakage time constant quadrature to the rotor direction (q axis). diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. p0360) divided by the rotor/damping resistance (p0354). REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . index: MDS. Note: The parameter is not used for synchronous motors. Note: The value is calculated from the total of all leakage inductances (p0233. VECTOR. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-219 . VECTOR.n] Motor stator leakage time constant / Mot T_stator leak SERVO. r0385[0. Note: The value is calculated from the total of all leakage inductances (p0233*. REL. index: MDS. SERVO_I_AC.[ms] Factory setting .[ms] Description: Displays the damping time constant of a separately-excited synchronous motor quadrature to the rotor direction (q axis). PEM.[ms] Max . SERVO_AC. p0354).. VECTOR_AC. p0130 Func.[ms] Factory setting . r0387[0. VECTOR_AC. Note: The value is calculated from the total of the inductances on the damping side (p0359. p0358) divided by the total of all motor resistances (p0350.n] Motor damping time constant q axis / Mot L_damping q VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Motor rotor time constant / damping time constant d axis / Mot T_rotor/T_Dd Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn... VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. For separately-excited synchronous motors: Displays the damping time constant to the rotor direction (d axis).[ms] Displays the rotor time constant. SERVO_I_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .[ms] Factory setting . p0352. 01/2013... diagram: 6722 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM. index: MDS. p0361) divided by the damping resistance (p0355).. p0356. VECTOR_AC.n] Motor stator leakage time constant q axis / Mot T_Sleak /T_Sq VECTOR. p0130 Func. p0355).[ms] Description: Displays the stator leakage time constant. VECTOR_AC. p0130 Func.. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . The temperature adaptation of the resistances is not taken into account. p0130 Func.Parameters List of parameters r0384[0. © Siemens AG 2003 . p0352.. The temperature adaptation of the resistances is not taken into account. p0353.[ms] Factory setting . r0386[0. index: MDS.[ms] Max . p0359) divided by the total of all motor resistances (p0350. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM.[ms] Max . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.

diagram: 6727 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. index: MDS. p1402. diagram: 6727 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).n] Excitation rated no-load current / Exc I_noload_rated VECTOR. the current controller adaptation is disabled and p1715 is effective over the entire range. index: MDS.00 [A] Description: Setting the rated current (I_F) of the controlled excitation rectifier (DC master). PEM. PEM. p0391[0. Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. U.00 [Arms] Max 6000. then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the starting point of the current-dependent current controller adaptation where the current controller gain p1715 is effective. VECTOR_AC.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0..00 [Arms] Description: Sets the starting point of the current-dependent current controller adaptation where the current controller gain p1715 is effective. diagram: 5714 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. Dependency: Refer to: p0392.Parameters List of parameters p0389[0. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.n] Current controller adaptation starting point KP / I_adapt pt KP SERVO. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0130 Func. p1715 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).n] Current controller adaptation starting point KP / I_adapt pt KP VECTOR. p1402..n] Rated excitation current / Exc I_rated VECTOR. p1715 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). VECTOR_AC..00 [A] Max 10000.. VECTOR_AC. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection..00 [A] Max 10000. index: MDS. 1-220 © Siemens AG 2003 . p0130 Func.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0.00 [A] Factory setting 0. diagram: 6714 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. Dependency: Refer to: p0392. U. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.00 [A] Factory setting 0. p0391[0.. p0390[0. Note: For p0393 = 100 % or p1402. REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. index: MDS.00 [A] Description: Sets the rated no-load current (I_F0) for the excitation. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0130 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.00 [Arms] Max 6000.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 01/2013. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).. p0130 Func. p0393. p0393.2 = 0. SERVO_AC.

The value is referred to p1715.00 [Arms] Max 6000. SERVO_AC.00 [%] Description: Sets the factor for the current controller P gain in the adaptation range (current > p0392). this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). Dependency: Refer to: p0391. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-221 . p1715 Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).00 [%] Factory setting 100.. p1715 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).n] Current controller adaptation p gain adaptation / I_adapt Kp adapt SERVO. p0393[0. © Siemens AG 2003 .2 = 0. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). p0130 Func. U.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0. Dependency: Refer to: p0391. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. U. p1402. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300).. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.00 [Arms] Factory setting 0. p0392[0.. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p1402. p1402. p0130 Func.. diagram: 5714 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.2 = 0. diagram: 6714 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. index: MDS.00 [Arms] Max 6000. VECTOR_AC. index: MDS. Note: For p0393 = 100 % or p1402. SERVO_AC. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.00 [%] Max 1000.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the starting point of the current-dependent current controller adaptation where the adapted current controller gain p1715 x p0393 is effective. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 5714 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.Parameters List of parameters p0392[0. the current controller adaptation is disabled and p1715 is effective over the entire range. the current controller adaptation is disabled and p1715 is effective over the entire range..n] Current controller adaptation starting point KP adapted / I_adapt pt KP adap VECTOR. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.n] Current controller adaptation starting point KP adapted / I_adapt pt KP adap SERVO. U. p1715 Notice: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). 01/2013. index: MDS. p0392. Note: For p0393 = 100 % or p1402. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. p0393. Note: When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0.. p0130 Func. p0393.00 [Arms] Description: Sets the starting point of the current-dependent current controller adaptation where the adapted current controller gain p1715 x p0393 is effective. Dependency: Refer to: p0391.

index: MDS. 6730. p0620 Note: In each case. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC. Dependency: Refer to: p0354. 6732 Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max . 1-222 © Siemens AG 2003 . Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. VECTOR. The value is referred to p1715. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: MDS. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.00 [%] Description: Sets the factor for the current controller P gain in the adaptation range (e. U. Refer to: p0350.[ohm] Description: Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. diagram: 6714 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.n] Actual stator resistance / R_stator act Can be changed: SERVO.. 01/2013. p0130 Func. diagram: 6300. the current controller adaptation is disabled and p1715 is effective over the entire range. p1402. if p0392 > p0391). 6731. REL. SERVO_I_AC. r0078 > p0392. VECTOR.[ohm] Max . When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. p0130 Func. VECTOR_AC. diagram: 6730 P-Group: Motor Units group: 16_1 Unit selection: p0349 Not for motor type: PEM.n] Current controller adaptation P gain scaling / I_adapt Kp scal VECTOR.[ohm] Displays the actual stator resistance (phase value). then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). SERVO_AC. The parameter is affected by the motor temperature model. P-Group: Motor VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min .00 [%] Factory setting 100. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). This parameter is not used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). only the stator resistance of the active Motor Data Set is included with the stator temperature of the thermal motor model. index: MDS. p0352.[ohm] Displays the actual rotor/secondary section resistance (phase value).n] Actual rotor resistance / R_rotor act SERVO. Note: For p0393 = 100 % or p1402. only the rotor resistance of the active Motor Data Set is included with the rotor temperature of the thermal motor model.. p0620 Note: In each case. p0392. r0396[0. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. The parameter value also contains the temperature-independent cable resistance.2 = 0.g... Data type: FloatingPoint32 SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). VECTOR_AC.[ohm] Factory setting ..Parameters List of parameters p0393[0. p1715 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Dependency: In the case of induction motors the parameter is also affected by the motor temperature model. p0130 Func. r0395[0. Dependency: Refer to: p0391.00 [%] Max 1000.[ohm] Factory setting ..

T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. multiturn 4096 DRIVE-CLiQ encoder AS24.. index: MDS.n] Angle magnetic decoupling maximum angle / Magn decpl max_ang VECTOR.000000 Max 10. SERVO_AC. p0130 Func. p0398[0. p0400[0. SERVO_I_AC. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min -10.n] Angle magn decoupling (cross saturation) coeff 3 / Magn decoupl C3 VECTOR. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. VECTOR_AC. index: MDS. diagram: 1580.. The angle offset can be described as a 3rd order polynomial function of the load current consumed: phiOffset = f(C1*iq + C3*iq^3) This parameter is the coefficient C1.0 [°] Factory setting 90. U. VECTOR_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). VECTOR_AC. p0399[0. Value: 0: 202: 204: 242: 244: 1001: 1002: 1003: 1004: No encoder DRIVE-CLiQ encoder AS20. VECTOR. multiturn 4096 Resolver 1 speed Resolver 2 speed Resolver 3 speed Resolver 4 speed © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).n] Encoder type selection / Enc_typ sel ENC.000000 Description: The magnetic cross coupling of the motor's d and q axes caused by saturation (current-dependent) leads to an angle offset affecting the axis system d'q'.n] Angle magn decoupling (cross saturation) coeff 1 / Magn decoupl C1 VECTOR. SERVO. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. singleturn DRIVE-CLiQ encoder AM24. singleturn DRIVE-CLiQ encoder AM20. it describes the linear load impact effect. p0130 Func. 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 10100 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the encoder from the list of encoder types supported. p0130 Func. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM.000000 Max 10. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-223 . it describes the cubic load impact effect.0 [°] Max 90. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_EQU Access level: 4 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0140 Func..Parameters List of parameters p0397[0. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. this decouples the magnetic quantities.000000 Factory setting 0. 01/2013.. 4) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. p0399). FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min -10..000000 Factory setting 0.. The angle offset can be described as a 3rd order polynomial function of the load current consumed: phiOffset = f(C1*iq + C3*iq^3) This parameter is the coefficient C3. this decouples the magnetic quantities.. index: EDS. U. index: MDS.000000 Description: The magnetic cross coupling of the motor's d and q axes caused by saturation (current-dependent) leads to an angle offset affecting the axis system d'q'.0 [°] Description: Maximum angle when calculating the polynomial function to decouple the magnetic flux axes for permanent-magnet synchronous motors (see p0398.

1 Vpp. Multiturn 4096 32. A/B. 1 Vpp. If. encoder with EnDat interface. 1 Vpp. for a synchronous motor.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).15 to 1 Prerequisite: Coarse synchronization must be selected (e. 24 V SSI. 1 Vpp.Parameters List of parameters 2001: 2002: 2003: 2004: 2005: 2006: 2007: 2008: 2010: 2051: 2052: 2053: 2054: 2055: 2081: 2082: 2083: 2084: 2110: 2111: 2112: 2151: 3001: 3002: 3003: 3005: 3006: 3007: 3008: 3009: 3011: 3020: 3081: 3082: 3090: 3109: 9999: 10000: 10050: 10051: 10058: 10059: 10100: 2048. EnDat.g. A/B R 400. 1 Vpp. Multiturn 4096 16. SSI. as standard. A/B R 512. 1 Vpp. The encoder data (e. 1 Vpp. 1 Vpp. 24 V 4096. A/B R 18000. 1 Vpp. EnDat. Multiturn 4096 512. EnDat. A/B C/D R 2048. A/B.set p0404. Multiturn 4096. EnDat. Note: The connected encoder can be identified by setting p0400 to 10000 or 10100. with sense SSI. A/B. the encoder type should be set to a third-party encoder (p0400 = 9999).g. A/B. A/B. 01/2013. EnDat. SSI. Singleturn 2000 nm. singleturn. error bit 2048. A/B R 192. A/B R distance-coded 16000 nm. which is possible in the following cases: Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. A/B R distance-coded 2048. A/B R 800. 1 Vpp. A/B. Multiturn 4096 2048. A/B. 1-224 © Siemens AG 2003 . 1 Vpp. A/B. SSI. A/B R 256. Multiturn 4096 2048. 1 Vpp. fine synchronization is to be realized using a zero mark. pole position identification) and the zero pulse of the encoder must be either mechanically or electronically (p0431) adjusted to the pole position. HTL. 1 Vpp. To remove write protection. 1 Vpp. 1 Vpp. EnDat. This assumes that the encoder supports this method. Singleturn 2048. DRIVE-CLiQ encoder.1 interface identified DRIVE-CLiQ encoder identified Digital encoder (absolute) identified Digital encoder (incremental) identified Identify encoder (waiting) Caution: An encoder type with p0400 < 9999 defines an encoder for which there is an encoder parameter list. A/B. A/B R distance-coded 20000 nm. A/B R 480. TTL. 1 Vpp. A/B R distance-coded 40000 nm. 1 Vpp. 1 Vpp. 1 Vpp. resolution 100 nm 1024 HTL A/B R 1024 TTL A/B R 2048 HTL A/B R 1024 HTL A/B 1024 TTL A/B 2048 HTL A/B 2048 TTL A/B 1024 HTL A/B unipolar 2048 HTL A/B unipolar 2048 TTL A/B R. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . When using an encoder with track A/B and zero pulse. 1 Vpp. then the following must be executed: . When selecting a catalog encoder (p0400 < 9999) the parameters from the encoder parameter list cannot be changed (write protection).set p0400 to 9999 . A/B. 1 Vpp. error bit 4000 nm. fine synchronization is not set using a zero mark. 1 Vpp. Singleturn. A/B. pulse number p0408) can only be changed when p0400 = 9999. Singleturn 2048. SSI. A/B R distance-coded User-defined Identify encoder Encoder with EnDat2. SSI. multiturn 4096.

Re p0402 = 4: Automatic setting of p0410 = 0011 bin. Measuring gear factor = motor or load revolutions / encoder revolutions. p0401[0. pulse number p0408) can only be changed when p0400 = 9999. p0433. Note: The connected encoder can be identified by p0400 = 10000.. Re p0402 = 10000: It is only possible to identify the gearbox type for a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Encoder type OEM selection / Enc type OEM sel Can be changed: C2(1. p0140 Func.Parameters List of parameters For p0400 = 10000 the following applies: If an identification is not possible. If an identification is not possible.. © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. p0432. 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 32767 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the encoder from the list of encoder types that the OEM supports. p0140 Func. index: EDS.n] ENC. p0433 = 2. p0432 = 1. VECTOR. 01/2013.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Using p0400 = 20000. p0433 Note: Re p0402 = 1: Automatic setting of p0410 = 0000 bin. 4) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. If an identification is not possible. VECTOR_AC.n] Gearbox type selection / Gearbox type sel ENC. encoder with EnDat interface. Parameters p0410. p0432 = 10. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 10100 Factory setting 9999 Description: Selects the gearbox type to pre-set the inversion and the gearbox factor... 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-225 . index: EDS. p0432 = 7. For p0400 = 10100 the following applies: If an identification is not possible. SERVO_I_AC. Value: 1: 2: 3: 4: 9999: 10000: 10100: Gearbox 1:1 not inverted Gearbox 2:7 inverted Gearbox 4:17 inverted Gearbox 2:10 inverted Gearbox user-defined Identify gearbox Identify gearbox Dependency: Refer to: p0410. p0432 = 17. p0433 = 2. p0432. p0433 = 4.g. p0433 = 1. diagram: 1580. This means that the encoder must support this and is possible in the following cases: Motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. VECTOR. then p0400 is set to 0. SERVO. Re p0402 = 2: Automatic setting of p0410 = 0011 bin. p0402[0. then p0402 is set to 9999. The parameters should be manually set. The encoder data (e. 4) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. the encoder type can be selected from the list of OEM encoders using p0401. then p0400 is set to 0. SERVO_I_AC. p0432 and p0433 are set corresponding to the identified gearbox. SERVO_AC. SERVO_AC. p0400 remains set to 10100 until it becomes possible. Re p0402 = 3: Automatic setting of p0410 = 0011 bin. Re p0402 = 9999: No automatic setting of p0410.

diagram: 4010. 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No FP - When selecting a catalog encoder. Re bit 14 (distance-coded zero mark): The distance (clearance) between two or several consecutive zero marks allows the absolute position to be calculated. The zero mark distance is not monitored. Re bit 10 (DRIVE-CLiQ encoder): This bit is only used for the large-scale integrated DRIVE-CLiQ encoders that provide their encoder data directly in DRIVE-CLiQ format without converting this data. a linear scale with only 1 zero mark in the traversing range). rotary encoder with 1 zero mark per revolution or linear encoder with constant zero mark distance). Signal name Linear encoder Absolute encoder Multiturn encoder Track A/B sq-wave Track A/B sine Track C/D Hall sensor EnDat encoder SSI encoder DRIVE-CLiQ encoder Digital encoder Equidistant zero mark Irregular zero mark Distance-coded zero mark Commutation with zero mark (not ASM) Acceleration Track A/B analog Voltage level 5 V Voltage level 24 V Remote sense (only SMC30) Resolver excit. index: EDS. therefore. 01/2013. This bit is not. Re bit 13 (irregular zero mark): The zero marks occur at irregular intervals (e. 02 (absolute encoder. Hall sensor). 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Settings for the basic encoder properties. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .g. and the encoder pulse number is an integer multiple of the pole number.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). track C/D. Re bit 12 (equidistant zero mark): The zero marks occur at regular intervals (e.g. The bit activates monitoring of the zero mark distance (p0424/p0425. SSI encoders or DRIVE-CLiQ encoders. SERVO.Parameters List of parameters p0404[0. linear/rotary) or in the case of the linear encoder with 1 zero mark and p0424 = 0 zero mark monitoring is activated. p0140 Func. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). multiturn encoder): These bits can only be selected for EnDat encoders.. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Note: ZM: Zero mark SMC: Sensor Module Cabinet If a technique to determine the commutation information/data has not been selected (e. then the following applies: The track A/B is adjusted to match the magnetic position of the motor. Re bit 01. SERVO_AC. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.g.n] Encoder configuration effective / Enc_config eff ENC. set for first-generation DRIVE-CLiQ encoders. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.. 1-226 © Siemens AG 2003 .

The fine synchronization is only started after two zero marks have been passed. © Siemens AG 2003 .n] Encoder configuration effective / Enc_config eff VECTOR. 01/2013. index: EDS. set for first-generation DRIVE-CLiQ encoders.. the following applies: The phase sequence of the C/D track (if available) must be the same as the phase sequence of the encoder (A/B track). multiturn encoder): These bits can only be selected for EnDat encoders. Further. 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No FP - When selecting a catalog encoder. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. The function can be de-selected by priority via p0430. Signal name Linear encoder Absolute encoder Multiturn encoder Track A/B sq-wave Track A/B sine Track C/D Hall sensor EnDat encoder SSI encoder DRIVE-CLiQ encoder Digital encoder Equidistant zero mark Irregular zero mark Distance-coded zero mark Commutation with zero mark (not ASM) Acceleration Track A/B analog Voltage level 5 V Voltage level 24 V Remote sense (only SMC30) Resolver excit. and the encoder pulse number is an integer multiple of the pole number. track C/D.23. the position of the Hall sensor must be mechanically adjusted to the motor EMF. 02 (absolute encoder. Notice: If an SSI encoder (bit 9 = 1) is used as motor encoder for permanent-magnet synchronous motors. 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Settings for the basic encoder properties. Re bit 10 (DRIVE-CLiQ encoder): This bit is only used for the large-scale integrated DRIVE-CLiQ encoders that provide their encoder data directly in DRIVE-CLiQ format without converting this data. then this is only permissible in conjunction with an additional A/B track (bit 3 = 1 or bit 4 = 1). For distance-coded zero marks. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). p0140 Func.. The phase sequence of the Hall signal (if available) must be the same as the phase sequence of the motor. This bit is not. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-227 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0404[0. then the following applies: The track A/B is adjusted to match the magnetic position of the motor. diagram: 4010.Parameters List of parameters Re bit 15 (commutation with zero mark): Only applicable for synchronous motors. Note: ZM: Zero mark SMC: Sensor Module Cabinet If a technique to determine the commutation information/data has not been selected (e. Re bit 01.g. SSI encoders or DRIVE-CLiQ encoders. VECTOR_AC. therefore. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Hall sensor).

Re bit 13 (irregular zero mark): The zero marks occur at irregular intervals (e. a linear scale with only 1 zero mark in the traversing range). SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC. the following applies: The phase sequence of the C/D track (if available) must be the same as the phase sequence of the encoder (A/B track).3 must also be 1. The function can be de-selected by priority via p0430. The fine synchronization is only started after two zero marks have been passed.g. For distance-coded zero marks. The zero mark distance is not monitored. When selecting a catalog encoder.g.23. linear/rotary) or in the case of the linear encoder with 1 zero mark and p0424 = 0 zero mark monitoring is activated.. index: EDS. the position of the Hall sensor must be mechanically adjusted to the motor EMF. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). The phase sequence of the Hall signal (if available) must be the same as the phase sequence of the motor. Signal name Signal Level Track monitoring Zero pulse Switching threshold Pulse/direction 1 signal Bipolar TTL A/B <> -A/B Same as A/B track High Active 0 signal Unipolar HTL None 24 V unipolar Low Inactive FP - When the function is activated. p0140 Func. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 1111 bin Description: Settings for the track A/B in a square-wave encoder. VECTOR. SERVO.26. Note: Re bit 02: For square-wave encoders. p0404. p0405[0. Re bit 14 (distance-coded zero mark): The distance (clearance) between two or several consecutive zero marks allows the absolute position to be calculated. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 01/2013. a frequency setpoint and a direction for traveling can be entered via an encoder interface. The bit activates monitoring of the zero mark distance (p0424/p0425. Re bit 05: When the function is activated. Re bit 15 (commutation with zero mark): Only applicable for synchronous motors.Parameters List of parameters Re bit 12 (equidistant zero mark): The zero marks occur at regular intervals (e. track monitoring can be de-activated by setting p0437.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). rotary encoder with 1 zero mark per revolution or linear encoder with constant zero mark distance).. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). Further. 1-228 © Siemens AG 2003 .n] Square-wave encoder track A/B / Sq-wave enc A/B ENC.

Note: The lowest permissible value is 250 nm. p0408 TM41 encoder emulation pulse number / Enc_emul puls No.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). the zero mark is only correctly output. p0408[0. The smallest permissible value is 1 pulse. SERVO_I_AC. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. SERVO_AC..n] Rotary encoder pulse number / Rot enc pulse No. SERVO. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). When selecting a catalog encoder. VECTOR_AC. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [nm] Max 250000000 [nm] Factory setting 16000 [nm] Description: Sets the grid division for a linear encoder. ENC. diagram: 4010. p0140 Func.Parameters List of parameters p0407[0. 01/2013. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. TM41 Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.n] Linear encoder grid division / Enc grid div ENC. diagram: 9674. Note: The number of pole pairs for a resolver is entered here. 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 16777215 Factory setting 2048 Description: Sets the number of pulses for a rotary encoder. They define the format of the position actual value from the original encoder (TM41 input) and the format of the TM41 output.. © Siemens AG 2003 . When selecting a catalog encoder. p0140 Func. VECTOR. 9676 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 32 Max 16384 Factory setting 2048 Description: Sets the pulse number output from the encoder emulation. In this case. index: EDS. the following applies: Parameters p0408 and p0418 have a double significance. Note: For p4408 = 0. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-229 . Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). VECTOR.. Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). SERVO. SERVO_I_AC. if the two parameters p0408 and p0418 for the TM41 and the encoder interconnected at p4420 have the same setting. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC. index: EDS. diagram: 4010.. index: - Func.

4711.. VECTOR_AC. diagram: 4704. 01/2013.n] Encoder inversion actual value / Enc inv act value Can be changed: C2(4) ENC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: EDS. SERVO. SERVO_AC. diagram: 4704. p0140 Func. 4715 4704 Bit 00: r0061. SERVO_AC. SERVO. P-Group: Encoder VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. gearbox. r0483 p0410[0.n] Encoder inversion actual value / Enc inv act value ENC (Lin_enc). r0483 p0411[0. Bit field: Bit 00 Signal name Invert velocity actual value 1 signal Yes 0 signal No 01 Invert position actual value Yes No Note: FP 4710. SERVO_I_AC. Data type: Unsigned16 SERVO_I_AC.3 = 1 the following applies: Signal name Measuring gear activate position tracking Axis type Measuring gear reset position Meas. index: EDS. r0063 (exception: encoderless control). diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for position tracking of a measuring gear. r0094 Bit 01: r0482. 4715 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Setting to invert actual values. 4710. VECTOR_I_AC Measuring gear configuration / Meas gear config Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.. 4715 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Setting to invert actual values.Parameters List of parameters p0410[0. only the position actual value is stored. tracking for incremental encoders 1 signal Yes Linear axis Yes Yes 0 signal No Rotary axis No No FP - If position tracking is activated for incremental encoders..n] ENC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 4715 4704 The inversion influences the following parameters: Bit 00: r0061. 1-230 © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO (Lin). 4710. VECTOR.. 4711. p0140 Func. Bit field: Bit 00 Signal name Invert speed actual value 1 signal Yes 0 signal No 01 Invert position actual value Yes No Note: The inversion influences the following parameters: FP 4710. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 Notice: For p0411.. 4711. index: EDS. r0063 (exception: encoderless control). p0140 Func. SERVO_AC (Lin).. VECTOR_AC. Axis or encoder motion is not detected when de-activated! Any tolerance window entered in p0413 has no effect. activate pos. VECTOR. 4711. r0094 Bit 01: r0482.

. VECTOR.00 Factory setting 0. p0140 Func. p0411. 01/2013. saved position values are automatically reset: .0 = 1) and for an incremental encoder with activated position tracking (p0411.when changing the configuration of the Encoder Data Set (EDS).n] Measuring gear absolute encoder rotary revolutions virtual / Abs rot rev ENC.0 = 1: This parameter is pre-assigned with p0421.. SERVO.3 = 1: The parameter value is pre-set to the highest possible value.. through a complete encoder range is not detected. p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4194303 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the number of rotations that can be resolved for a rotary encoder with activated position tracking of the measuring gear. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. For linear axes. the non-volatile. index: EDS. SERVO.. For p0411.. Note: The resolution that is set must be able to be represented using r0483. For rotary axes/modulo axes. Dependency: This parameter is only of significance for an absolute encoder (p0404.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).g.1 = 1) with activated position tracking (p0411. p0413[0. expanded by 6 bits for multiturn information (maximum number of overflows) and cannot be changed. the following applies: p0411.3 = 1: The parameter value is pre-set to the highest possible value. e. p0412[0. VECTOR_AC. Dependency: Refer to: F31501.00 Description: Sets a tolerance window for position tracking.n] Measuring gear position tracking tolerance window / Pos track window ENC. The highest possible value depends on the pulse number (p0408) and the fine resolution (p0419). the following is initiated: Difference within the tolerance window --> The position is reproduced as a result of the encoder actual value. SERVO_I_AC.when an encoder replacement has been identified.00 Max 4294967300. SERVO_AC.0 = 1: This parameter is pre-set with p0421 and can be changed. SERVO_AC. F32501. VECTOR_AC.3 = 1).0 = 1. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-231 . Difference outside the tolerance window --> An appropriate message is output. the difference between the saved position and the actual position is determined. the value is automatically pre-assigned quarter of the encoder range. and depending on this. p0411. Example: Quarter of the encoder range = (p0408 * p0421) / 4 It is possible that the tolerance window may not be able to be precisely set due to the data type (floating point number with 23 bit mantissa). Note: The value is entered in integer (complete) encoder pulses.Parameters List of parameters Note: For the following events. the following applies: p0411. The highest possible value depends on the pulse number (p0408) and the fine resolution (p0419). © Siemens AG 2003 . F33501 Caution: Rotation. After the system is powered up. index: EDS.

. VECTOR.n] Redundant coarse position value relevant bits (identified) / Relevant bits ENC.n] Gx_XIST1 Coarse position safe most significant bit (identified) / Gx_XIST1 safe MSB ENC. steps position value pos1 (detected) / nsrPos1 ENC. VECTOR. SERVO. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.Parameters List of parameters p0414[0. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 22000 Description: Sets the non safety-relevant measuring steps of POS1. p0140 Func. SERVO.. index: EDS. index: EDS.. SERVO. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . p9513 p0417[0. index: EDS. 01/2013. p0415[0. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 255 Factory setting 255 Description: Sets the comparison algorithm for the encoder position monitoring functions.. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. SERVO_AC.. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC. p0140 Func. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.n] Non safety-relevant meas. VECTOR. p0140 Func. Note: MSB: Most Significant Bit p0416[0. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 16 Factory setting 16 Description: Sets the number of relevant bits for the redundant coarse position value. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 31 Factory setting 14 Description: Sets the bit number for the safe most significant bit (MSB) of the Gx_XIST1 coarse position. SERVO_I_AC. SERVO_AC. Dependency: Refer to: r0473. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_I_AC.. SERVO. SERVO_I_AC.. p0140 Func.n] Encoder safety comparison algorithm (detected) / Safety comp_algo ENC.. Value: 0: 10: 11: 12: 255: Dependency: Refer to: p9541 1-232 SMx20 safety algorithm DQL binary safety algorithm DQL linear non-binary safety algorithm SMC30 safety algorithm Safety algorithm unknown © Siemens AG 2003 .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: EDS. VECTOR. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. VECTOR_AC.

For especially high quality measuring systems. VECTOR.n] ENC. SERVO_AC.. For a squarewave encoder.Parameters List of parameters p0418[0. Dependency: Refer to: p0418 Note: This parameter applies to process data Gx_XIST2 when reading the absolute value.e. i. SERVO_I_AC. the zero mark is only correctly output. p0140 Func. Note: The parameter applies for the following process data: .Gx_XIST2 for reference mark or flying measurement The fine resolution specifies the fraction between two encoder pulses. squarewave encoder: 2 bit = resolution 4. VECTOR_AC. diagram: 4010. index: - Func. 4710 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 2 Max 18 Factory setting 9 Description: Sets the fine resolution in bits of the absolute position actual values. They define the format of the position actual value from the original encoder (TM41 input) and the format of the TM41 output.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: EDS. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-233 . SERVO. 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 2 Max 18 Factory setting 11 Description: Sets the fine resolution in bits of the incremental position actual values. VECTOR_I_AC Fine resolution Gx_XIST1 (in bits) / Enc fine Gx_XIST1 Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. SERVO. p0140 Func. p0419[0. p0418 TM41 encoder emulation fine resolution Gx_XIST1 (in bits) / Enc fine Gx_XIST1 TM41 Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. Note: For p4408 = 0. an encoder pulse can be broken down into a different number of fractions (e. 01/2013.Gx_XIST1 .. if the two parameters p0408 and p0418 for the TM41 and the encoder interconnected at p4420 have the same setting. the least significant bits have the value zero. diagram: 4704. VECTOR. r0482).. the fine resolution must be increased corresponding to the available accuracy. In this case. 9676 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 2 Max 18 Factory setting 11 Description: Sets the fine resolution in bits of the position actual value (r0479.g. with the factory setting.n] Fine resolution absolute value Gx_XIST2 (in bits) / Enc fine Gx_XIST2 ENC. they do not supply any useful information. © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_AC. diagram: 9674. sin/cos encoder: Typical 11 bit = resolution 2048). SERVO_AC. Depending on the physical measurement principle. SERVO_I_AC. index: EDS. the following applies: Parameters p0408 and p0418 have a double significance.. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.

SERVO_I_AC. e. SERVO_I_AC. When selecting a catalog encoder. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection).n] Absolute encoder rotary multiturn resolution / Enc abs multiturn ENC. SERVO. When selecting a catalog encoder. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). index: EDS. 01/2013. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. VECTOR_I_AC Signal name SUB-D Terminal 1 signal Yes Yes 0 signal No No Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.. VECTOR. Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). Note: The serial protocol of an absolute encoder provides the position with a certain resolution . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 100 nm. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC.. VECTOR.g. SERVO_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0140 Func. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 4096 FP - Description: Sets the number of rotations that can be resolved for a rotary absolute encoder. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. This value must be entered here. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. When selecting a catalog encoder.. SERVO. Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1073741823 Factory setting 8192 Description: Sets the number of measuring steps per revolution for a rotary absolute encoder. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). VECTOR.. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_I_AC. SERVO_AC. p0140 Func. index: EDS. SERVO_AC. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. VECTOR_AC. 1-234 © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO....n] Encoder connection / Enc_connection ENC.n] Absolute encoder linear measuring step resolution / Enc abs meas step ENC.Parameters List of parameters p0420[0.. index: EDS. p0423[0. VECTOR.n] Absolute encoder rotary singleturn resolution / Enc abs singleturn ENC. p0422[0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO. Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 bin Description: Selecting the encoder connection. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. p0140 Func. Bit field: Bit 00 01 p0421[0. p0140 Func. index: EDS. The resolution refers to the absolute position. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [nm] Max 4294967295 [nm] Factory setting 100 [nm] Description: Sets the resolution of the absolute position for a linear absolute encoder.

2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [kHz] Max 65535 [kHz] Factory setting 100 [kHz] Description: Sets the baud rate for an SSI encoder. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn... VECTOR. VECTOR. VECTOR. When selecting a catalog encoder. index: EDS. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0140 Func.. SERVO_I_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-235 . SERVO. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. This information is used for zero mark monitoring. 8570 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 16777215 Factory setting 2048 Description: Sets the distance in pulses between two zero marks for a rotary encoder. Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). SERVO_AC. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [mm] Max 65535 [mm] Factory setting 20 [mm] Description: Sets the distance between two zero marks for a linear encoder.n] Encoder rotary zero mark distance / Enc rot dist ZM ENC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 65535 Factory setting 1 Sets the differential distance with distance-coded zero marks [signal periods]. When selecting a catalog encoder. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0140 Func.. The value corresponds to jump displacement of "zero mark with interference". Note: For distance-coded zero marks. SERVO_AC. Note: For distance-coded zero marks. This information is used for zero mark monitoring. VECTOR. Note: SSI: Synchronous Serial Interface © Siemens AG 2003 .. 01/2013. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). When selecting a catalog encoder.n] Encoder linear zero mark distance / Enc lin ZM_dist ENC. this means the basic distance. SERVO. SERVO. VECTOR_AC. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. p0425[0. VECTOR_AC. p0426[0.. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.. Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). index: EDS. diagram: 4704. When selecting a catalog encoder. index: EDS. SERVO_AC. SERVO. Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). index: EDS.n] Encoder SSI baud rate / Enc SSI baud rate ENC.Parameters List of parameters p0424[0.. p0140 Func. SERVO_I_AC. this means the basic distance. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). VECTOR_AC.n] Encoder zero mark differential distance / Enc ZM Dif_dist ENC. p0427[0. p0140 Func. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection).

. SERVO_AC. SERVO. index: EDS. index: EDS..n] ENC. Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). p0140 Func.. SERVO_AC.n] Encoder SSI monoflop time / Enc SSI t_monoflop ENC. VECTOR. Note: Re bit 06: Signal name Transfer code Transfer absolute value twice Data line during the monoflop time 1 signal Binary code Yes High level 0 signal Gray code No Low level FP - The quiescent signal level of the data line corresponds to the inverted. SERVO_AC. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.n] Encoder SSI configuration / Enc SSI config ENC. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0430[0. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. p0429[0. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 1110 0000 0000 1000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration of the Sensor Module. VECTOR_I_AC Sensor Module configuration / SM config Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_AC.Parameters List of parameters p0428[0. When selecting a catalog encoder. Bit field: Bit 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 28 29 30 31 1-236 Signal name Burst oversampling Continuous oversampling (reserved) Safety position actual value sensing Speed calculation mode (only SMC30) Zero mark tolerance Rot pos adapt De-select commutation with zero mark Commutation with selected zero mark Switch off encoder voltage supply during parking Extrapolate position values Cubic correction Phase correction Amplitude correction Offset correction 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Incremental diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No Flank time meas No No No No No FP - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No - © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [µs] Max 65535 [µs] Factory setting 30 [µs] Description: Sets the minimum delay time between two data transfers of the absolute value for an SSI encoder. SERVO_I_AC. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). SERVO. Bit field: Bit 00 02 06 Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400).. VECTOR_AC. index: EDS. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 01/2013. set level. VECTOR. VECTOR. SERVO. VECTOR_AC. p0140 Func.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).. When selecting a catalog encoder. p0140 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration for an SSI encoder.

a one-off zero mark distance error is tolerated. p0430[0. Re bit 24 (commutation with selected zero mark): . the rotor position is corrected automatically. p0453 is effective in this mode.if bit = 1. Note: Re bit 17 (burst oversampling): . the speed is calculated via incremental difference without extrapolation. the encoder power supply is not switched off on parking.if bit = 0. the offset correction for track A/B sine is activated. .if bit = 0. In the event of a defect. the encoder power supply is switched off on parking (0 V). Re bit 20 (speed calculation mode): .if bit = 1. Re bit 21 (zero mark tolerance): . . 01/2013.if bit = 1.if bit = 1.if bit = 1. continuous oversampling is switched on. the amplitude correction for track A/B sine is activated. Re bit 30 (amplitude correction): . Bit field: Bit 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 27 Signal name Burst oversampling Continuous oversampling (reserved) Safety position actual value sensing Velocity calculation mode (only SMC30) Zero mark tolerance Rot pos adapt De-select commutation with zero mark Commutation with selected zero mark Switch off encoder voltage supply during parking Extrapolate position values 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Incremental diff Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No Flank time meas No No No No No FP - Yes No - © Siemens AG 2003 . The correction speed is +/-1/4 encoder pulse per zero mark distance. but alarm A3x400/A3x401 does. the speed is calculated via edge time measurement with extrapolation.if bit = 1. Re bit 29 (phase correction): . Re bit 25 (disconnect the encoder power supply on parking): . the fault F3x100/F3x101 does not appear. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 1110 0000 0000 1000 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the configuration of the Sensor Module. the commutation position is corrected via a selected zero mark.if bit = 1.if bit = 1. Re bit 31 (offset correction): . Re bit 23 (de-select commutation with zero mark): .if bit = 1. Re bit 18 (continuous oversampling): .. the extrapolation of the position values is activated. the Safety position actual value is transferred in the cyclic telegram. the cubic correction for track A/B sine is activated. the phase correction for track A/B sine is activated. index: EDS. burst oversampling is switched on.if bit = 1. . SERVO (Lin). Re bit 22 (rotor position adaptation): . SERVO_AC (Lin).if bit = 1. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-237 . it is reduced from 24 V to 5 V. Re bit 28 (cubic correction). SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.The bit should only be set for encoders that have not been adjusted. Re bit 27 (extrapolate position values): .if bit = 1..2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Re bit 19 (Safety position actual value sensing): .if bit = 1. p0140 Func.Parameters List of parameters Notice: A bit-wise configuration is only possible if the corresponding property is also present in r0458.n] Sensor Module configuration / SM config ENC (Lin_enc).

burst oversampling is switched on. the encoder power supply is not switched off on parking. continuous oversampling is switched on. the value must be reduced by 60° if all the following conditions are fulfilled: .The bit should only be set for encoders that have not been adjusted. Re bit 31 (offset correction): . Dependency: The value is taken into account in r0094.if bit = 1. a one-off zero mark distance error is tolerated. it is reduced from 24 V to 5 V. 1-238 © Siemens AG 2003 . .if bit = 1.if bit = 1. p0453 is effective in this mode. VECTOR_AC. Re bit 29 (phase correction): . Re bit 18 (continuous oversampling): .if bit = 1.23 = 1). SERVO_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. the fault F3x100/F3x101 does not appear. . the commutation position is corrected via a selected zero mark. Re bit 30 (amplitude correction): . Re bit 21 (zero mark tolerance): . SERVO_I_AC. Re bit 24 (commutation with selected zero mark): . the rotor position is corrected automatically.The actual speed value is inverted (p0410.if bit = 1. Re bit 27 (extrapolate position values): .3 to V2. the Safety position actual value is transferred in the cyclic telegram.if bit = 1.if bit = 1.00 [°] Description: Sets the angular commutation offset. index: EDS. In the event of a defect. .. the extrapolation of the position values is activated. The correction speed is +/-1/4 encoder pulse per zero mark distance.00 [°] Factory setting 0. Re bit 25 (disconnect the encoder power supply on parking): . the cubic correction for track A/B sine is activated. Re bit 22 (rotor position adaptation): . 4xx).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Re bit 19 (Safety position actual value sensing): . Re bit 23 (de-select commutation with zero mark): . Re bit 20 (speed calculation mode): . .Parameters List of parameters 28 29 30 31 Cubic correction Phase correction Amplitude correction Offset correction Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No - Notice: A bit-wise configuration is only possible if the corresponding property is also present in r0458. the speed is calculated via edge time measurement with extrapolation. the speed is calculated via incremental difference without extrapolation.if bit = 1.n] Angular commutation offset / Ang_com offset SERVO.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min -180. p0431[0.00 [°] Max 180.The encoder is a resolver (p0404. Re bit 28 (cubic correction).0 = 1).if bit = 1.The motor is a synchronous motor (p0300 = 2. but alarm A3x400/A3x401 does. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . the offset correction for track A/B sine is activated. .if bit = 1.if bit = 1. p0140 Func. the amplitude correction for track A/B sine is activated.if bit = 1. Note: Re bit 17 (burst oversampling): .if bit = 1.if bit = 0. 01/2013. the encoder power supply is switched off on parking (0 V). 2xx. 4.4 or higher. r1778 Caution: When the firmware is upgraded from V2. VECTOR.if bit = 0. the phase correction for track A/B sine is activated. Refer to: r0094.

.the position specified under ba and the additional bits are assigned increasing consecutively. angular difference between electrical position of encoder and flux position.n] Gearbox factor motor/load revolutions / Grbx_fact mot_rev ENC. p0140 Func. VECTOR_AC. 1: High level). VECTOR.. SERVO. SERVO_I_AC.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 10000 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the motor and load revolutions for the gearbox factor of the encoder evaluation. . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. p0434[0. Refer to: p0402. SERVO_I_AC. 01/2013. 2: On with 2 error bits . As a minimum . For several error error bits. SERVO.. VECTOR_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Dependency: This parameter can only be set for p0402 = 9999.n] Encoder SSI error bit / Enc SSI error bit ENC. The gearbox factor specifies the ratio between the encoder shaft and motor shaft (for motor encoders) or between the encoder shaft and the load. VECTOR. the zero mark on track C/D. p0410... the following applies: . p0140 Func. 1: On with 1 error bit.the level set under c applies to all error bits. p0433 Note: Negative gearbox factors should be implemented with p0410. SERVO.the sign of the offset determined for SIMODRIVE 611 digital and SIMODRIVE 611 universal must be reversed for SINAMICS (p0431 (SINAMICS) = -p1016 (SIMODRIVE)). p0410. c: Level (0: Low level. index: EDS. Dependency: This parameter can only be set for p0402 = 9999.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the position and level of the error bit in the SSI protocol.n] Gearbox factor encoder revolutions / Grbx_fact enc_rev ENC. Refer to: p0402. Note: Angular commutation offset. VECTOR_AC.5 = 1 (track C/D) the following applies: The angular offset in p0431 acts on track A/B. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 10000 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the encoder revolutions for the gearbox factor of the encoder evaluation. SERVO_I_AC. index: EDS. SERVO_AC. The gearbox factor specifies the ratio between the encoder shaft and motor shaft (for motor encoders) or between the encoder shaft and the load. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-239 .. p0433[0. p0432 Note: Negative gearbox factors should be implemented with p0410. SERVO_AC. Note: Value = dcba ba: Position of the error bit in the protocol (0 . Notice: The bit may only be positioned before (p0446) or after (p0448) the absolute value in the SSI protocol. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. d: Status of the evaluation (0: Off. 9: On with 9 error bits).6 = 1 (Hall sensor) the following applies: The angular offset in p0431 acts on track A/B and the zero mark. For p0404. For p0404. p0432[0. SERVO_AC. © Siemens AG 2003 . 63).. p0140 Func. index: EDS. VECTOR.Parameters List of parameters Notice: The angular commutation offset cannot be generally taken from other drive systems..

SERVO_I_AC. c: Level (0: Low level. Note: Value = dcba ba: Position of the alarm bit in protocol (0 .. 1: uneven). 1-240 © Siemens AG 2003 .. 1: On). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . p0140 Func. p0435[0. VECTOR. p0436 = 1115 --> The evaluation is switched in and the parity bit is at position 15 with uneven parity. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the position and parity of the parity bit in the SSI protocol.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0436[0. SERVO.n] ENC. VECTOR_I_AC Encoder SSI alarm bit / Enc SSI alarm bit Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.. c: Parity (0: even. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the position and level of the alarm bit in the SSI protocol. d: State of the evaluation (0: Off. Example: p0436 = 1015 --> The evaluation is switched in and the parity bit is at position 15 with even parity. Example: p0435 = 1014 --> The evaluation is switched in and the alarm bit is at position 14 with a low level.Parameters List of parameters Example: p0434 = 1013 --> The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a low level. 63).. VECTOR_AC... SERVO. d: State of the evaluation (0: Off. index: EDS. p0435 = 1114 --> The evaluation is switched in and the alarm bit is at position 14 with a high level. VECTOR. 1: High level)..n] ENC. index: EDS. VECTOR_I_AC Encoder SSI parity bit / Enc SSI parity bit Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. 1: On). Notice: The bit may only be positioned before (p0446) or after (p0448) the absolute value in the SSI protocol. Note: Value = dcba ba: Position of the parity bit in the protocol (0 . p0434 = 1113 --> The evaluation is switched in and the error bit is at position 13 with a high level. Notice: The bit may only be positioned before (p0446) or after (p0448) the absolute value in the SSI protocol.. p0140 Func. SERVO_AC. 01/2013. 63). SERVO_I_AC.

Re bit 07: If the bit is set. encoder fault F3x131 is triggered. VECTOR_I_AC Sensor Module configuration extended / SM config ext Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. when dn/dt monitoring responds. Re bit 02: If the bit is set. the pulses per revolution are corrected. index: EDS. © Siemens AG 2003 . 4x. the negative edge of the zero mark. For a positive direction of rotation.Parameters List of parameters p0437[0. SERVO. Experts can then evaluate this data. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0011 0000 0000 0000 0000 1000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the extended configuration of the Sensor Module. For bit = 1. the speed actual value is internally frozen for a time equivalent to two current controller clock cycles.. the positive edge of the zero mark is considered and for a negative direction of rotation. in the event of a deviation less than the tolerance window for the zero mark (p4681. the encoder pulses which have not been corrected are added to p4688 at the zero mark. data before and after the event are recorded (traced) and saved in files on the non-volatile memory medium. Re bit 01: If bit = 0. Re bit 06: If the function is active. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 04 05 06 07 11 12 13 25 26 28 29 31 Signal name Data logger Zero mark edge detection Correction position actual value XIST1 Edge evaluation bit 0 Edge evaluation bit 1 Freeze the speed actual value for dn/dt errors Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Fault handling after PROFIdrive Activate additional messages Support absolute position for incremental encoder Deselect monitoring multiturn representation in Gx_XIST2 Deselect track monitoring EnDat linear encoder monitoring incremental/absolute EnDat encoder initialization with high accuracy Analog unipolar track monitoring 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No FP - Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No 4750 Yes No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Dependency: Refer to: p0430. p4682). Bit 5/4 = 1/1: Illegal setting. 1x. Bit 5/4 = 0/0: Signal evaluation per period. If the bit is not set. p0140 Func. the zero mark is evaluated depending on the direction of rotation detected. The rotor position continues to be integrated. the zero mark is evaluated by ANDing tracks A and B and the zero mark. r0459 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. Re Bit 04 and Bit 05: The actual hardware only supports 1x or 4x signal evaluation. SERVO_AC. Bit 5/4 = 0/1: Signal evaluation per period. VECTOR.n] ENC. in the case of a fault.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-241 . SERVO_I_AC. The actual value is then re-enabled after this time has expired.. Bit 5/4 = 1/0: Illegal setting. VECTOR_AC. 01/2013. Re bit 00: When the data logger (trace) is activated.

2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). SERVO_AC (Lin). Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 04 05 06 07 11 12 13 25 26 28 29 31 Signal name Data logger Zero mark edge detection Correction position actual value XIST1 Edge evaluation bit 0 Edge evaluation bit 1 Freeze the speed actual value for dn/dt errors Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Fault handling after PROFIdrive Activate additional messages Support absolute position for incremental encoder Deselect monitoring multiturn representation in Gx_XIST2 Deselect track monitoring EnDat linear encoder monitoring incremental/absolute EnDat encoder initialization with high accuracy Analog unipolar track monitoring 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No FP - Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No 4750 Yes No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Dependency: Refer to: p0430. Re bit 29: When the bit is set. Re bit 13: When the bit is set. for an incremental encoder with zero mark. Re bit 31: When monitoring is active.Parameters List of parameters Re bit 11: If the bit is set.n] Sensor Module configuration extended / SM config ext ENC (Lin_enc). 1-242 © Siemens AG 2003 . with high accuracy. r0459 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. The faults are displayed until the user acknowledges them.13. index: EDS. p0140 Func. therefore. the absolute value in Gn_XIST2 can be requested via Gn_STW. or F33151 is output.2. SERVO (Lin). This enables the Sensor Module to switch from the fault state to the operating state and provide valid actual values automatically.. the Sensor Module checks within a certain time grid whether the fault cause is still present. Re bit 26: Track monitoring is de-activated for the square-wave encoders when the bit is set. p0437[0. the EnDat encoder is initialized under a certain speed and. Re bit 00: When the data logger (trace) is activated. Re bit 28: Monitoring of the difference between incremental and absolute position in the case of linear encoders. data before and after the event are recorded (traced) and saved in files on the non-volatile memory medium. fault F31151. the levels of the individual track signals and the corresponding inverted track signals are monitored separately. Experts can then evaluate this data. in the case of a fault. even if the monitoring function is selected in p0405. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 01/2013. Re bit 12: Additional fault messages can be activated for extended fault diagnostics. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0011 0000 0000 0000 0000 1000 0000 0000 bin Description: Sets the extended configuration of the Sensor Module. If initialization at a higher speed is requested. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.. F32151.

the zero mark is evaluated by ANDing tracks A and B and the zero mark. p0438[0. the encoder pulses detected as faulty between two zero marks are accumulated (p4688). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-243 . the velocity actual value is internally frozen for a time equivalent to two current controller clock cycles.00 [µs] Factory setting 0. 01/2013. no message is output. when dn/dt monitoring responds.. the negative edge of the zero mark. The rotor position continues to be integrated. therefore. Re bit 06: If the function is active.24 µs 20. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.04 µs 0. VECTOR_AC. SERVO.64 [µs] Description: Sets the filter time for a squarewave encoder. Re bit 07: If the bit is set.56 µs 10. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. the pulses per revolution are corrected. the positive edge of the zero mark is considered and for a negative direction. p4682). Bit 5/4 = 0/1: Signal evaluation per period. The actual value is then re-enabled after this time has expired. Re bit 29: When the bit is set.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).48 µs Dependency: Refer to: r0452 Notice: If the filter time is too long. with high accuracy. in the event of a deviation less than the tolerance window for the zero mark (p4681. or F33151 is output. In this case. VECTOR. The effective filter time is displayed in r0452. fault F31151. p0140 Func. If initialization at a higher velocity is requested. © Siemens AG 2003 . Bit 5/4 = 1/1: Illegal setting. the track signals A/B/R may be suppressed and the appropriate messages output. the zero mark is evaluated depending on the direction detected. For bit = 1. 4x. the levels of the individual track signals and the corresponding inverted track signals are monitored separately. The filter time is automatically corrected to the next value when entering a non-specified value. The hardware of the squarewave encoder only supports the following values: 0: No filtering 0. 1x. index: EDS. SERVO_I_AC. the EnDat encoder is initialized under a certain velocity and.n] Squarewave encoder filter time / Enc t_filt ENC. Re Bit 04 and Bit 05: Bit 5/4 = 0/0: Signal evaluation per period.64 µs 2. encoder fault F3x131 is triggered. Re bit 02: If the bit is set. Re bit 31: When monitoring is active. If the bit is not set. Note: The most suitable filter time depends on the number of pulses and maximum speed of the square-wave encoder. SERVO_AC. 4x. F32151. For a positive direction.00 [µs] Max 100.. Bit 5/4 = 1/0: Signal evaluation per period.Parameters List of parameters Re bit 01: If bit = 0.

Notice: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). p0140 Func.) When writing into p0431. p0443. SERVO. VECTOR.. r0461. p0440[0. r0460. VECTOR_AC. 1-244 © Siemens AG 2003 . index: EDS. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Serial number part 1 of the encoder for the commissioning. VECTOR_AC. index: EDS. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [ms] Max 65535 [ms] Factory setting 0 [ms] Sets the ramp-up time for the encoder. SERVO_I_AC. p0140 Func. p0441[0. In the following cases.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 1FK6.) For p1990 = 1. 2.n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 1 / Enc comm ser_no 1 ENC.. SERVO_AC. p0444. 1FK7 motors. Example: For p0440[0] = 1.Parameters List of parameters p0439[0. 3. p0442. r0463.. p0445[0]. In order to permanently accept the copied values. 01/2013. The serial number. can be transferred using p0440. r0464 Refer to: F07414 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. SERVO_I_AC. index: EDS. p0440 is automatically set to 0 when the copying has been completed. r0463. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Copies the actual serial number of the encoder belonging to this Encoder Data Set (EDS) to p0441 . r0461. p0444.n] Copy encoder serial number / Copy enc ser_no ENC. Dependency: Refer to: p0440. VECTOR_AC. copying is automatically started in the following cases: 1. p0445.. SERVO. p0443. Value: 0: 1: No action Transfer serial number Dependency: Refer to: p0441. p0442. SERVO_AC.. SERVO_I_AC. the serial number of the encoder belonging EDS0 is copied to p0441[0] . r0462.n] ENC.) When commissioning 1FT6. p0445.. r0464. it is necessary to save in a non-volatile fashion (p0977). which from then onwards is used for monitoring purposes... SERVO_AC. VECTOR. encoder replacement is monitored in order to request angular commutation calibration (adjustment) for motor encoders and absolute calibration for direct measuring systems with absolute value data. VECTOR. p0445. r0462. SERVO. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn... The encoder supplies stable track signals once this time has elapsed. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . r0460. p1990 Note: For encoders with serial number. p0140 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Encoder ramp-up time / Enc ramp-up time Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.

SERVO_AC.n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 2 / Enc comm ser_no 2 ENC. p0441. VECTOR. VECTOR. p0441. r0462. r0463. Dependency: Refer to: p0440. p0445[0. VECTOR_AC. r0464 Refer to: F07414 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present... p0140 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO. p0441. Dependency: Refer to: p0440. p0445. r0461. p0443. VECTOR_AC.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Serial number part 3 of the encoder for the commissioning. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 5 / Enc comm ser_no 5 ENC. p0140 Func. Dependency: Refer to: p0440. r0462. p0444. p0140 Func. p0443[0. r0462. p0445. 01/2013..n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 4 / Enc comm ser_no 4 ENC. p0443.Parameters List of parameters p0442[0. index: EDS. p0442. r0460. SERVO_AC. index: EDS. Dependency: Refer to: p0440. p0441. SERVO_I_AC. r0462. p0445. r0460.. SERVO_AC. r0463. p0140 Func. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-245 . r0461. p0444[0. index: EDS. SERVO_I_AC.n] Encoder commissioning serial number part 3 / Enc comm ser_no 3 ENC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Serial number part 2 of the encoder for the commissioning. p0444. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Serial number part 5 of the encoder for the commissioning. r0461. p0444.. VECTOR_AC. SERVO. r0464 Refer to: F07414 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. r0460. VECTOR.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). SERVO.. index: EDS. SERVO_I_AC. r0464 Refer to: F07414 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0000 hex Max FFFF FFFF hex Factory setting 0000 hex Description: Serial number part 4 of the encoder for the commissioning. SERVO_AC. p0443. r0460. r0461. r0463. SERVO_I_AC. © Siemens AG 2003 . r0463. VECTOR_AC.. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. p0442. r0464 Refer to: F07414 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. p0442. SERVO. VECTOR.

When selecting a catalog encoder..2 = 1. SERVO_AC.n] Encoder SSI number of bits after the absolute value / Enc SSI bit after ENC. p0140 Func. 01/2013. index: EDS. SERVO_AC. p0140 Func. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 1-246 © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_AC. p0140 Func. SERVO_I_AC. p0140 Func. Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). VECTOR. SERVO. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Dependency: Refer to: p0429 Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). Note: For example. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the number of bits after the absolute value in the SSI protocol. When selecting a catalog encoder. SERVO. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the number of bits before the absolute value in the SSI protocol. alarm bit or parity bit can be positioned at these bits.n] Encoder SSI number of bits before the absolute value / Enc SSI bit before ENC. When selecting a catalog encoder. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set for encoders from the encoder list (p0400). VECTOR_AC.n] Encoder SSI number of bits absolute value / Enc SSI bit val ENC. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). p0449[0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. VECTOR. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). index: EDS. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection.. VECTOR.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). this parameter cannot be changed (write protection).. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of filler bits for double absolute value transfer in the SSI protocol. SERVO_I_AC. When selecting a catalog encoder.. VECTOR.. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC. SERVO_I_AC. index: EDS. Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection... index: EDS.Parameters List of parameters p0446[0. p0448[0. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 25 Description: Sets the number of bits for the absolute value in the SSI protocol. SERVO_AC. alarm bit or parity bit can be positioned at these bits. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). Information in p0400 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Note: For example. SERVO_AC. error bit. p0447[0. SERVO.. SERVO. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. error bit. Note: This parameter is only of significance for p0429.n] Encoder SSI number of bits filler bits / Enc SSI fill bits ENC.

.. SERVO_I_AC.. p0140 Func. VECTOR_AC. SERVO. SERVO_I_AC. If no pulses are detected from track A/B during this time. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.. index: - Func. VECTOR_AC. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0438 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.n] Pulse encoder evaluation zero speed measuring time / Enc_ev n_0 t_meas ENC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .[µs] Factory setting . Dependency: Refer to: r0452 Note: This function is required for slow-running motors so that actual speeds close to zero can be output correctly. r0452 Squarewave encoder filter time display / Enc t_filt displ ENC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR. index: EDS.2] Squarewave encoder filter time display / Enc t_filt displ SERVO.[µs] Displays the effective filter time for a squarewave encoder. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. The filter time is set using p0438. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(4) Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.00 [ms] Factory setting 1000. SERVO_AC. Dependency: Refer to: p0438 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. VECTOR. r0452[0. index: - Func. index: - Func.2] Commutation angle factor / Enc commut_factor SERVO. SERVO_AC.[µs] Max . diagram: 4710 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the relationship between the electrical and mechanical pole positions. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR.00 [ms] Description: Sets the measuring time for evaluating zero speed.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 01/2013. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-247 . a speed actual value of zero is output. VECTOR_AC.10 [ms] Max 10000. SERVO_AC..[µs] Description: Displays the effective filter time for a squarewave encoder.. p0453[0. SERVO_I_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . The filter time is set using p0438.[µs] Factory setting .Parameters List of parameters r0451[0.[µs] Max .

encoder with EnDat interface). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . the encoder must automatically support the function (e. 01/2013. r0455[0. encoder with EnDat interface).g.g.. 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No FP - This parameter is only used for diagnostics. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the detected encoder configuration. index: - Func.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 1-248 Signal name Linear encoder Absolute encoder Multiturn encoder Track A/B sq-wave Track A/B sine 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No FP - © Siemens AG 2003 . 21 (voltage level 5 V.2] SERVO. SERVO_AC. these bits are always set to 0. Re bit 20. the encoder must automatically support the function (e.Parameters List of parameters r0455 Encoder configuration recognized / Enc config act ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. Therefore. voltage level 24 V): The voltage level cannot be detected. Signal name Linear encoder Absolute encoder Multiturn encoder Track A/B sq-wave Track A/B sine Track C/D Hall sensor EnDat encoder SSI encoder DRIVE-CLiQ encoder Digital encoder Equidistant zero mark Irregular zero mark Distance-coded zero mark Commutation with zero mark (not ASM) Acceleration Track A/B analog Voltage level 5 V Voltage level 24 V Remote sense (only SMC30) Resolver excit. VECTOR. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the detected encoder configuration. VECTOR_AC. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 Dependency: Refer to: p0404 Note: ZM: Zero mark In this case. A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Encoder configuration recognized / Enc config act Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC.. In this case.

diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder configuration supported by the Sensor Module. these bits are always set to 0. r0456 Encoder configuration supported / Enc_config supp ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No FP - This parameter is only used for diagnostics. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 Dependency: Refer to: p0404 Note: ZM: Zero mark Signal name Linear encoder Absolute encoder Multiturn encoder Track A/B sq-wave Track A/B sine Track C/D Hall sensor EnDat encoder SSI encoder DRIVE-CLiQ encoder Digital encoder Equidistant zero mark Irregular zero mark Distance-coded zero mark Commutation with zero mark (not ASM) Acceleration Track A/B analog Voltage level 5 V Voltage level 24 V Remote sense (only SMC30) Resolver excit. © Siemens AG 2003 . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-249 . Dependency: Refer to: p0404 Note: ZM: Zero mark Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No - This parameter is only used for diagnostics. index: - Func. Re bit 20.Parameters List of parameters 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 Track C/D Hall sensor EnDat encoder SSI encoder DRIVE-CLiQ encoder Digital encoder Equidistant zero mark Irregular zero mark Distance-coded zero mark Commutation with zero mark (not ASM) Acceleration Track A/B analog Voltage level 5 V Voltage level 24 V Remote sense (only SMC30) Resolver excit. voltage level 24 V): The voltage level cannot be detected.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Therefore. 01/2013. 21 (voltage level 5 V.

. SERVO_I_AC. 01/2013. 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No No FP - This parameter is only used for diagnostics.Yes CLiQ also available Module temperature available Yes Absolute encoder p0408/p0421 no power of Yes 2 Sensor Module permits parking/unparking Yes 0 signal No No No No FP - No No - No - © Siemens AG 2003 . Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 20 21 22 23 Dependency: Refer to: p0404 Note: ZM: Zero mark Signal name Linear encoder Absolute encoder Multiturn encoder Track A/B sq-wave Track A/B sine Track C/D Hall sensor EnDat encoder SSI encoder DRIVE-CLiQ encoder Digital encoder Equidistant zero mark Irregular zero mark Distance-coded zero mark Commutation with zero mark (not ASM) Acceleration Track A/B analog Voltage level 5 V Voltage level 24 V Remote sense (only SMC30) Resolver excit. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 1-250 Signal name 1 signal Encoder data available Yes Motor data available Yes Temperature sensor connection available Yes Connection for PTC for motor with DRIVE.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). VECTOR.2] Encoder configuration supported / Enc_config supp SERVO. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . r0458 Sensor Module properties / SM properties ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder configuration supported by the Sensor Module.. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Sets the Sensor Module configuration. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. index: - Func. A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.Parameters List of parameters r0456[0. VECTOR_AC.

p0443. p0442. the following parameters can be changed without the actual value in the encoder interface becoming invalid (state r0481. Re bit 11: When the property is set. p0441. commutation with zero mark can be de-selected using p0430. Re bit 13: Encoder faults can be acknowledged via Gn_STW. Re bit 23: When the property is set. p0430. p0315. p0445 Re bit 12: The extended functions can be configured using p0437. p0601 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present.14 = 1 "parking encoder active"): p0314. p0431. 01/2013. © Siemens AG 2003 . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-251 .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Re bit 24: If the property is set.Parameters List of parameters 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Hall sensor can be combined with actual value inversion Evaluation through several temperature channels possible Encoder fault and its associated information available Speed diagnostics in the Sensor Module Configuring without park state possible Extended functions available Extended encoder fault handling Extended singleturn/multiturn information available Valuation figures available Pole position identification Burst oversampling Continuous oversampling Safety position actual value sensing Extended speed calculation being used (only SMC30) Zero mark tolerance Rot pos adapt Commutation with zero mark can be deselected Commutation with selected zero mark Disconnection of encoder power supply on parking supported Parking with temperature evaluation SSI position value extrapolation Cubic correction Phase correction Amplitude correction Offset correction Yes No - Yes No - Yes No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No - Yes Yes Yes No No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No - Dependency: Refer to: p0437.23. Re bit 14: Only for internal Siemens use. p0600. commutation to the selected zero mark can be carried out.15. p0444.

diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Sets the Sensor Module configuration. p0601 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. p0600.Parameters List of parameters r0458 Sensor Module properties / SM properties ENC (Lin_enc) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. p0442. p0315.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0444. p0441. the following parameters can be changed without the actual value in the encoder interface becoming invalid (state r0481. p0430.14 = 1 "parking encoder active"): p0314. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Signal name Encoder data available Motor data available Temperature sensor connection available Connection for PTC for motor with DRIVECLiQ also available Module temperature available Absolute encoder p0408/p0421 no power of 2 Sensor Module permits parking/unparking Hall sensor can be combined with actual value inversion Evaluation through several temperature channels possible Encoder fault and its associated information available Velocity diagnostics in the Sensor Module Configuring without park state possible Extended functions available Extended encoder fault handling Extended singleturn/multiturn information available Valuation figures available Pole position identification Burst oversampling Continuous oversampling Safety position actual value sensing Extended velocity calculation available (only SMC30) Zero mark tolerance Rot pos adapt Commutation with zero mark can be deselected Commutation with selected zero mark Disconnection of encoder power supply on parking supported Parking with temperature evaluation SSI position value extrapolation Cubic correction Phase correction Amplitude correction Offset correction 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No FP - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No - Yes Yes Yes No No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No - Dependency: Refer to: p0437. Re bit 11: When the property is set. 1-252 © Siemens AG 2003 . p0431. p0443. p0445 Re bit 12: The extended functions can be configured using p0437. 01/2013. index: - Func.

diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Sets the Sensor Module configuration. VECTOR_AC. commutation with zero mark can be de-selected using p0430. Re bit 14: Only for internal Siemens use.. SERVO_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. r0458[0.. Re bit 23: When the property is set. Re bit 24: If the property is set.2] Sensor Module properties / SM properties SERVO. commutation to the selected zero mark can be carried out.Parameters List of parameters Re bit 13: Encoder faults can be acknowledged via Gn_STW. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 Signal name Encoder data available Motor data available Temperature sensor connection available Connection for PTC for motor with DRIVECLiQ also available Module temperature available Absolute encoder p0408/p0421 no power of 2 Sensor Module permits parking/unparking Hall sensor can be combined with actual value inversion Evaluation through several temperature channels possible Encoder fault and its associated information available Speed diagnostics in the Sensor Module Configuring without park state possible Extended functions available Extended encoder fault handling Extended singleturn/multiturn information available Valuation figures available Pole position identification Burst oversampling Continuous oversampling Safety position actual value sensing Extended speed calculation being used (only SMC30) Zero mark tolerance Rot pos adapt Commutation with zero mark can be deselected Commutation with selected zero mark Disconnection of encoder power supply on parking supported Parking with temperature evaluation SSI position value extrapolation Cubic correction 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No FP - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No - Yes Yes Yes No No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes Yes No No No - © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_I_AC.15. VECTOR. index: - Func.23. 01/2013. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-253 .

commutation with zero mark can be de-selected using p0430. No No No - Re bit 11: When the property is set. p0600. r0458[0.Parameters List of parameters 29 30 31 Phase correction Amplitude correction Offset correction Yes Yes Yes Dependency: Refer to: p0437.15. p0601 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. commutation to the selected zero mark can be carried out. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.23. p0444. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 1-254 Signal name Encoder data available Motor data available Temperature sensor connection available Connection for PTC for motor with DRIVECLiQ also available Module temperature available Absolute encoder p0408/p0421 no power of 2 Sensor Module permits parking/unparking Hall sensor can be combined with actual value inversion Evaluation through several temperature channels possible Encoder fault and its associated information available Velocity diagnostics in the Sensor Module Configuring without park state possible Extended functions available Extended encoder fault handling Extended singleturn/multiturn information available Valuation figures available Pole position identification Burst oversampling Continuous oversampling Safety position actual value sensing 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No FP - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No - © Siemens AG 2003 .14 = 1 "parking encoder active"): p0314. Re bit 23: When the property is set. p0442. 01/2013. index: - Func.2] Sensor Module properties / SM properties SERVO (Lin).. Re bit 13: Encoder faults can be acknowledged via Gn_STW. p0441. p0431. SERVO_AC (Lin). p0445 Re bit 12: The extended functions can be configured using p0437. p0443.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . the following parameters can be changed without the actual value in the encoder interface becoming invalid (state r0481. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Sets the Sensor Module configuration. Re bit 14: Only for internal Siemens use.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Re bit 24: If the property is set. p0430. p0315.

p0445 Re bit 12: The extended functions can be configured using p0437. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the extended properties supported by the Sensor Module. p0444. p0443. p0441. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 04 05 06 07 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Signal name Data logger Zero mark edge detection Correction position actual value XIST1 Edge evaluation bit 0 Edge evaluation bit 1 Freeze the speed actual value for dn/dt errors Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Function p0426.15.Parameters List of parameters 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 Extended velocity calculation available (only SMC30) Zero mark tolerance Rot pos adapt Commutation with zero mark can be deselected Commutation with selected zero mark Disconnection of encoder power supply on parking supported Parking with temperature evaluation SSI position value extrapolation Cubic correction Phase correction Amplitude correction Offset correction Yes No - Yes Yes Yes No No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No - Dependency: Refer to: p0437. r0459 Sensor Module properties extended / SM prop ext ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. p0430. index: - Func.14 = 1 "parking encoder active"): p0314. p0431. Re bit 23: When the property is set. the following parameters can be changed without the actual value in the encoder interface becoming invalid (state r0481. Re bit 14: Only for internal Siemens use. p0439 supported Pulse/direction interface Fault handling after PROFIdrive Activate additional messages Absolute position for incremental encoder supported Spindle functionality Additional temperature sensor available Internal encoder temperature available 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No FP - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No - Yes Yes Yes No No No - © Siemens AG 2003 . p0601 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-255 . Re bit 13: Encoder faults can be acknowledged via Gn_STW. p0442. commutation with zero mark can be de-selected using p0430.23.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). commutation to the selected zero mark can be carried out. 01/2013. Re bit 24: If the property is set. p0315. p0600. Re bit 11: When the property is set.

1-256 © Siemens AG 2003 . Re bit 09: Parameter p0426 or p0439 has been modified. p0439 supported Pulse/direction interface Fault handling after PROFIdrive Activate additional messages Absolute position for incremental encoder supported Spindle functionality Additional temperature sensor available Internal encoder temperature available Deselect monitoring multiturn representation in Gx_XIST2 Track monitoring de-selection EnDat linear encoder monitoring incremental/absolute EnDat encoder initialization with high accuracy Analog unipolar track monitoring 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No No No No No No FP - Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Dependency: Refer to: p0437 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the extended properties supported by the Sensor Module.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0459 Sensor Module properties extended / SM prop ext ENC (Lin_enc) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 04 05 06 07 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 25 26 28 29 31 Signal name Data logger Zero mark edge detection Correction position actual value XIST1 Edge evaluation bit 0 Edge evaluation bit 1 Freeze actual velocity for dn/dt errors Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Function p0426. index: - Func. Re bit 09: Parameter p0426 or p0439 has been modified. 01/2013. These functions are not supported by the connected Sensor Module.Parameters List of parameters 25 26 28 29 31 Deselect monitoring multiturn representation in Gx_XIST2 Track monitoring de-selection EnDat linear encoder monitoring incremental/absolute EnDat encoder initialization with high accuracy Analog unipolar track monitoring Yes No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Dependency: Refer to: p0437 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. These functions are not supported by the connected Sensor Module.

. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 04 05 06 07 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 25 26 28 29 31 Signal name Data logger Zero mark edge detection Correction position actual value XIST1 Edge evaluation bit 0 Edge evaluation bit 1 Freeze the speed actual value for dn/dt errors Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Function p0426. index: - Func. VECTOR. Re bit 09: Parameter p0426 or p0439 has been modified. r0459[0.Parameters List of parameters r0459[0. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC (Lin). p0439 supported Pulse/direction interface Fault handling after PROFIdrive Activate additional messages Absolute position for incremental encoder supported Spindle functionality Additional temperature sensor available Internal encoder temperature available Deselect monitoring multiturn representation in Gx_XIST2 Track monitoring de-selection EnDat linear encoder monitoring incremental/absolute EnDat encoder initialization with high accuracy Analog unipolar track monitoring 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No FP - Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No No No - Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Dependency: Refer to: p0437 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn..2] Sensor Module properties extended / SM prop ext SERVO (Lin). Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the extended properties supported by the Sensor Module. index: - Func..2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-257 . SERVO_AC. SERVO_I_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the extended properties supported by the Sensor Module.2] Sensor Module properties extended / SM prop ext SERVO.. 01/2013. These functions are not supported by the connected Sensor Module.

p0443.Parameters List of parameters Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 04 05 06 07 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 25 26 28 29 31 Signal name Data logger Zero mark edge detection Correction position actual value XIST1 Edge evaluation bit 0 Edge evaluation bit 1 Freeze actual velocity for dn/dt errors Accumulate uncorrected encoder pulses Function p0426.. Re bit 09: Parameter p0426 or p0439 has been modified. These functions are not supported by the connected Sensor Module. p0444. SERVO_I_AC. 01/2013. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number part 1 of the appropriate encoder. r0460 Encoder serial number part 1 / Enc ser_no 1 ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. r0463. VECTOR_AC. p0442. index: - Func. p0439 supported Pulse/direction interface Fault handling after PROFIdrive Activate additional messages Absolute position for incremental encoder supported Spindle functionality Additional temperature sensor available Internal encoder temperature available Deselect monitoring multiturn representation in Gx_XIST2 Track monitoring de-selection EnDat linear encoder monitoring incremental/absolute EnDat encoder velocity monitoring on initialization Analog unipolar track monitoring 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No No No No No No No No No No FP - Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No No - Yes Yes No No - Yes No - Yes No - Dependency: Refer to: p0437 Note: A value of zero is displayed if an encoder is not present. p0444. Dependency: Refer to: p0441. r0461.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number part 1 of the appropriate encoder. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . r0462. index: - Func. r0464 r0460[0. r0462. p0442. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0441.. p0443. VECTOR. p0445.2] Encoder serial number part 1 / Enc ser_no 1 SERVO. p0445. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. r0464 1-258 © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_AC. r0463. r0461.

p0445. p0442. SERVO_I_AC.2] Encoder serial number part 3 / Enc ser_no 3 SERVO. p0444. VECTOR_AC. p0443. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-259 . index: - Func. r0464 © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number part 2 of the appropriate encoder.. p0445. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0441. r0460. r0463. index: - Func. p0443. 01/2013. SERVO_AC. p0443. p0442. r0460. SERVO_AC. p0444. r0460. VECTOR..2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0462. r0464 r0461[0.. r0463. p0445. index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. p0442. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0441. r0464 r0462[0.2] Encoder serial number part 2 / Enc ser_no 2 SERVO. r0460. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number part 3 of the appropriate encoder. r0463. index: - Func. p0442. p0443. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number part 2 of the appropriate encoder. r0461. Dependency: Refer to: p0441.Parameters List of parameters r0461 Encoder serial number part 2 / Enc ser_no 2 ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. p0444. r0463. VECTOR. r0461. Dependency: Refer to: p0441. r0462. r0464 r0462 Encoder serial number part 3 / Enc ser_no 3 ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number part 3 of the appropriate encoder. p0444.. p0445.

index: - Func.2] Encoder serial number part 4 / Enc ser_no 4 SERVO. p0444. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0441. p0442. p0443. r0463 1-260 © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_AC. r0460. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number part 5 of the appropriate encoder. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number part 4 of the appropriate encoder. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. r0462. p0442. p0442. p0445. p0443. r0460.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0441. p0443. SERVO_AC. p0445. Dependency: Refer to: p0441.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number part 4 of the appropriate encoder. Dependency: Refer to: p0441. p0445. r0462. SERVO_I_AC.. r0464 r0463[0. p0444.Parameters List of parameters r0463 Encoder serial number part 4 / Enc ser_no 4 ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the actual serial number part 5 of the appropriate encoder. VECTOR. p0442. p0443. r0461. r0461.2] Encoder serial number part 5 / Enc ser_no 5 SERVO. p0444. r0461. index: - Func.. SERVO_I_AC.. p0445. r0462. r0460. r0461. index: - Func. index: - Func. VECTOR. r0460. r0462. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 01/2013. r0464 r0464 Encoder serial number part 5 / Enc ser_no 5 ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. p0444. r0463 r0464[0.

r0463.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the identification/serial number of encoder 2. in the appendix to the List Manual.. r0462. Index x = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number Index x + 1 = 2F hex (slash) --> separation between the identification number of serial number Index x + 2 = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number Index x + 3 = first character of the serial number . r0464 Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found... Index 0 = first character of the identification number . Index 0 = first character of the identification number . VECTOR. SERVO_I_AC. r0462. Note: The individual characters of the identification number/serial number are available coded as ASCII characters. © Siemens AG 2003 . Index y with contents = last character of the serial number Dependency: Refer to: r0460. SERVO. Index y with contents = last character of the serial number Dependency: Refer to: r0460. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the identification/serial number of encoder 1. index: - Func. index: - Func. r0461.. in the appendix to the List Manual.27] Encoder 2 identification number/serial number / Enc2 ID_no/Ser_no SERVO.. SERVO_AC.27] ENC.. r0466[0.Parameters List of parameters r0465[0. VECTOR_AC. Note: The individual characters of the identification number/serial number are available coded as ASCII characters. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR.. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Encoder 1 identification number/serial number / Enc1 ID_no/Ser_no Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. 01/2013.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-261 . r0461.. r0463. for example.. r0464 Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found. VECTOR_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).. for example. SERVO_AC. Index x = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number Index x + 1 = 2F hex (slash) --> separation between the identification number of serial number Index x + 2 = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number Index x + 3 = first character of the serial number . VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.

Note: The individual characters of the identification number/serial number are available coded as ASCII characters.[nm] Factory setting . r0463. VECTOR.. r0461..[nm] Max .[nm] Description: Displays the resolution of the absolute position for a linear absolute encoder. Index y with contents = last character of the serial number Dependency: Refer to: r0460. 01/2013. Dependency: Refer to: p0422. index: - Func.[nm] Max . in the appendix to the List Manual. index: - Func. SERVO_AC.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the valid bits of the redundant coarse position value. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Encoder 3 identification number/serial number / Enc3 ID_no/Ser_no Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn.. Index 0 = first character of the identification number . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . SERVO_I_AC.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min .. SERVO_AC.[nm] Factory setting . VECTOR_AC.. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.27] SERVO..[nm] Description: Displays the resolution of the absolute position for a linear absolute encoder.2] Absolute encoder linear measuring step / Enc lin meas step SERVO. p9514 r0469[0. r0469 Absolute encoder linear measuring step / Enc lin meas step ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. p9523 1-262 © Siemens AG 2003 . r0462. for example. r0464 Notice: An ASCII table (excerpt) can be found. Index x = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number Index x + 1 = 2F hex (slash) --> separation between the identification number of serial number Index x + 2 = 20 hex (blank) --> separation between the identification number of serial number Index x + 3 = first character of the serial number .Parameters List of parameters r0467[0. VECTOR.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: - Func. p9514 r0470 Redundant coarse position value valid bits / Valid bits ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. Dependency: Refer to: p9323. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_I_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min . index: - Func. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0422. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the identification/serial number of encoder 3.

diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the number of relevant bits for the redundant coarse position value. index: - Func. index: - Func. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p9323... diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of valid bits for the fine resolution of the redundant coarse position value. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of valid bits for the fine resolution of the redundant coarse position value. SERVO_I_AC. index: - Func. SERVO_AC.. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p9324.2] Redundant coarse position value valid bits / Valid bits SERVO. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-263 .2] Redundant coarse position value fine resolution bits / Fine bit SERVO. VECTOR. p9523 r0471 Redundant coarse position value fine resolution bits / Fine bit ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. 01/2013.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the valid bits of the redundant coarse position value. index: - Func. VECTOR. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_I_AC. p9524 r0472 Redundant coarse position value relevant bits / Relevant bits ENC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. Dependency: Refer to: p9324.Parameters List of parameters r0470[0. VECTOR_AC. p9524 r0471[0. © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.

index: - Func. Dependency: Refer to: p0416. VECTOR_AC. 01/2013. VECTOR_AC.. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the non safety-relevant measuring steps of POS1.Parameters List of parameters r0472[0. p9515 © Siemens AG 2003 .. p9513 r0473[0. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder configuration for the redundant coarse position value.2] Non safety-relevant measuring steps position value pos1 / nsrPos1 SERVO. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 r0473 Non safety-relevant measuring steps position value pos1 / nsrPos1 ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 04 Dependency: 1-264 Signal name Incrementer Encoder CRC least significant byte first Redundant coarse position val. VECTOR. most significant bit left-aligned Binary comparison not possible 1 signal Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No FP - Yes No - Refer to: p9315. SERVO_I_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of relevant bits for the redundant coarse position value. index: - Func. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0416. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . index: - Func.. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the non safety-relevant measuring steps of POS1. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR.2] Redundant coarse position value relevant bits / Relevant bits SERVO. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. p9513 r0474 Redundant coarse position value configuration / Red pos config ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn..2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). SERVO_AC.

© Siemens AG 2003 .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 01/2013. p9515 r0475 Gx_XIST1 coarse position safe most significant bit / Gx_XIST1 safe MSB ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. Note: MSB: Most Significant Bit r0475[0. index: - Func.2] Gx_XIST1 coarse position safe most significant bit / Gx_XIST1 safe MSB SERVO. index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder configuration for the redundant coarse position value. F33501 Note: The increments are displayed in the format the same as r0483. SERVO_I_AC. most significant bit left-aligned Binary comparison not possible 1 signal Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No FP - Yes No - Dependency: Refer to: p9315. SERVO_AC. SERVO_AC.. VECTOR_AC. The position difference should be read in encoder increments. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the bit number for the safe most significant bit (MSB) of the Gx_XIST1 coarse position. VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. VECTOR.2] Redundant coarse position value configuration / Red pos config SERVO.. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the bit number for the safe most significant bit (MSB) of the Gx_XIST1 coarse position. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the position difference before the measuring gear between powering down and powering up. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 04 Signal name Incrementer Encoder CRC least significant byte first Redundant coarse position val. index: - Func. F32501.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-265 . Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Note: MSB: Most Significant Bit r0477 CO: Measuring gear position difference / Meas gear pos diff ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func..Parameters List of parameters r0474[0. Dependency: Refer to: F31501.

diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 according to PROFIdrive for diagnostics. CO: r0482). F33501 Note: The increments are displayed in the format the same as r0483. r0479[0. VECTOR. the new value is present at connector inputs which are interconnected to connector output r0479 and under certain circumstances take 100 ms to become available.g.Parameters List of parameters r0477[0... r0479 CO: Diagnostics encoder position actual value Gn_XIST1 / Diag Gn_XIST1 ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. index: - Func. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the position difference before the measuring gear between powering down and powering up. index: - Func.g. VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Description: CO: Diagnostics encoder position actual value Gn_XIST1 / Diag Gn_XIST1 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer32 Dyn.g. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. unlike interconnections involving other connector outputs (e. The value is immediately available when non-cyclically reading r0479 (e. index: - Func. via the expert list). SERVO_I_AC. SERVO_I_AC. The value is immediately available when non-cyclically reading r0479 (e. 1-266 © Siemens AG 2003 .g. unlike interconnections involving other connector outputs (e. Reason: These interconnections are updated in the background. In contrast to r0482. the new value is present at connector inputs which are interconnected to connector output r0479 and under certain circumstances take 100 ms to become available.2] SERVO. Reason: These interconnections are updated in the background.. via the expert list).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). SERVO_AC. the value is updated in each DRIVE-CLiQ basic clock cycle and displayed with sign. F32501. VECTOR_AC. diagram: 4704 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 according to PROFIdrive for diagnostics. CO: r0482). the value is updated in each DRIVE-CLiQ basic clock cycle and displayed with sign. Caution: Following ramping-up or after a data set changeover. 01/2013. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Caution: Following ramping-up or after a data set changeover. The position difference should be read in encoder increments.2] CO: Measuring gear position difference / Meas gear pos diff SERVO. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: F31501. In contrast to r0482..

6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 0 signal No No No No FP - 1-267 . Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Note: When the function module "basic positioner" (r0108. the following BICO interconnection is established: CI: p0480[0] = r2520[0].Parameters List of parameters r0479 CO: TM41 encoder emulation diagnostics Gn_XIST1 / Diag Gn_XIST1 TM41 Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer32 Dyn. 01/2013. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 Signal name Function 1 active Function 2 active Function 3 active Function 4 active 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes © Siemens AG 2003 . 4730. CI: p0480[1] = r2520[1] and CI: p0480[2] = r2520[2] r0481 CO: Encoder status word Gn_ZSW / Enc Gn_ZSW ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. diagram: 4704. VECTOR. 4750 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the encoder control word Gn_STW according to PROFIdrive. Note: When the function module "basic positioner" (r0108.2] CI: Encoder control word Gn_STW signal source / Enc Gn_STW S_src Can be changed: T SERVO. CI: p0480[1] = r2520[1] and CI: p0480[2] = r2520[2] p0480[0. the value is updated in each DRIVE-CLiQ basic clock cycle and displayed with sign.4 = 1) is activated. index: - Func. the following BICO interconnection is established: CI: p0480[0] = r2520[0]. diagram: 1580. 9676 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 according to PROFIdrive for diagnostics. index: - Func. index: - Func. Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 SERVO_I_AC. diagram: 9674. index: - Func. In contrast to r0482. p0480 CI: Encoder control word Gn_STW signal source / Enc Gn_STW S_src ENC Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 / Integer16 Dyn. 4720.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).. 4720.4 = 1) is activated. P-Group: Encoder VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. diagram: 1580.. VECTOR_AC. 4750 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder status word Gn_ZSW according to PROFIdrive. 4750 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source for the encoder control word Gn_STW according to PROFIdrive. SERVO_AC.

. r0481[0. e.the encoder is being commissioned. be found in the following literature: SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions Note: Re bit 14: Displays the acknowledgement for "activate parking encoder" (Gn_STW.15 = 0 can have one of the following causes: .15 = 1 has the following significance: An encoder error has occurred and the encoder position actual value (Gn_XIST1) is invalid. Re bit 14.g. 01/2013.14 = 1 and r0481. index: - Func. diagram: 4010. .. .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 4730. e. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .the encoder is parked. . VECTOR..14 = 1 and r0481.encoder data set is being changed over.no parameterized encoder available. r0481. VECTOR_AC. 4750 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder status word Gn_ZSW according to PROFIdrive. Data type: Unsigned16 SERVO_I_AC. SERVO_AC. be found in the following literature: SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions 1-268 © Siemens AG 2003 . P-Group: Encoder VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 13 14 15 Notice: Signal name Function 1 active Function 2 active Function 3 active Function 4 active Value 1 Value 2 Value 3 Value 4 Measuring probe 1 deflected Measuring probe 2 deflected Encoder fault acknowledge active Absolute value cyclically Parking encoder active Encoder fault 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Displayed in r0483 Displayed in r0483 Displayed in r0483 Displayed in r0483 Yes Yes Yes Displayed in r0483 Yes Displayed in r0483 0 signal No No No No Not present Not present Not present Not present No No No No No None FP 9676 - Information on Gn_STW/Gn_ZSW can.2] CO: Encoder status word Gn_ZSW / Enc Gn_ZSW Can be changed: SERVO.Parameters List of parameters 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 13 14 15 Notice: Value 1 Value 2 Value 3 Value 4 Measuring probe 1 deflected Measuring probe 2 deflected Encoder fault acknowledge active Absolute value cyclically Parking encoder active Encoder fault Displayed in r0483 Displayed in r0483 Displayed in r0483 Displayed in r0483 Yes Yes Yes Displayed in r0483 Yes Displayed in r0483 Not present Not present Not present Not present No No No No No None 9676 - Information on Gn_STW/Gn_ZSW can.14 = 1) or encoder position actual value (Gn_XIST1) invalid. 15: r0481.the encoder is de-activated.g. 4704.

the following applies: For Terminal Module 41 (TM41). © Siemens AG 2003 . .the encoder is parked. . e. 01/2013.14 indicates whether the output of track A/B is activated.encoder data set is being changed over. r0481.the encoder is de-activated. Re bit 14. index: - Func. r0481 CO: TM41 encoder emulation status word Gn_ZSW / Enc Gn_ZSW TM41 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.Parameters List of parameters Note: Re bit 14: Displays the acknowledgement for "activate parking encoder" (Gn_STW.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r0481.15 = 1 has the following significance: An encoder error has occurred and the encoder position actual value (Gn_XIST1) is invalid. .4 indicates whether the zero mark of the incremental encoder was found.no parameterized encoder available. r0481. diagram: 9676 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder status word Gn_ZSW according to PROFIdrive.15 = 0 can have one of the following causes: . For p4401 = 1.0 indicates as to whether the zero mark synchronization is active. be found in the following literature: SINAMICS S120 Function Manual Drive Functions Note: For p4401 = 0. . the following applies: r0481. this value is used to interconnect with standard telegram 3 and is always zero. 15: r0481.14 = 1) or encoder position actual value (Gn_XIST1) invalid. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-269 .the encoder is being commissioned.g.14 = 1 and r0481.14 = 1 and r0481. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 11 13 14 15 Notice: Signal name Function 1 active Function 2 active Function 3 active Function 4 active Value 1 Value 2 Value 3 Value 4 Measuring probe 1 deflected Measuring probe 2 deflected Encoder fault acknowledge active Absolute value cyclically Parking encoder active Encoder fault 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Displayed in r0483 Displayed in r0483 Displayed in r0483 Displayed in r0483 Yes Yes Yes Displayed in r0483 Yes Displayed in r0483 0 signal No No No No Not present Not present Not present Not present No No No No No None FP 9676 - Information on Gn_STW/Gn_ZSW can.

The update time in isochronous operation and with position control (EPOS) corresponds to the position controller clock cycle p0115[4]. Example 1: infeed. .in this value.The update time for the position control (EPOS) corresponds to the position controller clock cycle p0115[4]. 4704.The update time in isochronous operation corresponds to the bus cycle time r2064[1]. 4740. VECTOR_AC.this value is reset if necessary when the "parking encoder" (r0481.The update time in isochronous operation corresponds to the bus cycle time r2064[1]. p0433) is only taken into account when the position tracking is activated (p0411. vector Update time = 4 * LCM(250 µs. diagram: 4704. P-Group: Encoder VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. . diagram: 1580.. VECTOR.14) function is de-selected. servo. index: - Func. .this value is reset if necessary when the "parking encoder" (r0481. 4735. servo Update time = 4 * LCM(250 µs. . vector Update time = 4 * LCM(250 µs. 4750 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 according to PROFIdrive. 01/2013. Example 1: infeed. 125 µs.Parameters List of parameters r0482 CO: Encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 / Enc Gn_XIST1 ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Note: . servo. p0433) is only taken into account when the position tracking is activated (p0411.0 = 1). index: - Func. The minimum update time is 1 ms. the measuring gear (p0432. . Data type: Unsigned32 SERVO_I_AC. 125 µs. SERVO_AC. 500 µs) = 4 * 500 µs = 2 ms r0482[0. 4750 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 according to PROFIdrive.The update time in non-isochronous operation or without position control (EPOS) comprises the following: Update time = 4 * least common multiple (LCM) of all current controller clock cycles (p0115[0]) in the drive group (infeed + drives).. servo Update time = 4 * LCM(250 µs.The update time in non-isochronous operation or without position control (EPOS) comprises the following: Update time = 4 * least common multiple (LCM) of all current controller clock cycles (p0115[0]) in the drive group (infeed + drives). The minimum update time is 1 ms. the measuring gear (p0432. .The update time for the position control (EPOS) corresponds to the position controller clock cycle p0115[4]. 125 µs) = 4 * 250 µs = 1 ms Example 2: infeed. 125 µs) = 4 * 250 µs = 1 ms Example 2: infeed. . 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .2] CO: Encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 / Enc Gn_XIST1 Can be changed: SERVO. . 4735. . Note: . .in this value.0 = 1).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 4740. 1680. 500 µs) = 4 * 500 µs = 2 ms 1-270 © Siemens AG 2003 .The update time in isochronous operation and with position control (EPOS) corresponds to the position controller clock cycle p0115[4].14) function is de-selected.

. P-Group: Encoder VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn. fetch measured value (e. reference mark not available or input terminal for external zero mark not set).g. flying measurement due to a measuring error. . p0433) is only taken into account when the position tracking is activated (p0411. index: - Func. 4097: Abort. 4099: Abort. diagram: 1580. the measuring gear (p0432. VECTOR. illegal change from reference mark search to flying measurement).g. 4098: Abort. 5: Cancellation. 01/2013.if GxZSW. 1680.. reference mark search due to an initialization error. 3: Encoder parking not possible. VECTOR_AC.15 = 1 (r0481). © Siemens AG 2003 . 4750 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST2 according to PROFIdrive. 4098: Defective Control Unit hardware. Recommend. 4098: Defective Control Unit hardware.Parameters List of parameters r0482 CO: TM41 encoder emulation position actual value Gn_XIST1 / Enc Gn_XIST1 TM41 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.0 = 1). fetch reference value (e.13.in this value.g. absolute value transfer.2] CO: Encoder actual position value Gn_XIST2 / Enc Gn_XIST2 Can be changed: SERVO. 4100: Too many measuring pulses have occurred. Notice: The encoder position actual value must be requested using the encoder control word Gn_STW. Data type: Unsigned32 SERVO_I_AC. 3841: Function not supported. index: - Func.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 4100: Too many measuring pulses have occurred. 4: Cancellation. r0483[0.g. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-271 . Re Error codes = 4099. flying measurement (e. SERVO_AC. 4100: Abort. Re Error codes = 4099. Note: .: Possible causes: Re Error code = 4097.: Possible causes: Re Error code = 4097. index: - Func. 4704. diagram: 4704. 2: Possible position shift in Gx_XIST1. 7: Cancellation. reference block search (e. reference mark search due to a measuring error. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST1 according to PROFIdrive. r0483 CO: Encoder actual position value Gn_XIST2 / Enc Gn_XIST2 ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 8: Abort. Recommend. 6: Cancellation. input terminal for probe not set). then an error code with the following significance is located in Gx_XIST2 (r0483): 1: Encoder fault. illegal change from flying measurement to reference mark search). 4750 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST2 according to PROFIdrive. flying measurement due to an initialization error.

the measuring gear (p0432.13. 3841: Function not supported.in this value. 01/2013. the encoder coarse position count direction is the same as r0482. The value contains 2 bit fine resolution. Note: SIMOTION (p4400 = 0) operating mode: This value is used for interconnection with standard telegram 3 and is always zero. input terminal for probe not set). reference mark search due to a measuring error. illegal change from flying measurement to reference mark search).g. SINAMICS (p4400 = 1) operating mode: Once automatic zero mark synchronization is complete. 3: Encoder parking not possible. 1-272 © Siemens AG 2003 . index: - Func. Upper 16 bits: CRC over the redundant coarse encoder position. 4099: Abort. reference mark not available or input terminal for external zero mark not set). diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the redundant coarse encoder position including CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check). 2: Possible position shift in Gx_XIST1. Lower 16 bits: Redundant coarse encoder position.g. flying measurement due to a measuring error. 8: Abort. flying measurement (e.if GxZSW.0 = 1).13. then an error code with the following significance is located in Gx_XIST2 (r0483): 1: Encoder fault. fetch reference value (e.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 4: Cancellation. 4098: Abort. fetch measured value (e.g. the position of the zero mark of the leading encoder is displayed in this parameter. r0483 CO: TM41 encoder emulation position actual value Gn_XIST2 / Enc Gn_XIST2 TM41 Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 5: Cancellation. 4097: Abort. reference mark search due to an initialization error. The leading encoder is interconnected via connector input p4420. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder actual position value Gn_XIST2 according to PROFIdrive.Parameters List of parameters Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Notice: The encoder position actual value must be requested using the encoder control word Gn_STW. 7: Cancellation. Notice: The encoder position actual value must be requested using the encoder control word Gn_STW.15 = 1 (r0481). the encoder coarse position count direction is opposite to r0482 (encoder actual value Gn_XIST1). r0484 CO: Redundant coarse encoder position + CRC / Enc red pos+CRC ENC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . On an SMx Sensor Module. With a DRIVE-CLiQ encoder. 6: Cancellation. . 4100: Abort. absolute value transfer. Note: .g. reference block search (e. flying measurement due to an initialization error. illegal change from reference mark search to flying measurement). p0433) is only taken into account when the position tracking is activated (p0411. index: - Func.

VECTOR. SERVO_I_AC.19 = 1). SERVO_AC. the encoder coarse position count direction is the same as r0482. With a DRIVE-CLiQ encoder. r0484[0. Refer to: p0430 Note: This absolute value does not change. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the raw value of the incremental encoder actual value before the measuring gear. Lower 16 bits: Redundant coarse encoder position. index: - Func.. VECTOR_AC. On an SMx Sensor Module.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). VECTOR. contrary to r0482. r0485 CO: Measuring gear encoder raw value incremental / Enc raw val incr ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. contrary to r0482.. The value contains 2 bit fine resolution. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. r0485[0.2] CO: Redundant coarse encoder position + CRC / Enc red pos+CRC SERVO. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the raw value of the incremental encoder actual value before the measuring gear. the encoder coarse position count direction is opposite to r0482 (encoder actual value Gn_XIST1). 01/2013. Upper 16 bits: CRC over the redundant coarse encoder position.2] CO: Measuring gear encoder raw value incremental / Enc raw val incr SERVO.. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 © Siemens AG 2003 .19 = 1). index: - Func. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the redundant coarse encoder position including CRC (Cyclic Redundancy Check). index: - Func.Parameters List of parameters Dependency: The values are valid when the safety position actual value sensing is activated (p0430.. Refer to: p0430 Note: This absolute value does not change. when de-selecting the function "parking axis". 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-273 . Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: The values are valid when the safety position actual value sensing is activated (p0430. when de-selecting the function "parking axis". VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC.

diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the raw value of the absolute encoder actual value before the measuring gear.. VECTOR.2] CO: Measuring gear encoder raw value absolute / Enc raw val abs SERVO. index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the raw value of the absolute encoder actual value before the measuring gear. 4704. 01/2013. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 r0487 Diagnostic encoder control word Gn_STW / Enc Gn_STW ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. index: - Func. 1-274 © Siemens AG 2003 . Note: The signal source for the encoder control word is set with p0480.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 4720. 4740 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder control word Gn_STW according to PROFIdrive for diagnostics. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .Parameters List of parameters r0486 CO: Measuring gear encoder raw value absolute / Enc raw val abs ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC.. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 13 14 15 Signal name Request function 1 Request function 2 Request function 3 Request function 4 Request command bit 0 Request command bit 1 Request command bit 2 Flying measurement mode/search for reference mark Request absolute value cyclic Request parking encoder Request acknowledge encoder fault 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Flying measurement 0 signal No No No No No No No Reference marks FP - Yes Yes Yes No No No - Notice: Information on Gn_STW/Gn_ZSW should be taken from the corresponding product documentation. index: - Func. diagram: 1580. r0486[0. VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC.

4704.13/X131. the second for CU310. diagram: 1580. Data type: Unsigned16 SERVO_I_AC. p0488 Measuring probe 1 input terminal / Meas probe 1 inp ENC Can be changed: U. check whether the terminal is already being used in p0580. VECTOR_AC. P-Group: Encoder VECTOR_I_AC Not for motor type: Min - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Dyn.2) DI/DO 14 (X132. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Dependency: Refer to: p0489.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0680.9/X131.10/X131. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. If parameterization is rejected. p2517 or p2518. 10. 4740 Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the encoder control word Gn_STW according to PROFIdrive for diagnostics. SERVO_AC.9/X121.13/X121. VECTOR. NX10 and NX15. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 13 14 15 Signal name Request function 1 Request function 2 Request function 3 Request function 4 Request command bit 0 Request command bit 1 Request command bit 2 Flying measurement mode/search for reference mark Request absolute value cyclic Request parking encoder Request acknowledge encoder fault 1 signal Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Flying measurement 0 signal No No No No No No No Reference marks FP - Yes Yes Yes No No No - Notice: Information on Gn_STW/Gn_ZSW should be taken from the corresponding product documentation. To select the values: For CX32.8) DI/DO 10 (X122. only DI/DO 8.7) DI/DO 12 (X132. Note: The signal source for the encoder control word is set with p0480.. index: - Func.4) DI/DO 15 (X132. 4720.10) DI/DO 11 (X122.1) The first designation is valid for CU320.Parameters List of parameters r0487[0. p0728 Notice: To the terminal designation: No meas probe DI/DO 9 (X122.5) DI/DO 8 (X122. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-275 . Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive.11) DI/DO 13 (X132. © Siemens AG 2003 . Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output The terminal must be set as input (p0728).12/X121. 01/2013. diagram: 4740 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the input terminal to connect probe 1. 9.12/X131.. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual). index: - Func. p0490.2] Diagnostic encoder control word Gn_STW / Enc Gn_STW Can be changed: SERVO.10/X121.

p0490.4) DI/DO 15 (X132.1) The first designation is valid for CU320.12/X131.2] SERVO (Dig IO) Measuring probe 1 input terminal / Meas probe 1 inp Can be changed: U. p0490. 9.10/X131.4) © Siemens AG 2003 . To select the values: For CX32. If parameterization is rejected.1) DI/DO 0 decentral (X3.9/X121.10/X121.11) DI/DO 13 (X132.7) DI/DO 12 (X132. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U.11) DI/DO 13 (X132. SERVO_I_AC. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.Parameters List of parameters p0488[0.9/X121. p2517 or p2518. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .10/X121.2) DI/DO 14 (X132.12/X121. only DI/DO 8. check whether the terminal is already being used in p0580.10) DI/DO 11 (X122. diagram: 4740 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 51 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the input terminal to connect probe 1... p0728 Notice: To the terminal designation: No meas probe DI/DO 9 (X122.13/X121. diagram: 4740 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the input terminal to connect probe 1.13/X131.. Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output The terminal must be set as input (p0728). 10.5) DI/DO 8 (X122.12/X121. SERVO_AC.8) DI/DO 10 (X122.. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.2) DI/DO 14 (X132. Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. the second for CU310.10) DI/DO 11 (X122.2) DI/DO 1 decentral (X3. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0489.2] Measuring probe 1 input terminal / Meas probe 1 inp SERVO. VECTOR_AC.12/X131. index: - Func.9/X131. p0728 1-276 No meas probe DI/DO 9 (X122. 01/2013. p0680.13/X121. NX10 and NX15.9/X131.13/X131. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 50: 51: Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0489.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).4) DI/DO 15 (X132. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual).5) DI/DO 8 (X122.7) DI/DO 12 (X132. index: - Func.10/X131. VECTOR. p0488[0.8) DI/DO 10 (X122.

10/X121.7) DI/DO 12 (X132.10/X131. NX10 and NX15. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.12/X121.13/X131.8) DI/DO 10 (X122.7) DI/DO 12 (X132.9/X121.5) DI/DO 8 (X122.10) DI/DO 11 (X122.4) DI/DO 15 (X132.12/X131.10/X121. p2517 or p2518.1) © Siemens AG 2003 .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: 4740 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the input terminal to connect probe 2. SERVO_AC. only DI/DO 8. VECTOR.12/X121.10/X131. p0680. Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output The terminal must be set as input (p0728).13/X131.9/X121.Parameters List of parameters Notice: To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320. Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. If parameterization is rejected. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.1) The first designation is valid for CU320. p2517 or p2518. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual).9/X131.13/X121. SERVO_I_AC.8) DI/DO 10 (X122. p0490. p0489 Measuring probe 2 input terminal / Meas probe 2 inp ENC Can be changed: U.13/X121. 01/2013..11) DI/DO 13 (X132. Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output The terminal must be set as input (p0728). VECTOR_I_AC Measuring probe 2 input terminal / Meas probe 2 inp Can be changed: U.11) DI/DO 13 (X132. check whether the terminal is already being used in p0580.2) DI/DO 14 (X132.. VECTOR_AC. 10. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-277 . Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Dependency: Refer to: p0488. p0489[0. To select the values: For CX32. NX10 and NX15. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 No meas probe DI/DO 9 (X122.12/X131. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual). index: - Func. To select the values: For CX32.4) DI/DO 15 (X132. the second for CU310. p0680. 10. only DI/DO 8. the second for CU310. diagram: 4740 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the input terminal to connect probe 2. p0728 Notice: To the terminal designation: No meas probe DI/DO 9 (X122. If parameterization is rejected. check whether the terminal is already being used in p0580.5) DI/DO 8 (X122. 9. index: - Func.2) DI/DO 14 (X132. Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive.10) DI/DO 11 (X122.2] SERVO. 9.9/X131.

9. 1-278 © Siemens AG 2003 .7) DI/DO 12 (X132. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 50: 51: Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0488. If parameterization is rejected.2] Measuring probe 2 input terminal / Meas probe 2 inp SERVO (Dig IO) Can be changed: U.8) DI/DO 10 (X122.12/X131. 01/2013. the second for CU310. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual).9/X131. p0490.Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0488.4) DI/DO 15 (X132. To select the values: For CX32. check whether the terminal is already being used in p0580. p0680. p2517 or p2518. p2517 or p2518.11) DI/DO 13 (X132. 10.10/X121. diagram: 4740 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 51 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the input terminal to connect probe 2. To select the values: For CX32. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.1) DI/DO 0 decentral (X3. NX10 and NX15.12/X121. Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output The terminal must be set as input (p0728). Note: DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output The terminal must be set as input (p0728). check whether the terminal is already being used in p0580. only DI/DO 8. Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive..10/X131. 10. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 ..9/X121.13/X121. p0680.2) DI/DO 1 decentral (X3. 9. p0728 Notice: To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320. index: - Func.10) DI/DO 11 (X122.2) DI/DO 14 (X132. only DI/DO 8. NX10 and NX15.5) DI/DO 8 (X122. p0728 Notice: To the terminal designation: No meas probe DI/DO 9 (X122. the second for CU310.4) The first designation is valid for CU320. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual). p0490.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).13/X131. Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. p0489[0. If parameterization is rejected.

For a value = 1. p1612. diagram: 4740 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0000 0000 0000 0000 bin Description: Setting to invert the digital input signals to connect a measuring probe or an equivalent zero mark. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual). r0723). p1755 Refer to: F07575 Caution: For a value = 1. 9.7) DI/DO 9 (X122. 01/2013.9/X131. p0728 Notice: To select the values: Signal name DI/DO 8 (X122. CU_I_D410. When the measuring probe or the equivalent zero mark is inverted.9/X121. p0493. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 5 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the behavior for the ENCODER fault response (motor encoder). Bit field: Bit 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 Dependency: Refer to: p0488.8) DI/DO 10 (X122.5) 1 signal Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted Inverted 0 signal Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted Not inverted FP - For CX32. 10. SERVO_AC.Parameters List of parameters p0490 Invert measuring probe or equivalent zero mark / Pr or ZM_equiv inv CU_I.12/X131. if an encoder fault occurs. CU_S_AC_PN.12/X121. p0495. an encoder fault occurs below the switchover speed p1755. the motor continues to operate. alarm Dependency: The following parameters are relevant for encoderless operation. this has no effect on the status displays of the digital inputs (r0721. continues Encoder fault results in encoderless operation and OFF1 Encoder fault results in encoderless operation and OFF3 Encoder fault results in an armature short-cct int/DC braking Enc fault results in encoderless op.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p1470. 2. 5 the following applies: . and oper. NX10 and NX15.13/X131. r0722.10/X121. To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: Encoder fault results in OFF2 Enc fault results in encoderless oper. © Siemens AG 2003 . operation continues. This means.in spite of the motor encoder fault that has occurred. CU_S120_DP. p0342. index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. 3. for synchronous motors. CU_S_AC_DP.if. p1517. . CU_NX_CX.13/X121.4) DI/DO 15 (X132. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-279 . CU_S150_PN Can be changed: U. Note: The terminal must be set as input. DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER / Fault resp ENCODER SERVO.1) DI/DO 13 (X132. the second for CU310. encoderless operation can be automatically selected with a shutdown behavior that can be selected. only DI/DO 8. CU_S150_DP. CU_S120_PN.10/X131. the motor can stall. index: - Func.10) DI/DO 11 (X122. when switching over to encoderless operation.encoderless operation must have been started. p1472. 5 the following applies: . p0489. Refer to: p0341.2) DI/DO 14 (X132.11) DI/DO 12 (X132. for example.

p1755 Refer to: F07575 Caution: For a value = 1. an armature short circuit is initiated on an encoder fault. p1472. for synchronous motors. p1470. . a different drive data set is selected (e. . DC braking is initiated on an encoder fault. when setting r1407.For synchronous motors. p0342. the following applies: .The value can only be set for all motor data sets when p1231 = 3. For a value = 1.13). Refer to: p0341.13).in spite of the motor encoder fault that has occurred. p1234). 2. an armature short circuit is initiated on an encoder fault. 5 the following applies: . DC braking must be commissioned (p1232. 2. n = 1. when switching over to encoderless operation. This means.g. p1233.for encoderless operation the following condition must be fulfilled: p1800 >= n / (2 * p0115[0]).encoderless operation must have been started. 5 the following applies: . 2. for example. interconnection from p0820). . a different drive data set is selected (e. 3. . DC braking is initiated on an encoder fault. p1234).Refer to the status signal "encoderless operation due to a fault" (BO: r1407. p1300 = 21). The encoder fault has to be acknowledged via the encoder interface in order to resume operation with encoder. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: Encoder fault results in OFF2 Enc fault results in encoderless oper. p1612. 3.The value can only be set for all motor data sets when p1231 = 3. an encoder fault occurs below the switchover speed p1755. .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Encoderless closed-loop controlled operation is kept when changing over.If.if. encoderless operation can be automatically selected with a shutdown behavior that can be selected. operation continues. then the openloop or closed-loop control type p1300 of this data set must match that of the original data set (e. p1233. Note: For a value = 1. 01/2013.For synchronous motors. 3. p1517. the motor can stall. DC braking must be commissioned (p1232. and oper. the motor continues to operate. when setting r1407. For a value = 4.Refer to the status signal "encoderless operation due to a fault" (BO: r1407. continues Encoder fault results in encoderless operation and OFF1 Encoder fault results in encoderless operation and OFF3 Encoder fault results in an armature short-cct int/DC braking Enc fault results in encoderless op.If. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 5 Factory setting 0 Sets the behavior for the ENCODER fault response (motor encoder).13. For a value = 4. index: - Func. . etc. However. p1300 = 21). . the following applies: . p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER / Fault resp ENCODER TM41 Description: Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. Encoderless closed-loop controlled operation is kept when changing over.3) is not set. 2. encoder faults are output as alarm and the message bit "Fault active" (r2139.13.Parameters List of parameters Note: For a value = 1. interconnection from p0820). 4.For induction motors. the following applies: Same function as for value = 1.g. if an encoder fault occurs. For a value = 5.g.g. then the openloop or closed-loop control type p1300 of this data set must match that of the original data set (e. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . 5 the following applies: .For induction motors. the following applies: . 4. 1-280 © Siemens AG 2003 . alarm Dependency: The following parameters are relevant for encoderless operation. .

3. This means. Note: For a value = 1. p1612. For a value = 5.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).encoderless operation must have been started. However. p1470. for example. .13 = 1. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-281 . diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. if an encoder fault occurs. A31418 Note: For a value of 0.For synchronous motors. 4. an armature short circuit is initiated on an encoder fault. if the maximum speed difference is exceeded over several sampling times.For induction motors. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. continues Encoder fault results in encoderless operation and OFF1 Encoder fault results in encoderless operation and OFF3 Encoder fault results in an armature short-cct int/DC braking Enc fault results in encoderless op.Refer to the status signal "encoderless operation due to a fault" (BO: r1407. . p0342.13). the speed change monitoring is disabled. Encoderless closed-loop controlled operation is kept when changing over. p1300 = 21).If. then an appropriate alarm is output. encoder faults are output as alarm and the message bit "Fault active" (r2139. interconnection from p0820). VECTOR_AC. DC braking is initiated on an encoder fault. the following applies: . then a corresponding fault is output.Not possible for separately excited synchronous motors (p0300 = 5). index: - Func. 01/2013. the following applies: Same function as for value = 1. For a value = 4. The encoder fault has to be acknowledged via the encoder interface in order to resume operation with encoder. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 5 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the behavior for the ENCODER fault response (motor encoder). Refer to: p0341.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum permissible speed difference within the current controller sampling time for squarewave encoders.00 [rpm] Factory setting 0. p0492 Square-wave encoder maximum speed difference per sampling cycle / n_dif max/samp_cyc ENC Can be changed: U. However. 2. 2. and oper. p1755 Refer to: F07575 Caution: For a value = 1. the motor continues to operate. DC braking must be commissioned (p1232. For a value = 1. p1472. p1234). T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. if the set maximum speed difference is only exceeded for one sampling time of the current controller. 5 the following applies: . 3. . then the open-loop or closed-loop control type p1300 of this data set must match that of the original data set (e. encoderless operation can be automatically selected with a shutdown behavior that can be selected. index: - Func.3) is not set.The value can only be set for all motor data sets when p1231 = 3. . 5 the following applies: .g. with r1407. a different drive data set is selected (e. p1233. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: Encoder fault results in OFF2 Enc fault results in encoderless oper.in spite of the motor encoder fault that has occurred. operation continues. Dependency: Refer to: F31118. p1517. © Siemens AG 2003 .00 [rpm] Max 210000. the following applies: .Parameters List of parameters p0491 Motor encoder fault response ENCODER / Fault resp ENCODER VECTOR.0.g. alarm Dependency: The following parameters are relevant for encoderless operation.

A31418. When half of the parameter value is exceeded. the speed change monitoring is disabled.00 [m/min] Max 1000.00 [m/min] Factory setting 0. F33118. an alarm is already generated and the velocity change is limited to this. A31418 Note: For a value of 0.00 [rpm] Factory setting 0. The speed actual value used for the monitoring is a floating average between p0115[0] and p0115[1].00 [rpm] Max 210000. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. index: - Func. p0492 Square-wave encoder maximum speed difference per sampling cycle / n_dif max/samp_cyc SERVO. F32118.0.00 [m/min] Max 1000. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Description: Can be changed: U. then a corresponding fault is output. p0492 Square-wave encoder max. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.0.00 [rpm] Sets the maximum permissible speed difference within the current controller sampling time for squarewave encoders. SERVO_AC (Lin). if the maximum speed difference is exceeded over several sampling times. depending on p0491. if the maximum speed difference is exceeded over several sampling times. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. A32418. 1-282 © Siemens AG 2003 . Dependency: Refer to: F31118. then a corresponding fault is output. However.00 [m/min] Factory setting 0. A33418 Note: For a value of 0. either encoderless closed-loop velocity/force control is selected or the drive is powered down. then an appropriate alarm is output. velocity change monitoring is disabled. velocity difference per sampling cycle / v_dif max/samp_cyc ENC (Lin_enc) Can be changed: U.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. if the set maximum speed difference is only exceeded for one sampling time of the current controller. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Dependency: Refer to: F31118. When the value is exceeded.00 [m/min] Description: Sets the maximum permissible velocity difference within the current controller sampling time for square-wave encoders. velocity change monitoring is disabled. if the set maximum velocity difference is only exceeded for one sampling time of the current controller.00 [m/min] Sets the maximum permissible speed difference between two computing cycles when square-wave encoders are evaluated. F32118. index: - Func. A32418. depending on p0491.Parameters List of parameters p0492 Square-wave encoder max. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. index: - Func. F33118. SERVO_I_AC Description: Can be changed: U. A33418 Note: For a value of 0. then an appropriate alarm is output. either encoderless closed-loop speed/torque control is selected or the drive is powered down. Dependency: Refer to: F31118.0. velocity difference per sampling cycle / v_dif max/samp_cyc SERVO (Lin). 01/2013. SERVO_AC. A31418. When the value is exceeded. However.

T Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.9/X131. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.7) DI/DO 12 (X132. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.12/X121. A32418. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: No selection via BERO DI/DO 9 (X122.00 [rpm] Max 210000. the second for CU310.the positive edge of the input signal is evaluated.10/X121.10/X131. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. © Siemens AG 2003 .0. Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. A33418 Note: For a value of 0. The following applies for square-wave encoders: If the speed difference exceeds the threshold value p0492. 01/2013.12/X131. or p2518. p2517. p0493 Zero mark selection input terminal / ZM_sel inp_term ENC Description: Can be changed: U. signal inversion must be parameterized via p0490.10) DI/DO 11 (X122.11) DI/DO 13 (X132. 10.9/X121. The encoder interface supplies the position of the reference mark. either encoderless closed-loop speed/torque control is selected or the drive is powered down with fault F3x118. p0680. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-283 .8) DI/DO 10 (X122. To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Sets the input terminal for selecting the reference mark via BERO/switching signal when performing referencing with several zero marks. which was detected immediately after the positive edge of the BERO signal. VECTOR_AC. Dependency: Refer to: r1408 Refer to: F07902. the old speed actual value is kept and after time p2178 shut down with fault F07902 (motor stalled).there is no logic operation between the reference mark search and an input signal. in order to avoid subsequent faults.00 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum permissible speed difference within the current controller sampling time. If the negative edge is to be evaluated. For p0493 > 0.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). The terminal must be set as input (p0728). F31118. index: - Func. index: - Func. The following applies for other speed encoders: If the speed difference exceeds threshold value p0492. only DI/DO 9. the speed change monitoring is disabled. F32118. depending on p0491.13/X131.00 [rpm] Factory setting 0.1) Dependency: Refer to: p0490 Notice: For CX32.5) DI/DO 8 (X122.2) DI/DO 14 (X132. . F33118.13/X121. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual).4) DI/DO 15 (X132. A31418. a check should be performed as to whether the input terminal is already being used in p0580. NX10 and NX15. For p0493 = 0 (factory setting) the following applies: .Parameters List of parameters p0492 Maximum speed difference per sampling cycle / n_dif max/samp_cyc VECTOR.if a parameter change is rejected. the following applies: .

12/X131.10) DI/DO 11 (X122..4) DI/DO 15 (X132.12/X121.8) DI/DO 10 (X122.11) DI/DO 13 (X132. The encoder interface supplies the position of the reference mark. VECTOR_AC.11) DI/DO 13 (X132. Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. 10. The terminal must be set as input (p0728).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). the following applies: ..4) © Siemens AG 2003 .. which was detected immediately after the positive edge of the BERO signal. If the negative edge is to be evaluated. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 51 Factory setting 0 Sets the input terminal for selecting the reference mark via BERO/switching signal when performing referencing with several zero marks.there is no logic operation between the reference mark search and an input signal. . To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320. The encoder interface supplies the position of the reference mark. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Zero mark selection input terminal / ZM_sel inp_term Can be changed: U.13/X121.1) Dependency: Refer to: p0490 Notice: For CX32. p0493[0. NX10 and NX15.10/X121.if a parameter change is rejected.10/X131. a check should be performed as to whether the input terminal is already being used in p0580. which was detected immediately after the positive edge of the BERO signal.2) DI/DO 14 (X132.13/X121. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 50: 51: 1-284 No selection via BERO DI/DO 9 (X122. or p2518.10/X131.4) DI/DO 15 (X132. only DI/DO 9.7) DI/DO 12 (X132. signal inversion must be parameterized via p0490.5) DI/DO 8 (X122.7) DI/DO 12 (X132.2) DI/DO 14 (X132. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual).12/X121.n] SERVO.8) DI/DO 10 (X122. VECTOR.1) DI/DO 0 decentral (X3.9/X121. 01/2013. SERVO_AC. For p0493 = 0 (factory setting) the following applies: .2) DI/DO 1 decentral (X3. index: EDS.13/X131. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Sets the input terminal for selecting the reference mark via BERO/switching signal when performing referencing with several zero marks. index: EDS.13/X131.9/X121. p0140 Func.n] SERVO (Dig IO) Description: Zero mark selection input terminal / ZM_sel inp_term Can be changed: U. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. For p0493 > 0.12/X131.9/X131. p0680.Parameters List of parameters p0493[0. the second for CU310.10) DI/DO 11 (X122.10/X121. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: No selection via BERO DI/DO 9 (X122. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.5) DI/DO 8 (X122. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . p0140 Func.the positive edge of the input signal is evaluated.9/X131. p2517. SERVO_I_AC..

9/X131. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: No equivalent zero mark (evaluation of the encoder zero mark) DI/DO 9 (X122. only DI/DO 9. Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive.10) DI/DO 11 (X122. signal inversion must be parameterized via p0490. p0680. 10. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual). VECTOR.13/X121. To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320.7) DI/DO 12 (X132. p2517.there is no logic operation between the reference mark search and an input signal.13/X131.13/X131. the second for CU310.10/X131.12/X131.. To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320. 10.12/X121. 01/2013. p0494[0. the following applies: .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). the second for CU310. For p0493 > 0.10) DI/DO 11 (X122. index: EDS. No equivalent zero mark (evaluation of the encoder zero mark) DI/DO 9 (X122.n] SERVO (Dig IO) Equivalent zero mark input terminal / ZM_equiv input Can be changed: U.the positive edge of the input signal is evaluated. NX10 and NX15. VECTOR_AC. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. The terminal must be set as input (p0728). Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Dependency: Refer to: p0490 Notice: For CX32.n] SERVO. .if a parameter change is rejected.5) DI/DO 8 (X122.7) © Siemens AG 2003 .1) For p0494 = 0 (factory setting).4) DI/DO 15 (X132.9/X121..10/X121. The terminal must be set as input. p0140 Func. the setting in p0495 is effective. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the input terminal for connecting an equivalent zero mark (external encoder zero mark). For p0493 = 0 (factory setting) the following applies: .9/X121.10/X131. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 51 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the input terminal for connecting an equivalent zero mark (external encoder zero mark). index: EDS. SERVO_I_AC.5) DI/DO 8 (X122. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-285 . SERVO_AC.2) DI/DO 14 (X132.13/X121. If the negative edge is to be evaluated.11) DI/DO 13 (X132.. a check should be performed as to whether the input terminal is already being used in p0580. p0494[0.8) DI/DO 10 (X122.8) DI/DO 10 (X122. NX10 and NX15.12/X121. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual).2) DI/DO 14 (X132.4) DI/DO 15 (X132. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.11) DI/DO 13 (X132. Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. only DI/DO 9. VECTOR_I_AC Equivalent zero mark input terminal / ZM_equiv input Can be changed: U. p0140 Func.12/X131.10/X121. or p2518.Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0490 Notice: For CX32..

the second for CU310. Only one zero mark is supported. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual). the encoder zero mark is evaluated as zero mark. This is the reason that the edge evaluation is interchanged as a function of the direction of motion. The terminal must be set as input. No equivalent zero mark (evaluation of the encoder zero mark) DI/DO 9 (X122.9/X121. For p0495 > 0.12/X121. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Dependency: Refer to: p0490 Notice: For CX32. p0495 Equivalent zero mark input terminal / ZM_equiv input ENC Can be changed: U. only DI/DO 9.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). For p0494 = 0 (factory setting). NX10 and NX15. The terminal must be set as input.13/X131. If function 2. this results in a fault message in Gn_ZSW.10/X131.2) DI/DO 14 (X132. diagram: 4735 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the input terminal for connecting an equivalent zero mark (external encoder zero mark). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .2) DI/DO 1 decentral (X3. Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. 2 or equivalent zero mark. 1-286 © Siemens AG 2003 .4) DI/DO 15 (X132.5) DI/DO 8 (X122. index: - Func.increasing position actual values (r0482) --> the 0/1 edge is evaluated. the setting in p0494 is effective and p0495 is invalid. the following applies: Depending on the direction of motion.10/X121.13/X121. Exception: The same encoder can be simultaneously used as measuring probe and equivalent zero mark as both functions cannot be simultaneously requested. For p0495 = 0 (factory setting).4) Dependency: Refer to: p0490 Notice: For CX32.9/X131.1) DI/DO 0 decentral (X3.12/X131. 10.7) DI/DO 12 (X132. NX10 and NX15. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual). only DI/DO 9.1) For p0494 > 0. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.9/X131.10) DI/DO 11 (X122.8) DI/DO 10 (X122. the setting in p0495 is effective. An input can only be assigned to one encoder as measuring probe 1. To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320.decreasing position actual values (r0482) --> the 1/0 edge is evaluated.Parameters List of parameters 8: 50: 51: DI/DO 12 (X132. Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320. 3 or 4 is selected. The inversion of the inputs via p0490 affects the function "referencing with equivalent zero mark". the positive or negative edge at the appropriate input is evaluated. . 10. . the second for CU310.11) DI/DO 13 (X132. 01/2013.

p0494 Notice: For CX32. SERVO_I_AC.13/X121. .4) DI/DO 15 (X132. VECTOR_I_AC Equivalent zero mark input terminal / ZM_equiv input Can be changed: U. index: - Func. Exception: The same encoder can be simultaneously used as measuring probe and equivalent zero mark as both functions cannot be simultaneously requested.decreasing position actual values (r0482) --> the 1/0 edge is evaluated.. NX10 and NX15.10/X121. An input can only be assigned to one encoder as measuring probe 1.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).10/X131.13/X131. For p0495 = 0 (factory setting).8) DI/DO 10 (X122. If function 2. To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-287 .11) DI/DO 13 (X132. Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: No equivalent zero mark (evaluation of the encoder zero mark) DI/DO 9 (X122.2] Equivalent zero mark input terminal / ZM_equiv input SERVO (Dig IO) Can be changed: U. the encoder zero mark is evaluated as zero mark.10/X121. 10. Only one zero mark is supported. . 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual).8) DI/DO 10 (X122. only DI/DO 9.12/X121.10) DI/DO 11 (X122.2) DI/DO 14 (X132. The terminal must be set as input. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0490. 01/2013. VECTOR.4) DI/DO 15 (X132.increasing position actual values (r0482) --> the 0/1 edge is evaluated. diagram: 4735 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the input terminal for connecting an equivalent zero mark (external encoder zero mark).1) For p0494 > 0. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. SERVO_AC.12/X121. 3 or 4 is selected. 2 or equivalent zero mark.11) DI/DO 13 (X132.Parameters List of parameters p0495[0..12/X131. p0495[0. The inversion of the inputs via p0490 affects the function "referencing with equivalent zero mark".9/X121.5) DI/DO 8 (X122.9/X121..13/X121.. No equivalent zero mark (evaluation of the encoder zero mark) DI/DO 9 (X122.2) DI/DO 14 (X132. the following applies: Depending on the direction of motion.5) DI/DO 8 (X122.7) © Siemens AG 2003 .13/X131. this results in a fault message in Gn_ZSW. For p0495 > 0.2] SERVO. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. This is the reason that the edge evaluation is interchanged as a function of the direction of motion. index: - Func. the second for CU310.9/X131. diagram: 4735 P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 51 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the input terminal for connecting an equivalent zero mark (external encoder zero mark). VECTOR_AC. the positive or negative edge at the appropriate input is evaluated.7) DI/DO 12 (X132.10) DI/DO 11 (X122.10/X131. the setting in p0494 is effective and p0495 is invalid.12/X131.

An input can only be assigned to one encoder as measuring probe 1. r0499: fan-out number r0498: Oversampling angle. The inversion of the inputs via p0490 affects the function "referencing with equivalent zero mark". diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 86 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the trace signal to be output in r0497. the second for CU310. r0499: Temperature in 0.2) DI/DO 1 decentral (X3. r0499: CD position Y (C/2) r0498: CD position Phi. r0499: Fine position Y (-B/2) r0498: Fine position Phi. r0499: Offset correction Y r0498: Phase correction X. To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320. r0498 and r0499 for encoder diagnostics. For p0495 > 0. This is the reason that the edge evaluation is interchanged as a function of the direction of motion.1 Ohm. Exception: The same encoder can be simultaneously used as measuring probe and equivalent zero mark as both functions cannot be simultaneously requested. T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. r0499: Oversampling amount r0498: Raw value track C. r0499: Raw value track R r0497: Absolute position serial r0497: Absolute position incremental r0497: Zero mark position r0497: Correction absolute position difference r0498: Raw temperature. For p0495 = 0 (factory setting).4) Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0490.mech. index: - Func. r0499: r0498: Offset correction X. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual).1 °C r0497: Resistance 2500 Ohm r0497: Absolute speed difference (dn/dt) © Siemens AG 2003 . the positive or negative edge at the appropriate input is evaluated. the setting in p0494 is effective and p0495 is invalid. Only one zero mark is supported. Note: Refer to the encoder interface for PROFIdrive. Phi .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). . r0499: Fine position X r0498: oversampling channel A. r0499: Raw value track D r0498: CD position X (-D/2). The terminal must be set as input. 01/2013. the encoder zero mark is evaluated as zero mark. p0496 Encoder diagnostic signal selection / Enc diag select ENC Can be changed: U.decreasing position actual values (r0482) --> the 1/0 edge is evaluated. revolution r0497: Zero mark status r0498: Raw value track R. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . r0499: Zero mark status r0498: Raw value track A. p0494 Notice: For CX32. r0499: CD pos. r0499: Raw value track B r0498: Fine position X (-A/2). only DI/DO 9. Value: 0: 1: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24: 25: 30: 31: 32: 33: 40: 41: 42: 51: 1-288 Inactive r0497: Mechanical revolution r0498: Raw value track A.1) DI/DO 0 decentral (X3. NX10 and NX15. r0499: Amplitude correction Y r0498: Cubic correction X. .increasing position actual values (r0482) --> the 0/1 edge is evaluated. r0499: oversampling channel B r0498: fan-out amount.1 °C r0498: Resistance in 0.9/X131. r0499: Temperature in 0. 2 or equivalent zero mark. 3 or 4 is selected. the following applies: Depending on the direction of motion. 10. this results in a fault message in Gn_ZSW. If function 2. For p0494 > 0.Parameters List of parameters 8: 50: 51: DI/DO 12 (X132.

r0499 Notice: The setting option depends on the following properties: Sensor Module type. channel B: encoder periods <--> 2^16 Re p0496 = 62: encoder periods <--> 2^16 Re p0496 = 70: r: 100% <--> 10000 dec.0. absolute value: 500 mV <--> 10650 dec Re p0496 = 22: 180 ° <--> 32768 dec Re p0496 = 23. r0499: Spindle: r0498: Sensor S1 (cal). phase: 180 ° <--> 18000 dec Re p0496 = 80. EnDat): 500 mV <--> 21299 dec Re p0496 = 11 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec. EnDat): 500 mV <--> 10650 dec Re p0496 = 14: 1 ° <--> 286 dec. channel A in mV. r0499: phase Spindle: r0498: Sensor S1 (raw). r0499: raw val chann.. r0499: - Dependency: Refer to: r0497. r0499: Resolver: r0498: Transformation ratio.9) * 32768 Re p0496 = 42: 2500 Ohm <--> 2^32 Re p0496 = 51: 1 rpm <--> 1000 dec Re p0496 = 52: In 1/4 encoder pulses Re p0496 = 60: voltage. EnDat) channel A: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-289 . linear: 1 measuring step <--> 1 dec Re p0496 = 31: Absolute position. absolute value: 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec Re p0496 = 18 (sin/cos 1 Vpp. hardware version. Note: Re p0496 = 1: 360 ° <--> 2^32 Re p0496 = 10 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 26214 dec Re p0496 = 10. 21 (sin/cos 1 Vpp. 24: r0497. EnDat): absolute value 500 mV <--> 10650 dec. EnDat): angle: signal period <--> 2^16. internal processor offset is corrected Re p0496 = 11. channel B: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec Re p0496 = 17 (resolver): absolute value: 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec.r0499: fine pos chann. 8 Re p0496 = 18 (resolver): angle: signal period <--> 2^16.. 20 (sin/cos 1 Vpp. r0499: Sensor S4 (raw) Spindle: r0498: Sensor S5 (raw).Parameters List of parameters 52: 60: 61: 62: 70: 80: 81: 85: 86: r0497: Xact1 corrected quadrants Analog sensor: r0498: raw val chann. number: 1 . A. incremental in 1/4 encoder pulses Re p0496 = 32: Zero mark position in 1/4 encoder pulses Re p0496 = 33: counter offset absolute value in 1/4 encoder pulses Re p0496 = 40: r0498 <--> (R_KTY/1 kOhm . r0498. B Analog sensor: r0498: Fine pos before characteristic. firmware version (Sensor Module and Control Units). EnDat): 500 mV <--> 10650 dec. B Analog sensor: r0498: fine pos chann. 100% <--> 16384 dec Re p0496 = 15: 100 % <--> 16384 dec Re p0496 = 16: (resolver): channel A: 2900 mV <--> 26214 dec. channel B: 2900 mV <--> 26214 dec Re p0496 = 16: (sin/cos 1 Vpp. A. number: 1 . 81. 8 Re p0496 = 17 (sin/cos 1 Vpp.31 (r0499. 86: 1V <--> 1000 inc © Siemens AG 2003 . r0499: Sensor S4 (cal) Spindle: r0498: Sensor S5 (cal).. voltage.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). channel B in mV Re p0496 = 61: Channel A: encoder periods <--> 2^16. 01/2013. Not all combinations are supported.15) set for at least 1 current controller cycle when encoder zero mark detected Re p0496 = 24. internal processor offset is corrected Re p0496 = 12: 180 ° fine position <--> 32768 dec Re p0496 = 13 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec Re p0496 = 13 (sin/cos 1 Vpp. order number (last digit). 85. 25: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec Re p0496 = 30: Rotary: 1 singleturn measuring step <--> 1 dec.

r0499: phase Spindle: r0498: Sensor S1 (raw).1 °C r0498: Resistance in 0. Note: Re p0496 = 1: 360 ° <--> 2^32 Re p0496 = 10 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 26214 dec Re p0496 = 10.Parameters List of parameters p0496[0. internal processor offset is corrected Re p0496 = 12: 180 ° fine position <--> 32768 dec Re p0496 = 13 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec Re p0496 = 13 (sin/cos 1 Vpp. EnDat): 500 mV <--> 10650 dec. EnDat): 500 mV <--> 10650 dec 1-290 © Siemens AG 2003 . r0498 and r0499 for encoder diagnostics. index: - Func.mech. firmware version (Sensor Module and Control Units). r0499: Fine position Y (-B/2) r0498: Fine position Phi. order number (last digit). revolution r0497: Zero mark status r0498: Raw value track R. r0499: Raw value track R r0497: Absolute position serial r0497: Absolute position incremental r0497: Zero mark position r0497: Correction absolute position difference r0498: Raw temperature.. r0499: Resolver: r0498: Transformation ratio.. Phi . r0499: Fine position X r0498: oversampling channel A. A. VECTOR_AC.r0499: fine pos chann. A. r0499: CD position Y (C/2) r0498: CD position Phi. r0499: Offset correction Y r0498: Phase correction X. r0498. Not all combinations are supported. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 86 Factory setting 0 Description: Selects the trace signal to be output in r0497. internal processor offset is corrected Re p0496 = 11.1 Ohm. r0499: oversampling channel B r0498: fan-out amount. r0499 Notice: The setting option depends on the following properties: Inactive r0497: Mechanical revolution r0498: Raw value track A. B Analog sensor: r0498: fine pos chann. r0499: r0498: Offset correction X. r0499: fan-out number r0498: Oversampling angle. VECTOR. r0499: raw val chann. T Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. r0499: Zero mark status r0498: Raw value track A. r0499: Amplitude correction Y r0498: Cubic correction X. 21 (sin/cos 1 Vpp. B Analog sensor: r0498: Fine pos before characteristic.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 01/2013. r0499: Temperature in 0. r0499: - Sensor Module type. 20 (sin/cos 1 Vpp. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . r0499: Sensor S4 (raw) Spindle: r0498: Sensor S5 (raw). hardware version. EnDat): 500 mV <--> 21299 dec Re p0496 = 11 (resolver): 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec. r0499: Spindle: r0498: Sensor S1 (cal). r0499: Raw value track B r0498: Fine position X (-A/2). SERVO_AC. SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. r0499: Raw value track D r0498: CD position X (-D/2). Value: 0: 1: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24: 25: 30: 31: 32: 33: 40: 41: 42: 51: 52: 60: 61: 62: 70: 80: 81: 85: 86: Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: r0497. r0499: Temperature in 0.2] Encoder diagnostic signal selection / Enc diag select SERVO. r0499: CD pos. r0499: Sensor S4 (cal) Spindle: r0498: Sensor S5 (cal).1 °C r0497: Resistance 2500 Ohm r0497: Absolute speed difference (dn/dt) r0497: Xact1 corrected quadrants Analog sensor: r0498: raw val chann. r0499: Oversampling amount r0498: Raw value track C.

number: 1 .Parameters List of parameters Re p0496 = 14: 1 ° <--> 286 dec...2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). EnDat) channel A: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec. 24: r0497. r0498. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics (double word). VECTOR_AC. absolute value: 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec Re p0496 = 18 (sin/cos 1 Vpp. 01/2013. r0499 © Siemens AG 2003 .. 25: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec Re p0496 = 30: Rotary: 1 singleturn measuring step <--> 1 dec.0..2] CO: Encoder diagnostic signal double word / Enc diag DW SERVO. Dependency: Refer to: p0496. SERVO_I_AC. EnDat): absolute value 500 mV <--> 10650 dec. 8 Re p0496 = 17 (sin/cos 1 Vpp. index: - Func. channel B: 500 mV <--> 21299 dec Re p0496 = 17 (resolver): absolute value: 2900 mV <--> 13107 dec. channel B: encoder periods <--> 2^16 Re p0496 = 62: encoder periods <--> 2^16 Re p0496 = 70: r: 100% <--> 10000 dec. 8 Re p0496 = 18 (resolver): angle: signal period <--> 2^16. phase: 180 ° <--> 18000 dec Re p0496 = 80. linear: 1 measuring step <--> 1 dec Re p0496 = 31: Absolute position. channel B in mV Re p0496 = 61: Channel A: encoder periods <--> 2^16. channel A in mV. number: 1 . The signal to be output is selected in p0496. 86: 1V <--> 1000 inc r0497 Encoder diagnostic signal double word / Enc diag DW ENC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. channel B: 2900 mV <--> 26214 dec Re p0496 = 16: (sin/cos 1 Vpp. VECTOR. r0498.. r0499 r0497[0.31 (r0499. The signal to be output is selected in p0496. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0496.. index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.15) set for at least 1 current controller cycle when encoder zero mark detected Re p0496 = 24. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-291 . absolute value: 500 mV <--> 10650 dec Re p0496 = 22: 180 ° <--> 32768 dec Re p0496 = 23. 100% <--> 16384 dec Re p0496 = 15: 100 % <--> 16384 dec Re p0496 = 16: (resolver): channel A: 2900 mV <--> 26214 dec. 85. voltage.9) * 32768 Re p0496 = 42: 2500 Ohm <--> 2^32 Re p0496 = 51: 1 rpm <--> 1000 dec Re p0496 = 52: In 1/4 encoder pulses Re p0496 = 60: voltage. 81. incremental in 1/4 encoder pulses Re p0496 = 32: Zero mark position in 1/4 encoder pulses Re p0496 = 33: counter offset absolute value in 1/4 encoder pulses Re p0496 = 40: r0498 <--> (R_KTY/1 kOhm . SERVO_AC. EnDat): angle: signal period <--> 2^16. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics (double word).

VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics (high component). r0497.. index: - Func. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC.2] CO: Encoder diagnostic signal high word / Enc diag high word SERVO. SERVO_I_AC. r0497. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics (low component)..2] CO: Encoder diagnostic signal low word / Enc diag low word SERVO. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0496. r0498 1-292 © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics (low component). 01/2013. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Displays the trace signal for encoder diagnostics (high component).. The signal to be output is selected in p0496. r0499 r0499 Encoder diagnostic signal high word / Enc diag high word ENC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. The signal to be output is selected in p0496. VECTOR_AC. The signal to be output is selected in p0496. r0499 r0498[0. Dependency: Refer to: p0496. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . r0497. r0498 r0499[0. index: - Func.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).Parameters List of parameters r0498 Encoder diagnostic signal low word / Enc diag low word ENC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. Dependency: Refer to: p0496. VECTOR. r0497.. SERVO_AC. Index: [0] = Encoder 1 [1] = Encoder 2 [2] = Encoder 3 Dependency: Refer to: p0496. SERVO_I_AC. The signal to be output is selected in p0496. index: - Func. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.

p1520/p1521 = rated motor torque (r0333) .when exiting quick commissioning using p3900 > 0 . Note: The calculation of parameters dependent on the technology application can be called up as follows: . the following parameters are set: .g. initiated using p0578.when writing p0578 = 1 For p0500 = 100 and when the calculation is initiated. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-293 . The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e. the behavior of the motor can have changed very significantly (e. the following parameters are set: . index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 100 Max 102 Factory setting 100 Description: Sets the technology application.p2177 = factory setting p0500 Technology application / Tec application VECTOR. For this reason extreme caution must be taken when the motor is started for the first time. the following parameters are set: .p1520/p1521 = torque at the maximum motor current (p0323) .p2000 = rated motor speed (p0311) (only for p0340 = 1. the same setpoint results in a higher speed due to a different reference speed). T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.p2000 = maximum motor speed (p0322) if p0322 not equal to 0. p1530. 5).p2177 = 0. otherwise rated motor speed (p0311) (only for p0340 = 1.2 s For p0500 = 102 and when the calculation is initiated. p2175. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the technology application. The parameter influences the calculation of open-loop and closed-loop control parameters that is e. p3900 > 0) . SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. p1531.g. Value: 100: 101: 102: Standard drive (SERVO) Feed drive (limit current limitation) Spindle drive (rated current limitation) Dependency: Refer to: p1520.p2175 = factory setting .Parameters List of parameters p0500 Technology application / Tec application SERVO.p1530/p1531= 2*pi*r0333*p0311 (rotary) or r0333*p0311 (linear) . index: - Func. p3900 > 0) .p2000 = rated motor speed (p0311) (only for p0340 = 1. p3900 > 0) . SERVO_AC. 5).when writing p0340 = 1.p1520/p1521 = rated motor torque (r0333) .p2175 = maximum value .p1530/p1531= 2*pi*r0333*p0311 (rotary) or r0333*p0311 (linear) . © Siemens AG 2003 . 5 .g. VECTOR_AC. 01/2013.p2177 = factory setting For p0500 = 101 and when the calculation is initiated.p1530/p1531= power at the maximum motor current (p0323) and rated motor speed (p0311) .p2175 = factory setting . p1521. p2000. initiated using p0578. 3.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p2177 Caution: After changing over the technological application and then calculating the open-loop and closed-loop parameters.

if a sine-wave output filter (p0230 = 3. 5 . This operating mode is possible for passive loads.2 = 1: Encoderless control of the induction motor is effective down to zero frequency. p2177 Note: The calculation of parameters dependent on the technology application can be called up as follows: . the following parameters are set: p1574 = 2 V (separately-excited synchronous motor: 4 V) p1750. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . B_INF. the following parameters are set: p1574 = 10 V (separately-excited synchronous motor: 20 V) p1750. the following parameters are set: p1574 = 2 V (separately-excited synchronous motor: 4 V) p1750. p1802 and p1803 are only changed. TM41. 01/2013. 4) has not been selected. if r0192.2 = 0 p1802 = 4 (SVM/FLB without overcontrol) p1803 = 106 % For p0500 = 1 and when the calculation is initiated.0 = 0 p1803 = 106 % For p0500 = 2 and when the calculation is initiated. index: - Func.when exiting quick commissioning using p3900 > 0 . p1802 = 4 (SVM/FLB without overcontrol) p1803 = 106 % The setting of p1750 is only relevant for induction motors. 1-294 SI system of units System of units referred/SI US system of units System of units referred/US © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR. Value: 1: 2: 3: 4: Dependency: The parameter cannot be changed when master control is active. 3. SERVO_AC. if r0192.when writing p0340 = 1. These include applications where the load does not generate regenerative torque when breaking away and the motor comes to a standstill (zero speed) itself when the pulses are inhibited. diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 4 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the actual system of units.Parameters List of parameters Value: 0: 1: 2: 4: Standard drive (VECTOR) Pumps and fans Sensorless closed-loop control down to f = 0 (passive loads) Dynamic in the field weakening range Dependency: Refer to: p2175. in all cases.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).2 = 0 p1802 = 9 (edge modulation). S_INF. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(5) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. SERVO_I_AC. For p0500 = 4: (presetting for VECTOR with PM250 power unit) p1574 = 30 V p1750.0 = 1 p1802 = 4.when writing p0578 = 1 For p0500 = 0 and when the calculation is initiated. SERVO. VECTOR_AC.2 = 0 p1802 = 2 (SVM with overcontrol) p1803 = 106 % p0505 Selecting the system of units / Unit sys select A_INF. ENC.

The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p515[0] BiCo number assigned p514[0] (reference quantity 01) . p2000 . Depending on what has been selected.. a total of 20 BiCos are available. for example. Assignment parameters p515[0.. p2004. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Assignment parameter 1 in reference to p514[0] / BiCoList1_ref1 Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.19]. p1619.... SERVO_I_AC. index: - Func.g.. p1752. p0514[0.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).19] A_INF.. a total of 10 reference quantities are available: p514[0]reference quantity 01 p514[1]reference quantity 02 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. VECTOR_AC. B_INF.19] up to p524[0. B_INF. these are displayed using either SI or US units. By indexing the assignment parameter p515[0. p0515[0. p2000) are subsequently changed.. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 0 Assignment parameter for user-specific scaling.. S_INF. SERVO_AC. p1621. By indexing reference parameter p514[0. SERVO_AC. p514[8]reference quantity 09 p514[9]reference quantity 10 Up to 20 BiCos can be scaled to each of these 10 reference quantities.. VECTOR. As a consequence.9]. p1744. SERVO_I_AC. p1612.Parameters List of parameters Caution: If a per unit representation is selected and if the reference parameters (e. 01/2013.000000 Description: Sets the reference quantities for the user-specific scaling. which should be scaled corresponding to the user-specific scaling. the control behavior can change (see p1576. p1755 and p1609. p515[19] BiCo number assigned p514[0] (reference quantity 01) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. VECTOR_AC. S_INF. Note: Reference parameter for the unit system % are..9] User-specific reference quantities / Usrdef_ref A_INF.. SERVO.000000 Factory setting 1. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-295 .19] have been introduced for this purpose. then the physical significance of several control parameters is also adapted at the same time. SERVO. index: - Func.000001 Max 10000000. p1620). VECTOR.

SERVO. VECTOR. B_INF.19].. VECTOR_AC. B_INF.19] Assignment parameter 2 in reference to p514[1] / BiCoList2_ref2 A_INF. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 0 Assignment parameter for user-specific scaling.19] Assignment parameter 4 in reference to p514[3] / BiCoList4_ref4 A_INF. which should be scaled corresponding to the user-specific scaling. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 0 Description: Assignment parameter for user-specific scaling. p516[19] BiCo number assigned p514[1] (reference quantity 02) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0517[0. 01/2013. p518[19] BiCo number assigned p514[3] (reference quantity 04) Dependency: 1-296 Refer to: p0514 © Siemens AG 2003 . The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p518[0] BiCo number assigned p514[3] (reference quantity 04) .. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.19]. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . VECTOR. a total of 20 BiCos are available. p517[19] BiCo number assigned p514[2] (reference quantity 03) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0518[0.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. index: - Func. S_INF. SERVO_I_AC. SERVO_AC. B_INF.19].. SERVO_I_AC.. S_INF. index: - Func. index: - Func. The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p516[0] BiCo number assigned p514[1] (reference quantity 02) . SERVO_I_AC. By indexing the assignment parameter p517[0.. By indexing the assignment parameter p516[0. SERVO.. which should be scaled corresponding to the user-specific scaling. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 0 Assignment parameter for user-specific scaling. a total of 20 BiCos are available.. By indexing the assignment parameter p518[0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.. S_INF... SERVO_AC. which should be scaled corresponding to the user-specific scaling..Parameters List of parameters p0516[0. VECTOR_AC. The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p517[0] BiCo number assigned p514[2] (reference quantity 03) .19] Assignment parameter 3 in reference to p514[2] / BiCoList3_ref3 A_INF. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR.. SERVO_AC. SERVO. a total of 20 BiCos are available.

By indexing the assignment parameter p520[0. 01/2013. B_INF. index: - Func. VECTOR_AC. SERVO. a total of 20 BiCos are available. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 0 Description: Assignment parameter for user-specific scaling. p520[19] BiCo number assigned p514[5] (reference quantity 06) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0521[0.. S_INF. SERVO_AC. The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p521[0] BiCo number assigned p514[6] (reference quantity 07) .. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn..19] Assignment parameter 6 in reference to p514[5] / BiCoList6_ref6 A_INF. a total of 20 BiCos are available. SERVO. SERVO_I_AC..2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn... SERVO_I_AC. which should be scaled corresponding to the user-specific scaling. p519[19] BiCo number assigned p514[4] (reference quantity 05) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0520[0. SERVO_I_AC.19].. which should be scaled corresponding to the user-specific scaling. By indexing the assignment parameter p521[0. VECTOR_AC. S_INF. index: - Func.Parameters List of parameters p0519[0. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 0 Assignment parameter for user-specific scaling. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.19] Assignment parameter 7 in reference to p514[6] / BiCoList7_ref7 A_INF. B_INF. SERVO_AC.. B_INF. SERVO_AC. which should be scaled corresponding to the user-specific scaling. The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p520[0] BiCo number assigned p514[5] (reference quantity 06) . a total of 20 BiCos are available..19]. The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p519[0] BiCo number assigned p514[4] (reference quantity 05) .. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 0 Assignment parameter for user-specific scaling. SERVO.19]. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-297 . index: - Func.19] Assignment parameter 5 in reference to p514[4] / BiCoList5_ref5 A_INF. VECTOR. p521[19] BiCo number assigned p514[6] (reference quantity 07) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 © Siemens AG 2003 .. VECTOR. By indexing the assignment parameter p519[0. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR. S_INF..

SERVO_I_AC. VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.. SERVO. B_INF. SERVO_AC. By indexing the assignment parameter p522[0. a total of 20 BiCos are available. index: - Func. a total of 20 BiCos are available.. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 0 Description: Assignment parameter for user-specific scaling. B_INF... 01/2013. p522[19] BiCo number assigned p514[7] (reference quantity 08) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0523[0.19] Assignment parameter 10 in reference to p514[9] / BiCoList10_ref10 A_INF. index: - Func. The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p524[0] BiCo number assigned p514[9] (reference quantity 10) . SERVO.Parameters List of parameters p0522[0. SERVO. By indexing the assignment parameter p523[0. index: - Func.19]. VECTOR. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn... B_INF. The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p522[0] BiCo number assigned p514[7] (reference quantity 08) .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). VECTOR_AC.19] Assignment parameter 8 in reference to p514[7] / BiCoList8_ref8 A_INF. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 0 Assignment parameter for user-specific scaling. S_INF. By indexing the assignment parameter p524[0. diagram: - P-Group: Communications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4294967295 Factory setting 0 Assignment parameter for user-specific scaling. which should be scaled corresponding to the user-specific scaling. S_INF. p523[19] BiCo number assigned p514[8] (reference quantity 09) Dependency: Refer to: p0514 p0524[0.19] Assignment parameter 9 in reference to p514[8] / BiCoList9_ref9 A_INF.. The significance of the assignment parameters is as follows: p523[0] BiCo number assigned p514[8] (reference quantity 09) . VECTOR. p524[19] BiCo number assigned p514[9] (reference quantity 10) Dependency: 1-298 Refer to: p0514 © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_AC.. which should be scaled corresponding to the user-specific scaling. SERVO_I_AC. SERVO_I_AC.19]..19]. a total of 20 BiCos are available.. which should be scaled corresponding to the user-specific scaling.. SERVO_AC. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . S_INF..

VECTOR_AC. SERVO_AC. For SERVO (r0107) the following applies: The parameter is pre-assigned a value of 0 and cannot be changed. index: - Func. TM41 P-Group: Applications Calculated: - Access level: 4 Dyn. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). Corresponding to the bearing version entered. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(5) Calculated: - Access level: 4 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. © Siemens AG 2003 . Value: 0: 1: Note: For VECTOR (r0107) the following applies: Representation physical/% (p0505) Representation no dimensions (referred) The parameter is pre-assigned a value of 1 and cannot be changed. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. SERVO_AC. p0530 can only be set to 1.Parameters List of parameters p0528 Controller gain system of units / Ctrl_gain unit_sys Can be changed: C2(5) ENC. 103. the maximum bearing speed (p0532) is write protected. p0130 Func. the dependent parameters can be changed over between physical and % representation.. Note: For a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. p0528 Controller gain system of units / Ctrl_gain unit_sys VECTOR. 0 = No selection 1 = Manual entry 101 = STANDARD 102 = PERFORMANCE 103 = HIGH PERFORMANCE 104 = ADVANCED LIFETIME Dependency: Refer to: p0301. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. p1082. Notice: If p0530 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). the following applies: Representation physical/% (p0505) Representation no dimensions (referred) Using p0505. diagram: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the system of units for the controller gains. Data type: Integer16 SERVO_I_AC. then the maximum speed p1082. is pre-assigned appropriately. p0532. VECTOR_AC. r1082 Caution: For p0530 = 101. SERVO. Value: 0: 1: Note: For p0528 = 0 (physical/%). The maximum speed of the bearing is factored into the limit for the maximum speed p1082. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 104 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the bearing version. index: - Func. p0531. 104. VECTOR. SERVO_I_AC. index: MDS. 102. its code number (p0531) is automatically set. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-299 . p0530[0.. 01/2013. which is also associated with quick commissioning.n] Bearing version selection / Bearing vers sel SERVO. Write protection is withdrawn with p0530 = 1. diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the system of units for the controller gains.

index: MDS. The following applies when calculating the maximum speed (p1082): . Dependency: Refer to: p0301. . This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).n] Bearing code number selection / Bearing codeNo sel SERVO. p0532[0. then the maximum speed p1082. then the maximum velocity p1082. then the maximum speed p1082. which is also associated with quick commissioning. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.for p0324 = 0 or p0532 = 0. Notice: If p0532 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). VECTOR. p1082. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). p0530. p0322 is used. SERVO_AC. p0532. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 ..n] Bearing maximum velocity / Bearing v_max SERVO (Lin).0 [m/min] Max 1000. Dependency: Refer to: p0301. p1082. The following applies when calculating the maximum velocity (p1082): ..0 [m/min] Sets the maximum velocity of the bearing. is pre-assigned appropriately. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). When setting p0301 and p0530 the code number is automatically preassigned and is write protected. Notice: If p0532 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). The maximum speed of the bearing is factored into the limit for the maximum speed p1082.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). When selecting a catalog motor. r1082 Caution: This parameter is pre-assigned in the case of motors from the motor list (p0301) if a bearing version (p0530) is selected. 1-300 © Siemens AG 2003 . index: MDS. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. p0322 is used... the minimum value from the two parameters is used. p0530. p0130 Func. SERVO_I_AC..for p0324 > 0 and p0532 > 0.n] Bearing maximum speed / Bearing n_max SERVO. p0530. index: MDS. VECTOR_AC. is pre-assigned appropriately. is pre-assigned appropriately. When selecting a catalog motor. which is also associated with quick commissioning.for p0324 > 0 and p0532 > 0. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Description: Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. The information in p0530 should be observed when removing write protection. p1082. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: C2(1. r1082 Caution: This parameter is pre-assigned in the case of motors from the motor list (p0301) if a bearing version (p0530) is selected. SERVO_AC (Lin). p0130 Func. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.0 [rpm] Factory setting 0. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). p0324. p0322. 01/2013. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. Note: p0531 cannot be changed on a motor with DRIVE-CLiQ. The information in p0530 should be observed when removing write protection. The information in p0530 should be observed when removing write protection.for p0324 = 0 or p0532 = 0. . p0322.0 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum speed of the bearing.0 [rpm] Max 210000. Dependency: Refer to: p0301. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3). p0532[0. the minimum value from the two parameters is used. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0324..0 [m/min] Factory setting 0. r1082 Notice: If p0531 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1).Parameters List of parameters p0531[0. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 65535 Factory setting 0 Description: Display and setting the code number of the bearing. which is also associated with quick commissioning. p0130 Func.

6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-301 . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Display parameters for MT_ZS_1 to MT_ZS_16 Displays the measuring time for an edge at the digital input for the "central measuring probe evaluation stage 3" function. MT8.0 [rpm] Max 210000. p0530. CU_S120_PN. newest time stamp r0566[0.3] CO: Probe time stamp reference / Probe t_stamp name CU_I.for p0324 > 0 and p0532 > 0. CU_NX_CX. CU_S150_PN Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.. CU_NX_CX. This is not the case when commissioning the motor (p0010 = 3).. r0565[0.. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(1. CU_S_AC_PN.... Priority: MT1 . CU_I_D410. CU_S150_DP. signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameters for MT_ZSB1 to MT_ZSB4 © Siemens AG 2003 . CU_S120_PN.. p0322. VECTOR_AC. Dependency: Refer to: p0301. Notice: If p0532 is changed during quick commissioning (p0010 = 1). CU_S_AC_DP. p0130 Func. CU_S_AC_PN. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. 3) Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. The measuring time is specified as 16-bit value with a resolution of 0. then the maximum speed p1082. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. CU_S120_DP. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). CU_S120_DP. p0324. 01/2013.0 [rpm] Description: Sets the maximum speed of the bearing..Parameters List of parameters p0532[0.for p0324 = 0 or p0532 = 0. .. CU_S150_PN Description: Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. is pre-assigned appropriately.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). r1082 Caution: This parameter is pre-assigned in the case of motors from the motor list (p0301) if a bearing version (p0530) is selected. p0322 is used. The information in p0530 should be observed when removing write protection. The following applies when calculating the maximum speed (p1082): . which is also associated with quick commissioning. When selecting a catalog motor.n] Bearing maximum speed / Bearing n_max VECTOR.15] CO: Probe time stamp / Probe t_stamp CU_I. oldest . CU_S_AC_DP.25 µs. CU_S150_DP. CU_I_D410.. index: MDS. index: - Func. the minimum value from the two parameters is used. index: - Func.0 [rpm] Factory setting 0. p1082. diagram: - P-Group: Displays.

CU_S_AC_PN. starting from index 0. Value: 0: 348: 600: 640: 1082: 1441: 1460: 1462: 1470: 1472: 1520: 1521: 1530: 1531: 1590: 1592: 1656: 2141: 2142: 1-302 No parameter Speed at the start of field weakening Vdc = 600 V Motor temperature sensor Current limit Maximum speed Actual speed smoothing time Speed controller P gain Speed controller integral time Speed controller P gain encoderless Speed controller integral time encoderless Torque limit upper/motoring Torque limit lower/regenerative Power limit motoring Power limit regenerative Flux controller P gain Flux controller integral time Activates current setpoint filter Speed threshold 1 Hysteresis speed 1 © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: U. CU_S150_PN Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.49] Inhibit list motor/closed-loop control parameter calculation / Inhib list calc SERVO. SERVO_I_AC. CU_S120_PN.. SERVO_AC. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned8 Dyn. index: - Func. Note: Defines the number of entries in p0571 that should be taken into account. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2142 Factory setting 0 Description: The inhibit list contains parameters that should be withdrawn from the automatic motor and closed-loop control parameter calculation (p0340. This number of parameters can be automatically excluded from the calculation of the motor and control parameters (see p0340. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. 01/2013. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Display parameters for MT_DIAG p0570 Inhibit list values effective number / Inhib list no SERVO.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. VECTOR. The inhibit list is deactivated for a value of 0. CU_NX_CX. diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 50 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the number of parameters in the inhibit list p0571. CU_I_D410. CU_S120_DP. VECTOR_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).Parameters List of parameters r0567 CO: Probe diagnostics word / Probe diag_word CU_I. CU_S150_DP. CU_S_AC_DP. index: - Func. p0571[0. p0578). p0578). SERVO_AC.

T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. p0180 Func. diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2142 Factory setting 0 Description: The inhibit list contains parameters that should be withdrawn from the automatic motor and closed-loop control parameter calculation (p0340. p0578) also overwrites the parameters of the inhibit list (p0571). SERVO_I_AC. Value: 0: 1: No Yes Note: If value = 0: The automatic calculation (p0340. index: DDS.. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.Parameters List of parameters Note: p0570 defines the number of entries (starting at index 0) for which the inhibit should apply. then this is not overwritten as soon as only one drive data set refers to the motor data set (p0186). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-303 . 01/2013.49] Inhibit list motor/closed-loop control parameter calculation / Inhib list calc VECTOR. p0571[0. diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Setting for activating/de-activating the inhibit list. the parameters of the inhibit list (p0571) should be overwritten when calculating the motor and closed-loop control parameters for the particular drive data set (DDS). SERVO_AC.n] SERVO... p0578). © Siemens AG 2003 . index: - Func. p0572 can be used to define for which drive data sets the inhibit list should apply. then this is not overwritten as soon as only one drive data set refers to the motor data set (p0186).2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). If value = 1: The automatic calculation (p0340. Value: 0: 600: 640: 1082: 1460: 1462: 1470: 1472: 1520: 1521: 1530: 1531: 1590: 1592: 2141: 2142: Note: p0570 defines the number of entries (starting at index 0) for which the inhibit should apply. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Activate/de-activate inhibit list / Inh_list act/deact Can be changed: U. VECTOR. Depending on the setting. No parameter Motor temperature sensor Current limit Maximum speed Speed controller P gain Speed controller integral time Speed controller P gain encoderless Speed controller integral time encoderless Torque limit upper/motoring Torque limit lower/regenerative Power limit motoring Power limit regenerative Flux controller P gain Flux controller integral time Speed threshold 1 Hysteresis speed 1 If a motor data set is entered into a parameter number.. p0578) does not overwrite the parameters of the inhibit list (p0571). VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_AC. p0572[0. p0572 can be used to define for which drive data sets the inhibit list should apply. If a motor data set is entered into a parameter number. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U.

p3900) overwrites the reference parameters. B_INF. No Yes Once the motor and control parameters have been calculated (p0340. p0580 Measuring probe input terminal / MT input terminal SERVO. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: Dependency: Refer to: p0581.12/X121. SERVO_I_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 This parameter is used to calculate all parameters that depend on the technology of the application (p0500). Value: 0: 1: Notice: The inhibit for the reference value calculation is canceled when new motor parameters (e.12/X131.13/X121.1) Refer to: A07498 1-304 © Siemens AG 2003 .7) DI/DO 12 (X132. S_INF.13/X131. the inhibit for the reference value calculation is automatically re-activated.. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.10/X131. This is the case during initial commissioning.. All of the parameters are calculated that can also be determined using p0340 = 5. p0180 Func. p0578 is automatically set to 0. SERVO. 01/2013. p0728 No meas probe DI/DO 9 (X122. Note: If value = 0: The automatic calculation (p0340. SERVO_I_AC. p3900). SERVO_AC. p0578[0. p3900).10) DI/DO 11 (X122. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. p2000) when automatically calculating the motor and closed-loop control parameters (p0340.4) DI/DO 15 (X132. SERVO_AC.g. VECTOR.Parameters List of parameters p0573 Inhibit automatic reference value calculation / Inhibit calc A_INF. VECTOR_AC. p3900) does not overwrite the reference parameters.n] SERVO.10/X121. VECTOR_AC.g.9/X121. If value = 1: The automatic calculation (p0340.5) DI/DO 8 (X122.9/X131. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. SERVO_AC. p0305) are entered and only one drive data set exists (p0180 = 1). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . index: DDS. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: U. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Calculate technology-dependent parameters / Calc tec par Can be changed: C2(5). diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 8 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the input terminal for the measuring probe for speed actual value measurement. TM41.8) DI/DO 10 (X122.11) DI/DO 13 (X132.2) DI/DO 14 (X132. index: - Func. diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Setting to inhibit the calculation of reference parameters (e. Value: 0: 1: No calculation Complete calculation Note: At the end of the calculations. index: - Func. VECTOR.

diagram: - P-Group: Displays. If a parameter change is rejected. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. DI/DO: Bidirectional Digital Input/Output p0581 Measuring probe edge / MT edge SERVO. a value of zero is displayed here. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 10. index: - Func. p0489.[rpm] Description: Displays the speed actual value measured using the BERO. then the speed actual value in r0586 is set to zero. p0680. To select the values: For CX32. index: - Func. SERVO_AC. p0583 Note: For p0580 = 0 (no measuring probe). Dependency: Refer to: r0586 r0586 CO: Measuring probe speed actual value / MT n_act SERVO. index: - Func. © Siemens AG 2003 . 01/2013. 0: 0/1 edge 1: 1/0 edge Dependency: Refer to: p0580 p0582 Measuring probe pulses per revolution / MT pulses per rev SERVO.g. a check should be performed as to whether the input terminal is already being used in p0488.[rpm] Max . SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: U. p0495. This timer is re-started with the next pulse. signals Units group: 3_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. SERVO_AC. the second for CU310. SERVO_AC. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.000 [s] Description: Sets the maximum measuring time for the measuring probe.Parameters List of parameters Notice: To the terminal designation: The first designation is valid for CU320. p0494. p2517 or p2518. SERVO_AC. index: - Func. 9. Dependency: Refer to: p0580. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: U. p0493. for disks with holes). diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 1 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the edge to evaluate the measuring probe signal for speed actual value measurement. 11 can be selected as fast inputs (refer to the Equipment Manual). SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: U. diagram: - P-Group: Encoder Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 12 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the number of pulses per revolution (e. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-305 . T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.[rpm] Factory setting .000 [s] Factory setting 10. p0583 Measuring probe maximum measuring time / MT t_meas max SERVO. Note: The terminal must be set as input (p0728). NX10 and NX15. only DI/DO 8.040 [s] Max 10. If a new pulse is not received before the maximum measuring time has expired.

signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the time since the last measuring pulse was detected. SERVO_AC (Lin). the counter starts again at 0.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). a value of zero is displayed here. r0587 CO: Measuring probe measuring time measured / MT t_meas measured SERVO. index: - Func. 1-306 © Siemens AG 2003 . signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the time between the last two BERO pulses.[m/min] Description: Displays the velocity actual value measured using the BERO. SERVO_AC. index: - Func. SERVO_AC. signals Units group: 4_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2000 Expert list: 1 Min . Dependency: Refer to: p0580. If a new pulse is not received before the maximum measured time in p0583 expires. SERVO_I_AC (Lin) Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . diagram: - P-Group: Displays. When a measuring pulse occurs (is received) the delay time is reset and is limited to the maximum measuring time in p0583.1). Dependency: Refer to: p0580 Note: For p0580 = 0 (no measuring probe). signals Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting - Description: Displays the number of measuring pulses that have occurred (been received) up until now. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. 01/2013. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. r0589 Measuring probe delay time / MT t_delay SERVO. index: - Func. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn. The delay time is specified as 32-bit value with a resolution of 1/48 µs. diagram: - P-Group: Displays. r0588 CO: Measuring probe pulse counter / MT pulse counter SERVO. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: - Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: Unsigned32 Dyn.[m/min] Max . SERVO_AC. Dependency: Refer to: p0580 Note: After reaching 4294967295 (2^32 . p0583 Note: For p0580 = 0 (no measuring probe). then r0587 is set to the maximum measuring time.Parameters List of parameters r0586 CO: Measuring probe velocity actual value / MT v_act SERVO (Lin). index: - Func. a value of zero is displayed here.[m/min] Factory setting . The measuring time is specified as 32-bit value with a resolution of 1/48 µs. Dependency: Refer to: p0580 Note: For p0580 = 0 (no measuring probe). a value of zero is displayed here.

Refer to: p0596 Note: When switching over from % into another unit. SERVO_I_AC (Tech_ctrl). SERVO_AC (Tech_ctrl). For p0595 = 1.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-307 . Value: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 6: 7: 8: 9: 10: 11: 12: 13: 14: 15: 16: 17: 18: 19: 20: 21: 22: 23: 24: 25: 26: 27: 28: 29: 30: 31: 32: Dependency: % 1 referred no dimensions bar °C Pa ltr/s m³/s ltr/min m³/min ltr/h m³/h kg/s kg/min kg/h t/min t/h N kN Nm psi °F gallon/s inch³/s gallon/min inch³/min gallon/h inch³/h lb/s lb/min lb/h lbf lbf ft Only the unit of the technology controller parameters are switched over (unit group 9_1). VECTOR_I_AC (Tech_ctrl) Description: Can be changed: C2(5) Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.set p0595 to the required unit © Siemens AG 2003 . diagram: - P-Group: Applications Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 1 Max 32 Factory setting 1 Selects the units for the parameters of the technology controller. 2. VECTOR_AC (Tech_ctrl). the reference quantity set in p0596 is not active. index: - Func. 01/2013. VECTOR (Tech_ctrl).Parameters List of parameters p0595 Technological unit selection / Tech unit select SERVO (Tech_ctrl).set p0596 . the following sequence applies: .

for a selected temperature sensor (p0600 > 0). The sensor type used is set in p0601. U. The parameter is set to 1 during commissioning. the motor temperature sensor is not connected but another sensor. index: - Func. if a motor encoder is connected (p0187 <> 99). Re p0600 = 11: For SINAMICS S120 AC Drive (AC/AC) and using the Control Unit Adapter CUA31.Parameters List of parameters p0596 Technological unit reference quantity / Tech unit ref qty SERVO (Tech_ctrl). torque errors will occur that will mean that the drive will not be able to be stopped. 2. 1-308 © Siemens AG 2003 .00 Sets the reference quantity for the technological units. p0601.. the temperature sensor is connected at the adapter (X210). Otherwise. SERVO_AC (Tech_ctrl). then p0601 = 0 must be set. a changeover is not made. SERVO_AC. VECTOR_AC (Tech_ctrl). p0600[0. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 10: 11: 20: 21: No sensor Temperature sensor via encoder 1 Temperature sensor via encoder 2 Temperature sensor via encoder 3 Temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection Temperature sensor via Motor Module / CU terminals Temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection p0608 Temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection p0609 Dependency: Refer to: r0458. the motor temperature is calculated using the motor temperature model (see also p0612. Notice: The parameter is calculated in the drive using p0340 and is inhibited for p0340 > 0.01 Max 340. all of the parameters involved refer to the reference quantity. Re p0600 = 10: The BICO interconnection should be executed via connector input p0603. If a temperature sensor is not being used. index: MDS. in controlled-loop operation. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 21 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the sensor to monitor the motor temperature. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. 01/2013.n] Motor temperature sensor for monitoring / Mot temp_sensor SERVO. Dependency: Refer to: p0595 Notice: When changing over from one technological unit into another. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. Note: Re p0600 = 0: With induction motors. VECTOR_I_AC (Tech_ctrl) Description: Can be changed: T Calculated: - Access level: 1 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.28235E36 Factory setting 1. SERVO_I_AC (Tech_ctrl). p0603 Caution: If.. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). VECTOR (Tech_ctrl). 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .1). then the temperature adaptation of the motor resistances must be switched out. Re p0600 = 1. When changing over using changeover parameter p0595 to absolute units. 3: Bimetallic switch (p0601 = 4) and PT100 temperature sensor (p0601 = 5) are not supported. or when changing the reference parameter.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). p0130 Func.

2. S_INF Can be changed: C2(3). torque errors will occur that will mean that the drive will not be able to be stopped. Re p0600 = 20. p4600 . T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.. the motor temperature is calculated using the motor temperature model (see also p0612.. The measured value is displayed in r0035. Associated parameters: p0601. Associated parameters: p0601. With induction motors. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 21 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the sensor to monitor the motor temperature. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). p4610 . the motor temperature sensor is not connected but another sensor.. then the temperature adaptation of the motor resistances must be switched out. 21: The BICO interconnection should be executed via connector input p0608 or p0609. the temperature sensor is connected at the adapter (X210). p0600 = 11 is automatically set when commissioning. U.. Re p0600 = 1.. 21: The BICO interconnection should be executed via connector input p0608 or p0609. 01/2013. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 4 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the sensor type for the temperature measurement at input X21 (booksize) or X41 (chassis). p4603. Notice: The parameter is calculated in the drive using p0340 and is inhibited for p0340 > 0. The sensor type used is set in p0601. index: - Func. p0601. p4613 p0601 Temperature sensor.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). sensor type / Temp_sens type A_INF. p4600 .1). T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-309 . 3: Bimetallic switch (p0601 = 4) and PT100 temperature sensor (p0601 = 5) are not supported.. index: MDS. Re p0600 = 10: The BICO interconnection should be executed via connector input p0603. p4603.. Re p0600 = 11: For SINAMICS S120 AC Drive (AC/AC) and using the Control Unit Adapter CUA31. in controlled-loop operation. for a selected temperature sensor (p0600 > 0). p0130 Func. VECTOR_AC. p4610 .. p4613 p0600[0. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 10: 11: 20: 21: No sensor Temperature sensor via encoder 1 Temperature sensor via encoder 2 Temperature sensor via encoder 3 Temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection Temperature sensor via Motor Module / CU terminals Temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection p0608 Temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection p0609 Dependency: Refer to: r0458. Value: 0: 1: 2: 4: No sensor PTC alarm & timer KTY84 Bimetallic NC contact alarm & timer Dependency: Refer to: r0035 © Siemens AG 2003 .. Note: Re p0600 = 0: For operation with a braking resistor (p1300 = 15). Otherwise. U.Parameters List of parameters Re p0600 = 20. B_INF..n] Motor temperature sensor for monitoring / Mot temp_sensor VECTOR. p0603 Caution: If.

p0130 Func. 1-310 © Siemens AG 2003 . VECTOR_AC. No sensor PTC alarm & timer KTY84 KTY84 and PTC (only for motors with DRIVE-CLiQ): Bimetallic NC contact alarm & timer (only for temp_eval via MM) PT100 Evaluation via several temperature channels SME12x Evaluation via several temperature channels BICO Refer to: r0458. Value: 0: 1: 2: 3: 4: 5: 10: 11: Dependency: A thermal motor model is calculated corresponding to p0612. Re p0601 = 3: For motors with DRIVE-CLiQ and 2 temperature sensors.. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 11 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the sensor type for the motor temperature monitoring. SERVO_AC.Active Line Module (ALM) with line filter Active Interface Module (AIM. Re p0601 = 5: It is only possible to evaluate a PT100 for p0600 = 11 and r0192.SINAMICS S120 Commissioning Manual Re p0601 = 1: Tripping resistance = 1650 Ohm. p0601[0.15 = 1. p0600. .hardware description of the appropriate components .. index: MDS. VECTOR_I_AC Motor temperature sensor type / Mot_temp_sens type Can be changed: C2(3). an appropriate alarm is output and after the delay time set in p0606 has expired. When using the following components. not connected or has a wire breakage). After the tripping resistance has been exceeded. an appropriate fault is output. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 .. p0220[0] = 41 . the temperature is also monitored. higher resistance --> r0035 = 250 °C). Information on using temperature sensors is provided in the following literature: . in addition to the temperature display.. After tripping. 01/2013. the setting in p0601 has no significance.n] SERVO. a value of 4 is set as the factory setting and can no longer be changed: .Parameters List of parameters Note: The measured value display depends on the selected sensor type. VECTOR. an appropriate alarm is output and after the delay time set in p0606 has expired. Re p0601 = 0: --> r0035 = -200 °C Re p0601 = 1: Tripping resistance = 1650 Ohm (lower resistance --> r0035 = -50 °C.Basic Line Module (BLM) with internal Braking Module. Re p0601 = 2: Displays the temperature in °C.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). an appropriate fault is output. the value is automatically set. r0035 = 250 °C --> The tripping resistance is greater than 100 Ohm (bimetallic NC contact is open. 45). In these cases. SERVO_I_AC. U. For p0600 = 10 (temperature sensor via a BICO interconnection). T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. Re p0601 = 4: Tripping resistance = 100 Ohm. p0612 Note: The temperature sensor for the temperature evaluation is set in p0600. Re p0601 = 4: r0035 = -50 °C --> The tripping resistance is less than 100 Ohm (bimetallic NC contact is closed or has a short-circuit).

T VECTOR_AC (Paral.0 [°C] Factory setting 120. 2 temperature channels are available (encoder interface: parameterization via p4600. U. VECTOR. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). PTC temperature sensor: For a value = -50 °C. Re p0601 = 11: Not permitted for p0600 = 0. Associated parameters: p4610 . the following applies: Motor temperature < nominal response temperature of the PTC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).. terminal block: parameterization via p4601). then fault F07011 is output. index: - Func. After the alarm threshold is exceeded.. Note: When using a Terminal Module 31 (TM31). . If the delay time has expired and the alarm threshold has. 11. p4613 (can be switched via MDS) p0602 Par_circuit power unit number. © Siemens AG 2003 . SERVO_AC.. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p4601. alarm A07910 is output and timer (p0606) is started. 11... index: MDS. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the signal source to evaluate the motor temperature via a BICO interconnection. p0603 CI: Motor temperature signal source / Mot temp S_src SERVO.8 = 1. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-311 . the following applies: . 248 °C.0 [°C] Max 200. SERVO_AC.. U. SERVO_I_AC.the sensor type used is set using p4100.. Can be changed: C2(3). For a value = 250 °C. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p4603 (can be switched via EDS) For r0458.Data type: Unsigned16 lel). p0130 Func. 01/2013. p0604[0. in the meantime. The value corresponds to the Power unit Data Set number (PDS) of the power unit. VECTOR_AC. Examples: When evaluating using SME120 or SME125. diagram: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Max 10 Factory setting 0 Description: Sets the power unit number to which the temperature sensor is connected. Dependency: Refer to: p0600 Note: Temperature sensor KTY: Valid temperature range -48 °C .. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Description: Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. the following applies: Motor temperature >= nominal response temperature of the PTC. a temperature evaluation is supported through several temperature channels. temperature sensor / PU_no temp_sensor VECTOR (Parallel). When evaluating using CU310 and CUA32. 10. The number of power unit data sets is defined in p0120. VECTOR_I_AC P-Group: Motor (Parallel) Not for motor type: Min 0 Calculated: - Access level: 2 Dyn. 10. 4 temperature channels are available ( parameterized using p4600. p4603). Associated parameters: p4600 . p4602.the temperature signal is interconnected using CO: r4105. not been fallen below.0 [°C] Sets the alarm threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY. index: - Func.Parameters List of parameters Re p0601 = 10: Not permitted for p0600 = 0.n] Mot_temp_mod 2/KTY alarm threshold / Mod 2/KTY A thresh SERVO.

p0612 Refer to: F07011.. index: MDS. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.0 [°C] Factory setting 130. then fault F07011 is output. alarm A07910 is output and timer (p0606) is started.Parameters List of parameters Dependency: Refer to: p0606.n] Mot_temp_mod 2/KTY alarm threshold / Mod 2/KTY A thresh VECTOR.0 = 1): alarm threshold . When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. Motor temperature model 2 (p0612.0 [°C] Description: Sets the alarm threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY.n] Mot_temp_mod 1/2 threshold / Mod 1/2 threshold SERVO. 8017 P-Group: Motor Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. in the meantime. Note: The hysteresis is 2 K. SERVO_I_AC. p0612 Refer to: F07011. A07910 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. A07012 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301). then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). p0604[0. Note: The hysteresis is 2 K. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). Dependency: Refer to: p0606. index: MDS. 01/2013. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. p0605 has no influence on the time up to alarm A07012 being issued. VECTOR_AC.0 [°C] Factory setting 145. For p0318 = 0. then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). A07910 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).0 [°C] Max 200. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected.. U. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. Motor temperature model 1 (p0612. p0612 Refer to: F07011. If the delay time has expired and the alarm threshold has.Alarm A07012 is output after the alarm threshold is exceeded. The time is only determined by time constant p0611.0 [°C] Description: Sets the threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 1/2 or KTY. p0611. After the alarm threshold is exceeded.0 [°C] Max 200. SERVO_AC. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. VECTOR. not been fallen below.1 = 1) or KTY: fault threshold . U. Therefore. p0605[0.Fault F07011 is output after the fault threshold is exceeded. Notice: Motor temperature model 1: p0605 also defines the target temperature of the model for r0034 = 100 %. p0130 Func. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. 1-312 © Siemens AG 2003 . p0130 Func. Dependency: Refer to: p0606. the actual current and the reference value p0318. Note: The hysteresis is 2 K. diagram: 8016.. When quick commissioning is exited with p3900 > 0.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). the rated motor current is used as reference value. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). then the parameter is reset if a catalog motor has not been selected (p0300). VECTOR_AC.

VECTOR.000 [s] Description: Sets the timer for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 01/2013.n] Mot_temp_mod 2/KTY timer / Mod 2/KTY t_timer SERVO. p0130 Func.n] Temperature sensor fault timer / Sensor fault time SERVO. not been fallen below.000 [s] Max 600. If the timer has expired and the alarm threshold has. Note: If the motor is an induction motor. a corresponding fault is output. p0605 Refer to: F07011... PTC sensor. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). the timer is de-activated and only the fault threshold is effective. Dependency: Refer to: p0604. VECTOR_AC. the timer is switched off when setting the minimum value and no alarm is output. SERVO_AC.000 [s] Description: Sets the timer for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 2 or KTY. then fault F07011 is immediately output. p0605 Refer to: F07011.100 [s] Description: Sets the timer between the output of alarm and fault for a temperature sensor fault. This timer is started when the temperature alarm threshold (p0604) is exceeded.000 [s] Factory setting 0. PTC sensor. © Siemens AG 2003 . T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. KTY sensor: When setting the minimum value. p0130 Func. KTY sensor: When setting the minimum value. then fault F07011 is immediately output.000 [s] Factory setting 240. This timer is started when the temperature alarm threshold (p0604) is exceeded. then fault F07011 is output.000 [s] Max 600. this timer is started. If there is a sensor fault. Temperature monitoring is then based on the thermal model.. U. bimetallic NC contact: The timer minimum value has no special significance. then fault F07011 is output. p0130 Func. If the timer has expired and the alarm threshold has.. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. If the temperature fault threshold (p0605) is prematurely exceeded before the timer has expired. not been fallen below. in the meantime. SERVO_I_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). index: MDS. SERVO_AC.. index: MDS.000 [s] Factory setting 0. If the sensor fault is still present after the timer has expired. in the meantime.000 [s] Max 600.n] Mot_temp_mod 2/KTY timer / Mod 2/KTY t_timer VECTOR.. index: MDS. the timer is disabled and a fault is not output until p0605 is exceeded. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Notice: The parameterized time is internally rounded-off to an integer multiple of 48 ms. A07910 Note: With p0606 = 0 s. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). the timer is de-activated and only the fault threshold is effective. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). the timer is disabled and a fault is not output until p0605 is exceeded. VECTOR_AC. A07910 Note: With p0606 = 0 s. bimetallic NC contact: The timer minimum value has no special significance. If the temperature fault threshold (p0605) is prematurely exceeded before the timer has expired.Parameters List of parameters p0606[0. p0607[0. Dependency: Refer to: p0604. U. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. U. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-313 . diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0606[0.

VECTOR_AC. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). . Index: [0] = Motor temperature channel 1 [1] = Motor temperature channel 2 [2] = Motor temperature channel 3 [3] = Motor temperature channel 4 Dependency: Refer to: p0600 Note: Temperature sensor KTY: Valid temperature range -48 °C . VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). SERVO_I_AC.. VECTOR... p0609[0. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. Index: [0] = Motor temperature channel 1 [1] = Motor temperature channel 2 [2] = Motor temperature channel 3 [3] = Motor temperature channel 4 Dependency: Refer to: p0600 Note: Temperature sensor KTY: Valid temperature range -48 °C . 248 °C.the sensor type used is set using p4100. . the following applies: Motor temperature < nominal response temperature of the PTC (bimetal contact closed).the temperature signal is interconnected using connector output r4105. index: - Func. the following applies: Motor temperature < nominal response temperature of the PTC (bimetal contact closed). T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned32 / FloatingPoint32 Dyn. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets signal source 3 to evaluate the motor temperature via a BICO interconnection. Note: When using a Terminal Module 120 (TM120).3] CI: Motor temperature signal source 2 / Mot_temp S_src 2 SERVO. For a value of 250 °C. VECTOR_AC. VECTOR. 248 °C. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: p2006 Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0 Description: Sets signal source 2 to evaluate the motor temperature via a BICO interconnection. 1-314 © Siemens AG 2003 . index: - Func.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).Parameters List of parameters p0608[0... Temperature sensor PTC/bimetal: For a value of -50 °C.the sensor type used is set using p4100. the following applies: . For a value of 250 °C. SERVO_AC.3] CI: Motor temperature signal source 3 / Mot_temp S_src 3 SERVO..the temperature signal is interconnected using connector output r4105.. the following applies: . Temperature sensor PTC/bimetal: For a value of -50 °C. SERVO_I_AC. Note: When using a Terminal Module 120 (TM120). the following applies: Motor temperature >= nominal response temperature of the PTC (bimetal contact open). SERVO_AC. 01/2013. the following applies: Motor temperature >= nominal response temperature of the PTC (bimetal contact open).

SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). the UL508C specification is fulfilled. A fault is output if the alarm is still active after this timer has expired. no reduction of I_max Messages. no reduction of I_max.for KTY84. For motor temperature monitoring without temperature sensor. the model temperature is saved in a non-volatile fashion. p0604. when switching off. . © Siemens AG 2003 . index: MDS. p0615 Messages. p0614.Parameters List of parameters p0610[0. For motor temperature monitoring without temperature sensor. p0605. p0130 Func. 01/2013. The I_max reduction results in a lower output frequency.. p0610[0. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).n] Motor overtemperature response / Mot temp response SERVO. Value: 2: 12: Dependency: Refer to: p0601. Value: 0: 1: 2: 12: Dependency: Refer to: p0601. no reduction of I_max. temperature storage Refer to: F07011. the following applies: I_max. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.for PTC. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn.. the UL508C specification is fulfilled. p0615 No response only alarm no reduction of I_max Messages. the following is valid: I_max. When switching on. VECTOR_AC. the model temperature is saved in a non-volatile fashion. A fault is output if the alarm is still active after this timer has expired. when switching off. A fault is output if the alarm is still active after this timer has expired. the same value (reduced by p0614) is taken into account in the model calculation. p0614. A07012. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 12 Factory setting 12 Description: Sets the system response when the motor temperature reaches the alarm threshold. If value = 12: Behavior is always the same as for value 2. If value = 0: An alarm is output and I_max is not reduced. temperature storage Refer to: F07011.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). If value = 12: Behavior is always the same as for value 2. As a consequence. no reduction of I_max Messages. SERVO_AC.. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-315 . p0605. A07012. reduction of I_max Messages. index: MDS. When switching on. A07910 Note: The I_max reduction is not executed for PTC (p0601 = 1) or bimetallic NC contact (p0601 = 4). As a consequence. is not reduced If value = 2: An alarm is output and a timer is started.n] Motor overtemperature response / Mot temp response VECTOR. the same value (reduced by p0614) is taken into account in the model calculation. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 2 Max 12 Factory setting 12 Description: Sets the system response when the motor temperature reaches the alarm threshold.. p0130 Func. A07910 Note: If value = 2: An alarm is output and a timer is started. is reduced . p0604. If value = 1: An alarm is output and a timer is started.

Dependency: This parameter is only used for synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). For other permanentmagnet synchronous motors. p0604. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0010 bin Description: Setting to activate the motor temperature model. index: MDS. p0617. VECTOR_AC. Note: When parameter p0611 is reset to 0. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [s] Max 20000 [s] Factory setting 0 [s] Description: Sets the winding time constant. VECTOR. p0618.. SERVO_I_AC. index: MDS. A07910 Notice: Re bit 00: This bit is only automatically activated for permanent-magnet 1FT7 synchronous motors. F07013.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). It is only possible to activate this motor temperature model (I2t) for a time constant greater than zero (p0611 > 0). p0626.n] Mot_temp_mod activation / Mot_temp_mod act SERVO. 1-316 © Siemens AG 2003 . then this switches out the thermal I2t motor model (refer to p0612). SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: U. Re bit 02: This bit is used to activate/deactivate the motor temperature model for 1FK7 Basic and 1FL5 motors. U. p0606.. p0130 Func. A07910 Caution: This parameter is automatically pre-set from the motor database for motors from the motor list (p0301). diagram: 8017 P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL. The time constant specifies the warm-up time of the cold stator winding when loaded with the motor standstill current (rated motor current. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). the user himself must activate motor temperature model 1 (I2t).n] I2t motor model thermal time constant / I2t mot_mod T SERVO. p0130 Func. Motor temperature model 3 cannot be simultaneously activated with another motor temperature model. When selecting a catalog motor. A07012. Note: Mot_temp_mod: motor temperature model Re bit 00: This bit is used to activate/deactivate the motor temperature model for permanent-magnet synchronous motors. SERVO_AC. p0619. Re bit 01: This bit is used to activate/deactivate the motor temperature model for induction motors.. p0612. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. SERVO_AC. If no temperature sensor is parameterized. p0625. p0628 Signal name Activating motor temperature model 1 (I2t) Activate motor temperature model 2 Activate motor temperature model 3 1 signal Yes Yes Yes 0 signal No No No FP - Refer to: F07011. diagram: 8017 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: ASM. p0612[0. Bit field: Bit 00 01 02 Dependency: Refer to: r0034.Parameters List of parameters p0611[0. p0615 Refer to: F07011. REL. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . Refer to: r0034. 01/2013. p0627. A07012. then the ambient temperature for the thermal motor model is referred to p0625.. A07014. this parameter cannot be changed (write protection). p0611. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. if the motor standstill current is not parameterized) up until a temperature rise of 63 % of the continuously permissible winding temperature has been reached. p0615. p0605. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn.

p0627. SERVO_I_AC.0 [°C] Max 220. p0615. VECTOR. diagram: - P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 [%] Max 100 [%] Factory setting 30 [%] Sets the reduction factor for the overtemperature of the thermal adaptation of the stator/rotor resistance.n] SERVO.0 [°C] Sets the fault threshold for monitoring the motor temperature for motor temperature model 1 (I2t). VECTOR_I_AC Description: Can be changed: C2(3)..n] Mot_temp_mod 1 (I2t) fault threshold / I2t F thresh SERVO. It is only possible to activate this motor temperature model (I2t) for a time constant greater than zero (p0611 > 0). p0614[0. p0615[0. VECTOR_AC. REL. Bit field: Bit 00 01 Dependency: Refer to: r0034. SERVO_AC. this parameter is automatically pre-assigned and is write protected. p0130 Func.. For other permanentmagnet synchronous motors. SERVO_AC. Dependency: Refer to: p0610 Note: The reduction factor is only effective for p0610 = 12.. p0626. U.. the user himself must activate motor temperature model 1 (I2t). Internally. p0130 Func. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: U. p0612 Refer to: F07011.0 [°C] Factory setting 180.fault threshold for r0034 = 100 % * (p0615 . p0130 Func. index: MDS. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min - Max - Factory setting 0010 bin Description: Setting to activate the motor temperature model. VECTOR_I_AC Description: Thermal resistance adaptation reduction factor / Therm R_adapt red Can be changed: U. SERVO_I_AC. diagram: 8017 P-Group: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: REL. VECTOR. index: MDS.. Note: The hysteresis is 2 K. Information in p0300 should be carefully observed when removing write protection. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. Note: Mot_temp_mod: motor temperature model Re bit 00: This bit is used to activate/deactivate the motor temperature model for permanent-magnet synchronous motors. VECTOR_AC. p0605. T Calculated: - Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-317 .2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1). . p0628 Signal name Activating motor temperature model 1 (I2t) Activate motor temperature model 2 1 signal Yes Yes 0 signal No No FP - Refer to: F07011. A07910 Notice: Re bit 00: This bit is only automatically activated for permanent-magnet 1FT7 synchronous motors. and refers to the overtemperature.Parameters List of parameters p0612[0. diagram: 8017 P-Group: Motor Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: ASM..40). Refer to: r0034. p0625.Fault F07011 is output after the fault threshold is exceeded. VECTOR_AC. the reduction factor has no effect corresponding to the thermal time constant. p0606. . p0604. index: MDS. © Siemens AG 2003 . Dependency: The parameter is only used for permanent-magnet synchronous motors (p0300 = 2xx). FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. A07012.n] Mot_temp_mod activation / Mot_temp_mod act VECTOR. The value is a starting value when switching on. 01/2013. Re bit 01: This bit is used to activate/deactivate the motor temperature model for induction motors. after switch-on. p0611.40) / (p0605 . p0611. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Unsigned16 Dyn. A07012 Caution: When selecting a catalog motor (p0301).

Parameters List of parameters p0616[0. as for p0604.0 [°C] Description: Sets the alarm threshold 1 for monitoring the motor temperature. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . The hysteresis for canceling the fault is 2 K. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. as for p0604..n] Stator thermally relevant iron component / Stat therm iron SERVO.0 [%] Description: Thermally relevant copper component of the motor as a percentage of p0344. coupled to the timer p0606. p0618[0. index: MDS. p0618 and p0619 can be more than 100 %. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn. coupled to the timer p0606.n] Stator thermally relevant copper component / Stat therm copper SERVO.0 [%] Max 100..0 [%] Description: Thermally relevant iron component of the motor as a percentage of p0344. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.. VECTOR_AC. 1-318 © Siemens AG 2003 . FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. Note: The alarm threshold is not. U. SERVO_AC. REL. p0130 Func. The hysteresis for canceling the fault is 2 K. Dependency: Refer to: p0344 Note: The sum of p0617.n] Motor overtemperature alarm threshold 1 / Mot temp alarm 1 SERVO. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM.0 [°C] Description: Sets the alarm threshold 1 for monitoring the motor temperature. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0616[0. Note: The alarm threshold is not. SERVO_AC. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM. REL. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3).0 [°C] Max 200. p0130 Func. index: MDS. index: MDS.. p0130 Func.0 [%] Max 100.n] Motor overtemperature alarm threshold 1 / Mot temp alarm 1 VECTOR. SERVO_AC.0 [%] Factory setting 15.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).0 [%] Factory setting 40. Dependency: Refer to: p0344 Note: The sum of p0617. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. U. p0618 and p0619 can be more than 100 %..0 [°C] Factory setting 195. p0130 Func...0 [°C] Factory setting 130.0 [°C] Max 200. p0617[0. index: MDS. 01/2013.

For p0620 = 2. © Siemens AG 2003 .n] Rotor thermally relevant weight / Rotor therm weight SERVO. stator and rotor resistance / Mot therm_adapt R SERVO. If applicable.0 [%] Max 100.Parameters List of parameters p0619[0. Value: 0: 1: 2: Note: For p0620 = 1. For p0620 = 2.n] Thermal adaptation. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 1 Description: Sets the thermal adaptation of the stator/primary section resistance and rotor/secondary section resistance according to r0395 and r0396. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). VECTOR_AC. 01/2013. There is no thermal model to adapt the damping resistances. U. Value: 0: 1: 2: Note: For p0620 = 1. p0130 Func. the following applies: No thermal adaptation of stator and rotor resistances Resistances adapted to the temperatures of the thermal model Resistances adapted to the measured stator winding temperature The stator resistance is adapted using the temperature in r0035 and the rotor resistance together with the model temperature in r0633. SERVO_I_AC Can be changed: T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 3 Data type: FloatingPoint32 Dyn.0 [%] Description: Thermally relevant weight of the motor as a percentage of p0344. Dependency: Refer to: p0344 Note: The sum of p0617. index: MDS. stator and rotor resistance / Mot therm_adapt R VECTOR.. p0620 = 2 is internally and automatically used for calculating. T Calculated: CALC_MOD_ALL Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn. U. the following applies: The stator resistance is adapted using the temperature in r0035. the following applies: The stator resistance is adapted using the temperature in r0035. p0618 and p0619 can be more than 100 %. T Calculated: - Access level: 2 Data type: Integer16 Dyn..0 [%] Factory setting 20. p0130 Func.. If applicable.n] Thermal adaptation. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0. p0130 Func. SERVO_AC. the following applies: No thermal adaptation of stator and rotor resistances Resistances adapted to the temperatures of the thermal model Resistances adapted to the measured stator winding temperature The stator resistance is adapted using the temperature in r0035 and the rotor resistance together with the model temperature in r0633. SERVO_AC.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).. VECTOR_I_AC Can be changed: C2(3). index: MDS. diagram: - P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 2 Description: Sets the thermal adaptation of the stator/primary section resistance and rotor/secondary section resistance according to r0395 and r0396. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-319 . index: MDS. REL. p0620[0.. the rotor temperature for adapting the rotor resistance is calculated from the stator temperature (r0035) as follows: theta_R = (r0628 + r0625) / (r0627 + r0625) * r0035 For separately-excited synchronous motors and p0620 = 1.. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM. the rotor temperature for adapting the rotor resistance is calculated from the stator temperature (r0035) as follows: theta_R = (r0628 + r0625) / (r0627 + r0625) * r0035 p0620[0.

T VECTOR (n/M). p0622[0. Data type: Integer16 VECTOR_I_AC (n/M) P-Group: Motor Description: Calculated: - Access level: 2 Dyn.When vector control is active (see p1300) . Dependency: Refer to: p0621. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0.000 [s] Max 20. however.If a temperature sensor (KTY) has not been connected . This occurs only once. Note: The measurement is carried out: .000 [s] Factory setting 0. r0623 Note: For p0622 < p0346 the following applies: If identification is activated. FEM Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min 0 Max 2 Factory setting 0 Selects the identification of the stator resistance after booting the Control Unit (only for vector control).Parameters List of parameters p0621[0.g..perform motor data identification (see p1910) with cold motor. 01/2013. p0130 Func. The time taken for measurement also depends on the settling time of the measured current. index: MDS. T VECTOR (n/M). REL. p0130 Func. diagram: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM.For induction motors .enter ambient temperature at time of motor data identification in p0625. index: MDS.. Refer to: p0622. r0623 Notice: The calculated stator temperature can only be compared with the measured value of a temperature sensor (KTY) to a certain extent. Value: 0: 1: 2: No Rs identification Rs identification after switching-on again Rs identification after switching-on each time Dependency: . as the sensor is usually the warmest point of the stator winding.When the motor is at a standstill when switched on When a flying restart is performed on a rotating motor. the magnetizing time is influenced by p0622. 1-320 © Siemens AG 2003 .n] Identification stator resistance after restart / Rst_ident Restart Can be changed: C2(3). U. after a power failure). p0621 = 2: Identification of the stator resistance every time the drive is powered up (pulse enable). Quick magnetizing (p1401. If identification is activated. REL.2013 All Rights Reserved SINAMICS S120/S150 List Manual (LH1).6) is de-energized internally and alarm A07416 is displayed. p0621 = 1: Identification of the stator resistance only when the drive is powered up for the first time (pulse enable) after booting the Control Unit. when the CU is booted (e. whereas the measured value of identification reflects the mean value of the stator winding. The result is used to initialize the thermal motor model. The identification is used to measure the actual stator resistance and from the ratio of the result of motor data identification (p0350) to the matching ambient temperature (p0625) the actual mean temperature of the stator winding is calculated. VECTOR_AC (n/M). Data type: FloatingPoint32 VECTOR_I_AC (n/M) P-Group: Motor Calculated: CALC_MOD_REG Access level: 3 Dyn. diagram: - Units group: - Unit selection: - Not for motor type: PEM. the magnetizing time is determined via p0622 and not via p0346. 6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 . The speed is enabled after completion of the measurement. The speed is enabled after measurement is complete.000 [s] Description: Sets the excitation time of the motor for the stator resistance identification after powering up again (restart)... VECTOR_AC (n/M). but not before the time in p0346 has elapsed (see r0056 bit 4).n] Motor excitation time for Rs_ident after powering up again / t_excit Rs_id Can be changed: C2(3). the temperatures of the thermal motor model are set to a third of the overtemperatures. Furthermore this is a short-time measurement with limited accuracy that is performed during the magnetizing phase of the induction motor. .

6SL3097-4AP00-0BP4 1-321 .0 K p0625[0. index: MDS.0 [K] Factory setting 0. diagram: 8016 P-Group: Motor Units group: 21_1 Unit selection: p0505 Not for motor type: - Scaling: - Expert list: 1 Min -40 [°C] Max 80 [°C] Factory setting 20 [°C] Description: Defines the ambient temperature of the motor for calculating the motor temperature model. Dependency: Refer to: p0621. If the th